LEAD-IN

G RAM MAR VOCABULARY

1 Read the text and find examples o f ... 3A Complete the common phrases below using the
1 the past simple he saw correct verb from the box.

2 the past continuous

have take check watch chat go m eet
3 the present perfect
play do (x2)
4 the past perfect
5 a modal verb 1 have a meeting 6 some w o rk
6 a superlative 2 you r email 7 on the internet
7 a relative clause 3 out w ith friends 8 a break
8 a passive 4 some sport 9 a DVD
5 a colleague 10 some music

B Add phrases 1 -1 0 above to the word webs below.

There have been some amazing coincidences
throughout history, but this might be the best. have a meeting
In 1900 King Umberto of Italy was dining in a
restaurant when he saw that the owner looked exactly
like him. The man, who was also called Umberto,
was born in Turin on the same day as the king and,
like the king, married a woman called Margherita.
Amazingly, their weddings had been on the same day.
The king invited the restaurant owner to an athletics
meeting the next day. As the king sat down, he was
told that the other Umberto had died in a mysterious
shooting accident. Just as the king heard this news,
an anarchist shot him dead.
C Can you add any more phrases to the word webs?
Which of these things do you do on a normal day?

PRONUNCIATION COMMON ERRORS

2 a Find pairs o f words that have the same vowel sound.

4A Correct the mistakes.
1 She likes listening music.
2 I am anchitect.
3 A re you feeling allright?
4 W hen I can visit yo u r house?
5 L e ts discuss about this to m o iro w .
6 He dont come hene often.
7 W e come from germany.
8 W h e re you go yestenday?
9 I live in this to w n all my life.
10 My w ife is a neally good cooker.

B W hich mistakes are connected w it h .

a) verb -no un agneement 6 f) articles
b) spelling g) vocabulary
B L1 Listen and check your answers. c) verb tense h) w o rd ord er

C W o rk in pairs. Think o f other words in English th at use d) punctuation/capitalisation i) missing auxiliary verb
the same sounds. e) pnepositions j) extra words

 U N IT I
SPEAKING
Talk about familt events
Talk about people in
your life
> Role-play an interview
> Create a new identity

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to someone
describing his family history
> Listen to a set of
instructions and do a test

UNIT > Listen to a set of interviews

I
> Watch a BBC documentar/
about Second Life

READING
> Read about a BBC
programme that reveis
family histories
> Read tips on successful
interviews

W R IT IN G
> Write an email of
introduction
Answer a questionnaire

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: What
does family mean to you?
O DVD: The Money
Programme: Second Life

identity
1.1 W H O DO YO UTHINKYO U ARE?
G R A M M A R | question forms V O C A B U L A R T | family H O W T O | talk about your family

SPEAKING
1 A W o rk in pairs. Take turn s to find ou t as much as
you can about your partner. Talk about your fam ily, jo b /
studies, home and likes/dislikes.

B Introduce your partner to the class.

W ho D o You T h in k You Are ? is a B BC programme

VO C ABU LAR Y | family
2A Match q u e s tio n s l-1 0 w ith answers a ) - j) .
I D o you know a lot about your family history?'*
1 W hich do you know best: your m others or
yourfathe rs side o f the family?
3 W here did your ancestors come from?
4 Did you ever meet your great-grand parents?
5 D o you know most o f your relatives?
6 Are you related to anyone famous?
7 Have you inherited any family characteristics?
8 W h o in your family do you takeafter?
9 W ould you like to know more about your roots?
10 D o you live w ith your extended family?
a) Q uite a lot. My parents told me a lot of stories
about my background.
b) Yes. I m very shy, like my father and my older brothers.
c) ld love to, but its difficult because my parents dont often
talk about the past.
d) Yes, I live w ith my immediate family and mygrand parents.
e) No, there are no celebrities in the family!
f) They carne from Lagos, in Nigeria.
g) I know about half o f them. The others live in N ew ZeaJand
and lve never metthem.
h) My fathers. I grew up next d o o rto his sisters family.
i) My mother. W e look alike and we have similar characters.
j) No. Unfortunately, they died before I was born.
that gets celebrities to research their familys roots.
They find out about their ancestors, sometimes
travelling across the world to interview relatives.They
discover that their family histories include every type
o f person imaginable: heroes, liars, geniuses, soldiers,
inventors and even kings.
In one episode, model Jodie Kidd learns that she is
the great-granddaughter o f newspaper owner Lord
Beaverbrook, w ho was a politician during both world
wars. Jodie also discovers that her great-grandfather on
her mothers side o f the family made a fortune fiom
building ships during World War I and received letters
from the King o f England and W inston Churchill.
And on the subject o f kings, O lympic athlete
M atthew Pinsent finds that he is related to Edward
I, one o f the m ost famous kings in British history
A nother O lympic gold xnedallist, C olin Jackson, takes
a D N A test and discovers that he is fifty-five percent
sub-Saharan African, thirty-eight percent European
and seven percent A m erican Indian.The last result
comes as quite a surprise!

B W o rk in groups. Discuss q u e s tio n s l-1 0 .

n i* page 148 V O C A B U L A R Y B A N K

READ IN G
3 A W ho Do You Think You A re ?is a BBC programme
th a t gets celebrities to research their fa m ily s roots. W hat D Underline w ords or phrases in the te x t th a t match
kind o f things do you th in k they discover? meanings 1- 5 below.

B Read the text to find out. I a lot o f money (paragraph 2)

1 someone w ho won a gold medal in sport (paragraph 3)
C Read the text again and answer the questions.
3 making arrangements so someone is safe (paragraph 4)
I W h o has a royal ancestor?
4 extremely sad (paragraph 5)
1 W h o has a relative who was a policeman?
5 left someone (o r something) in a bad condition
3 W h o has roots in three continents?
(paragraph 5)
4 W h o has a relative who started a second family?
6 given a punishment fo r a crime (paragraph 6)
5 W h o has an ancestor who built boats?
6 W h o has a criminal relative? 4 W o rk in pairs and discuss. W ould you like t o be on the
programme? W h y /W h y not?


m others side o f the family is from France. She goes
to Pars and finds out that h er great-grandfather,
Celestin H ennion, was famous throughout France as
head o f the French plice. H e once received a medal
from King George V to say thank you for organising
security for the kings trip to France in 1914.
5 N o t everyone on the programme finds good news
about their family history Jerry Springer learns o f a
tragic story: his parents escaped Nazi Germany three
days before the start ofW odd War II but other family
members died in the war. And Actress Kim Cattrall
discovers that her grandfather, from Liverpool, UK,
abandoned his family, including three young daughters.
H e didnt go far. Forty miles down the road in
Manchester, he started another family
6 Finally, Nigella Lawson, a famous chef whose father
was a British politician, discovers that one o f her
relatives was a thief from the Netherlands. After being
sentenced to prison, he escaped to England, w hich is
how the Lawsons ended up in London.
E Klm Cattrall F Nigella Lawson
LISTENING
5A lg l. 1 Listen to an interview w ith a man describing his
fam ily history. W hich fam ily members does he ta lk about?
B Listen again and answer the questions.
I H ow many o f his great-grandparents and grandparents
did he meet?
1 W here did his fathers family come from?
3 W hat three types o f job did most o f his ancestors do?
4 H ow many people are in his immediate family?
5 W h o does he think tells the best family stories?
1.1
G R AM M AR question form s
6A Read questions 1 - 6 fro m the interview . Answer
questions a )-e ).
I (Do) you know a lo t about your family history?
1 Did you ever meet your great-grandparents?
3 W here did your ancestors come from?
4 W hat happened tothem ?
5 W hich members o f your family do you feel dose to?
6 W h o tells the best family stories?
a) Underline the main verb in each question. (The first has
been done fo r you.)
b) Circle the auxiliary verbs. W hich auxiliaries re fe rto th e
past? W hich refer to the present?
c) W hich tw o questions are yes/no questions?
d) W hich tw o questions end in a preposition: of, to, by, etc.?
e) W hich tw o questions use wh- words to re fe rto th e
subject (the person who does the action) and dont use
an auxiliary verb?
n i* page 128 L A N G U A G E B A N K
B (>1.2 Listen to the questions above. Are th e question
words {w h - words) in 3 - 6 said in a higher or a lower voice?
C Listen and shadow the questions (say them a t the
same tim e).
PRACTICE
7A Put the w ords in the correct order to make
questions.
I do / every / your / family / you / day / see / ?
1 your / anything / did / teach / grandparents / you / ?
3 remembers / w ho / always / birthday / your / ?
4 read / taught / t o / you / who / ?
5 do / do / you / relax / what / to / ?
6 holiday / do / next / to / you / want / go / on / your /
where / ?
7 words / you / what / describe / three / ?
8 happy / what / you / makes / ?
9 knows / best / you / w ho / ?
10 did / speak / first / when / English / you / ?
B Choose three o f the questions to ask other students.
SPEAKING
8A W rite fo u r dates, fo u r ames and fo u r places th a t
are connected w ith your family.
Dates: 7 /VIay 200 8 - M y son was barn.
ames:
Places:
B W o rk in groups. Take turn s to explain w h a t you w rote.
As you listen, th in k o f questions to ask afterw ards.
1.1
W R IT IN G emails o f ntroduction
9A W hen do you need to wr'rte a letter or em ail to
introduce yourself? W hich o f these things have you done
or w ill you do in the future?
apply fo r a job/course
arrange to meet someone fo r the first time
B Read the emails. W h y are the people w riting? W hich
sentences te ll us?
[ To: HCTEBS com m ittee
Subject] 1introductions
Dear Colleagues,
As you probably know, next month I will start work
as th e new director of th e Teacher Education
Programme. F orthose o f you who d o n 't know me,
I w ould like to take this opp ortunity to introduce
myself. Since 2006, I have worked at the School o f
Education at Sidis University. M y specialisation is in
maths and science, and I have been involved in a
num ber o f teacher education projects in these fields.
I look forward to working with you.
Yours sincerely,
Nicholas C o lle tt
[ To: lfm axperkinQ hotm ail.co.uk |
(Subject:] (hil 1
Hi Max,
How are you? Zeinab to ld me if d be O K to write to
you at this email address. M y name's Julia. I was at
school with Zeinab years ago. I'm com ing to Leeds fo r
a week at the end o f May. She to ld me yo u 'd be a ble
to show me some o f the sights and help me find m y
way around. It'd be great if we could meet. Hope to
hea rfro m you soon.
AlI th e best,
Julia :)
ED
10Read the five stages o f email w ritin g below. Do the
emails in Exercise 9B fo llo w aII the stages?
I Aim fo r your audience: think about who you are writing
to. Is the email formal o r informal?
1 Be brief: try not to use to o many words. Emails shouldnt
go on fo r pages.
3 Communicate clearly: use simple, dear language and
simple sentence structure.
4 Do tw o drafts: w rite a first versin and then rewrite.
5 Edit everything: check gram mar, vocabulary, spelling and
punctuation befo re sending.
LE A R N T O w rite form al and informal emails
11A Look at the emails in Exercise 9B again. W hich one
is form al and which is in form al? H ow do you know?
B Answer questions 1 - 4 w ith form al (F) or inform al (I).
I W hich email uses full form s of verbs (/ am, I would)
instead o f contractions (lm and l d)l
1 W hich email leaves out words (e.g. Hope to ... instead o f
Ihope to ...)?
3 W hich email sounds more like spoken English?
4 W hich email uses longer, more complex sentences?
C Complete the notes w ith phrases from th e email.
Greeting (formal): 1__________ .
(informal): Hi/H ello.
Opening line (formal): I am w riting t o ...
(Inform al):2__________ .
Introduction (formal): I would like to take this 3__________ .
(informal): My names ...
Final message (formal): I look forward to ...
(inform al):4__________ .
Goodbye (formal): 5__________ .
(informal): All the best.
12 Read the situations below and w rite th e emails.
Think about w h o you are w ritin g to, the reason fo r
w ritin g and if you need to use a form al or inform al style.
Situation 1
N ext week you start a new job as Project Manager fo r
a publishing company. Your job is t o start new book
projects and organise teams to w o rk on the projects.
W rite to your new colleagues. Introduce yourself.
Situation 2
You are going to Sydney, Australia, fo r the first time.
Your brothers friend, Tom, lives there. Youve never
met Tom. You want him to show you around the city.
W rite to Tom. Introduce yourself, and say when you
are coming and what you want to do.
MEN ANDW OM EN 1 .2

G R A M M A R | review of verb tenses I V O C A B U L A R Y | relationships I P H O W T O | talk about people in yo u r life

SPEAKING
1 A W o rk in groups and discuss. Do you th in k male and
female brains are different? How? W h a t are the stereotypes
o f men and wom en in your country?

B Read the BBC blog and discuss the points you agree/
disagree w ith . Can you th in k of any opinions to add?

G R AM M AR review o f verb tenses

2A Match the underlined verbs below w ith the tenses a)~d).
I Scientists recently discovered that there are seventy-eight
genetic differences.
1 Men cant remember what they were wearing yesterday.
3 W om en hide things in cupboards.
4 A baby is crying.
a) present simple b) present continuous
c) past simple d) past continuous

B Complete the rules w ith the correct tenses a ) -d ).

Rules:
I W e use____________ fo r actions, events o r situations that
arefinished.
1 W e use____________ fo r things that are going on at a
particular moment in the present.
3 W e use____________fo r habits, routines and things that are
always true.
4 W e use____________ when someone was in the middle o f
an action at a particular moment in the past.
C Read about state verbs and underline three examples in th e
blog opposite.
Rule: Some verbs are not usually used in the continuous, e.g. want,
like, remember, understand, know. These are caJIed state verbs.
mi* page 128 L A N G U A G E B A N K
Scientists recently discovered th a t
th e re are seven ty-eigh t genetic
differences betw een men and w om en.
BBC Online News readers suggest w h at
those differences m ight be.
Women have a m ulti-tasking gene. Men can
never prepare dinner so th a t everything is ready
a t the same tim e.
Men like to have all th e ir s tu ff (DVDs, CDs)
on show to im press th e ir friends. Women hide
things in cupboards.
Women have an a bility to make men th in k they
are in charge.
Men refuse to pay m ore than 5 fo r a haircu t
beca use t's not th a t im portant.

A baby is c ry in g , a dog is b a rk in g , a doorbell

PRACTICE is rin g in g . I t d oe sn't m a tte r: th e m an of
3A Read the personal prole and put the w o rd s in brackets th e house is sleeping. Men can sleep th ro u g h
anyth in g . W om en c a n 't.
in to the correct tense.

My ame is Matsuko Tamazuri. I am twenty-three and I 1_________
(be) a student. I study Freneh and Spanish at university in Osaka,
where I 2_________ (grow up), but at the moment I 3__________
(learn) English in New York. When I firs t4__________(get) here,
everything 5___________(seem) different: the food, the clothes and
the weather. N ow I 6_________ (enjy) it and it feels like home! I
have a boyfriend caJIed Josh. I 7_________ (meet) him three weeks
ago when I 0_____________ (look) fo r an internet caf! My hobbies
9_________ (be) surfing the net and singing. I 10__________ (sing)
every day, usually in the bathroom!
B W o rk in pairs. Ask questions and w rite your partners
personal prole. Use the profile above to help.
A m an can choose and buy a pair o f shoes in
90 seconds ov e r th e in ternet.
Women know w h a t to do when som eone starts
to cry.
Women rem em ber every o u tfit th e y 'v e worn
for the past tw enty years. Men can't rem em ber
w h at they were wearing yesterday w ith out
looking on the floor.
Men speak in sentences. W omen speak in
paragraphs.

ED
1 .2

LISTENING VO C ABU LAR Y relationships

4A Read the description o f a BBC TV
docum entary and answer the questions.
I W hat is the aim o f the documentary?
1 W hose lives does it follow? For how long?
3 W hat is the purpose o f the test?
Child of Our Time
Child of Our Time is a BBC
documentary that aims to discover
what makes us who we are. The
programme follows the lives of
twenty-five children and their
families for a period o f twenty years.
During the series, the children and
their parents do a number o f tests.
In this programme, they do a test
to discover whether a male brain is
different from a female brain and
how this affects our character and
abilities.
6A W o rk in pairs. Look at the words in the box and answer the questions.
dassmates partner team-mates member
godfather and godmother mentor and pupil fiance and fianc
I W hich pair works together? boss and employee
1 W hich pair promises to help guide a child through life?
3 W hich pair is going to get married?
4 W hich pair involves one person learning from the other?
5 W hich w ord describes people who play in the same sports team?
6 W hich w ord describes people who go to the same class?
7 W hich w ord describes a person who is part o f a club?
8 W hich word is a generai word for someone who you do something w ith?
B W o rk in groups and discuss.
I D o you associate the roles with men o r women o r both?
1 D o you think men and women are different in the roles? How?
I think women bosses are often less aggressive than male bosses and they
are better at listening.
C (5) 1.6 Listen to six sentences. Number the w ords in Exercise 6 A in
the order th a t you hear them.

D Six o f the w ords have tw o syllables. Find the w ords and underline th e
B () 1 3 Take a p ie c e o f paper, listen stressed syllable. Say the w ords aloud, putting the stress on th e correct
to Parts 1 and 2 and fo llo w the test syllable.
instructions.
( ----------------------------------------------------------------------
--- sp ea k
C US1.4 Listen to the explanation in Part
Remember: most two-syllable words in English have the stress on the first
3. Turn to page 158 and check your picture.
syllable. Hold a hand under your chin. Say the word slowly. The jaw (the
How many parts did your bike have?
bottom part o f your chin) drops more on the stressed syllable.
Could it work? Does it have a person on it?
Compare your picture w ith other students.

D (M .5 Listen to people discussing

their pictures o f the bicycle. W ho says
sentences 1 -6 ? A man (M) or a wom an
<W)7
I None o f us got the chain, did we?
1 Pedis or chains, so mine will never
work.
3 None o f us drew a person.
4 lve got a little bird on my handlebars,
though.
5 Yours is the most accurate one.
6 And youve got lights on yours.
SPEAKING
7A Think about yo u r own relationships. Prepare to ta lk abo ut one man
and one wom an in your life. Use the questions below to m ate notes.
W h o are they?
W hat is their role in your life?
H ow often do you see them?
H ow have they helped you and how have you helped them?
Im a member o f a football clubi, and we meet every week. Our coach is
fantastic and he has helped our team a lo t
B Tell other students about these relationships.

5 Discuss the questions.

I Was the explanation correct fo r you?
1 D o you agree with the presenters views
about men and women?

W omen think people are important.

Men, on the other hand, are more L I
interested in getting the machine right. w

m
 1.2

vocabularyE Z E I collocations
8A W o rk in pairs and do the quiz opposite.
B Turn to page 158 and read the te x t to check
your answers. R e a lly Think
9A Look at the quiz again. Rnd and c i re le five
expressions using take, get, do and go. Stella m agazine commissioned YouGov,
B W rite the expressions in talics in th e correct a research ageney, to interview over
places in the wo rd webs below. 1,000 women in the UK about what
I on o diet, home, o ff something fbr a drink/a walk/a
mea!, grey
they really think. How do you think
they responded?
on a diet (start something)
(become)
(move t o a place)
(fo r a(noun)
H o w m a n y w o m e n in th e UK w o u ld p re fe r to h a v e
a m a le boss?
(a) le ss th a n 30%
(other expressions) (b) ab o u t 50%
(c) o v er 70%
1 responsibility for, after someone, part in something
a taxi H o w m a n y w o m e n h a v e ^ jo n e o n a d ie )in th e

(go in a ve hiele)
(join in)
0 past?
(a) 20%
(b) b e tw e e n 35% an d 45%
(phrasal verbs) (c) o v er 50%
(other expressions)
H o w m a n y w o m e n s p e n d m o re th a n s e v e n h o u rs
3 married, a job/degree, on with someone, here

(become)
0
(a) 4%
a w e e k do in g exercise?

(b) 15%
(obtain) (c) 30%
Get
(go somewhere)
(phrasal verbs)

4 exercise, research, housework, someone a favour

W h a t is th e b ig g e st c h a lle n g e for w o m e n to d ay ?

(a) stay in g h e a lth y

(b) m a k in g e n o u g h m o n e y
________ (activity) (c) b a la n d n g h om e a n d w o rk life
_______ (responsibilities and tasks)
_______ (find information) W h a t do w o m en th in k is th e b e s t a g e to g e t
m a rried ?
________ (help someone)
(a) b e tw e e n 21 a n d 24
111^ page 148 (b) b e tw e e n 25 a n d 29
(c) o v er 30

SPEAKING
W h a t do 59% of w o m en th in k fath ers sh o u ld ta k e
10A Think about yo u r classmates. W rite dow n
the ame o f someone who:
m o re re sp o n sib ility for?
(a) th e ir ch ild ren
(b) d o in g th e h o u sew o rk
nevergets angry.
(c) o rg an isin g holidays
does research for his/her job.
to o k a test in the last six months.
A cco rd in g to w o m en , h o w m u c h h o u s e w o rk do
went fo r a meal last weekend.
to o k up a new hobby recently.
H th e y do?
(a) m o re th a n 50%
always gets here early. (b) o v er 75%
went fo r a waJk today. (c) n e a rly all of it
got a new job recently.
H o w m a n y w o m e n a g e d 4 5 -5 4 m e t th e ir
B W o rk in groups. Ask the other students to
check if they agree w ith your ideas.

(a) 1%
h u s b a n d s th ro u g h th e in tern et?

(b) 9%
(c) 16%

I.3 TELL ME ABOUT YOURSELF
F U N C T IO N | talking about yourself | V O C A B U L A R Y | interview advice L E A R N T O | use two-word responses

5 tips to help you do

well at interviews
ow do you get into th e university o r the jo b o f

H your dreams? Even before the interview, you

m ight need to catch someone's attention. The
Dean of Admissions at Harvard University says
he often receives flowers and chocolates from potential
students. One student sent references every day for three
months. Eventually, he even sent a letter from his dentist
saying how nice his teeth were. He didn't get an interview.

For those o f you who do m akethe interview stage, here

are fiv e to p tips:

Be prepared. Do some research about th e university

I or company so you know what questions to ask.

Dress appropriately. You don 't have to dress smartly

SPEAKING
2 but you should look clean. And d o n 't wear 'bling'
(large pieces o f jewellery).
1 A W h a t type o f in tervie w can you see in th e photo?
Is ita /a n : Arrive on tim e. Fifteen minutes early is OK.
job interview?
Shake hands firm ly and make eye contact. First
interview fo r a place at university?
impressions are im portant.
newspaper/magazine interview?
Speak clearly and try to offer full answers rather than
interview fo r a talk show /o ther televisin programme?
plice inquiry?
5 short responses. This shows your enthusiasm.

placement interview fo r a language course?

B Look at the list o f in tervie w types above. Answer F U N C T IO N tal king about yourself
questions 1 -3 .
3 Read the text and answer the questions.
1 W hich types o f interview above have you experienced?
1 W hat type of things do people do to get an interview at
2 W hich will you experience in the future?
Harvard University?
3 Do you think it is possible to show the rea] you in a short
2 W hat should you do before and during an interview?
interview? W h y /W h y not?
4A < 1.7 Listen to three extracts from the audio and
answer the questions.
VO C ABU LAR Y inte rview advice
1 W hat types o f interview are they?
2A W o rk in pairs. Look at topics 1 -3 below and match 2 W hich interviewee doesnt follow the five tips? W hat
them to th e expressions in the box. does he/she do wrong?

dress smartly 3 speak clearly answer briefly B Answer questions 1 - 6 . Listen again to check.
shake hands firm ly send references Interview 1
arrive on tim e avoid eye contact do some research 1 W hat does the student want to practise?
show enthusiasm be p re pared 2 W hat types o f dasses are in the afternoons?
Interview 2
1 Should do during an interview
3 W hat did the girl organise on the summer camp?
2 Shouldnt do during an interview
4 W hat can be difficult, according to the interviewer?
3 Might do before an interview
Interview 3
5 W hat does the man want to know?
B W h a t else shou ld/shouldnt you do in an interview?
6 W h y are online courses more difficult than face-to-face
Think of as many things as you can in tw o minutes. courses, according to the interviewer?
You should try to ask questions.

ES
 1.3

5A Read the extracts fro m audio1.7. U n derlin eth e expressions th a t LE A R N T O use tw o -w o rd

introduce a question.
responses
Extract I
T : OK. Youve got a very good level o f English so w ed put you n the 7A Match expressions 1 -5 w ith
advanced class. Is there anything else? expressions a )-e ).
S: Could I ask a question? 1 Of
Extract 2 2 Thats right.
I: There are a couple o f things ld like to ask about. Your CV says you have
3 I see.
some experience o f looking after children?
4 N o problem.
A: Yes, I was a tu to r on a summer camp last year.
5 Go ahead.
I: Can I ask you about that? W hat type o f things did you do?
A; Um, well, I organised games. a) Please continu.
b) You're correct.
Extract 3
I: I think th a ts about it. Do you have any questions? Any queries? c) Youre welcome.

S: Um, yes, actually I do have a query. d) Yes, definitely.

I: Yes, go ahead. e) I understand.

S: Its about online dasses at the university. B W hich expressions are m ore form al:
B Read the extracts below and underline the expressions th a t are used 1 -5 or a )-e )7 W hich do you use regularly?
to introduce an opinion. Read audio script 1.7 on page 164 to see
how the expressions are used.
Extract I
S: lve studied English fo r many years and spent time in Britain, but that was
a few years ago. So fo r me the most im portant thing is to just refresh ... SPEAKING
and try to remember my English and practise speaking and listening.
8A W o rk in pairs and role-play the
Extract 2
I: OK. And you enjoyed it? interview. Student A : read the instructions
A Yes. below. Student B: tu rn to page 158.

I: W hat aspect, what part did you enjoy, would you say? You work fo r a famous business school.
Student B wants to do a course at the
A I suppose ld have to say I liked the games best.
school. Interview him/her. Use the following
I: And any problems?
prompts and ask about:
A Um, no.
his/her reason fo r doing the course
I: W hat about the different ages? W e often find that different ages together
his/her w o rk experience
can be difficult.
his/her expectations o f the course
A It depends. In my opinion, you can usually get the older children to help
the younger ones. his/her plans fo r the future

Extract 3 Prepare the questions. Remember to ask

S: If Tm accepted, I saw that there are, that it s possible t o take some your partner why he/she is a good candidate
courses online. for the school and, at the end, if he/she has
I: Thats right. any queries about the business school.
S: So I wouldnt need to attend classes? B Change roles and role-play the
I: N o t for the online courses. B u t... well, one thing I d like to say is that the interview again.
online courses are, in many ways, more difficult than face-to-face courses.

n i* page I28 LA N G U A G B A N K

6 Put the words in the correct order to m ate sentences or questions.

1 query / I / a / have / do
2 I / a / could / question / ask / ?
3 like / couple / o f / are / about / ld / things / to / a / ask / there
4 ask / you / I / can / that / about / ?
5 true / this / opinion / my / isnt / in
6 to / ld / I / agree / have / say
7 thing / that / like / ld / one / say / is / to / is / course / the / difficult
8 is / thing / important / most / fo r / the / me / to / study
 SECOND LIFE

D V D PREVIEW
1 A W h a t can you do in Second Life? Do you th in k
the statem ents below are true?
I I n Second Life you can alter your appearance.
1 You can become more attractive than you acta]ly are.
3 You can pick a different skin colour.
4 You can wear strange outfits.
5 You can socialise with people from different countries.
6 You can talk to other residents o f Second Life.
7 You can make money in Second Lifes own currency.

B Match the w ords in bold above w ith th e w o rd s /

phrases in the box.
dothes type o f money from one country
change beautiful meet and talk to
choose people who live in one place
C Read the programme in form ation and check your
answers to Exercise 1A.
The Money
Programme: Second Life
^his BBC program m e mvestigates
Second Life, a virtual world w ith ts
own communities. In Second Life, you
remvent yourself: you choose a different
ame, change your appearance in any way
you want and get a new personality. W hat
is more, Second Life is a world o f endless
pleasure. You can go shopping, take English
classes, meet and chat to people from all over
the world, live in a perfect house on a magical
sland and even make money. T here s only
one rule in Second Life: there are no rules!
o v is s m
2 W atch the DVD and put pictures A - E in the correct
order.
3 A Match pictures A - E w ith sentences 1 -5 .
I Once youve created an account, you can create an
avatar.
1 You can be female, maJe o r even something called a
fu rry : haJf-animal, half-human.
3 It turns out there are not a lot o f unattractive people
in Second Life.
4 But its more fun flying, and w ith maps I can find
al most anything I want.
5 You can go up to anyone and chat.
B W atch the DVD again to check.
4 W o rk in groups and discuss.
I Have you been in Second Life? If not, would you like
to spend tim e there?
1 W hat might you enjoy about Second Life? W hat would
you not like about it?
3 W h y do you think people get addicted to Second Life?
speak create a new id e n tity w r i t e b a c k answ er a q u estio nn aire
5 A > h .8 Listen to someone tal king about her avatar. 6A Read the questionnaire. Choose to be either
Answer the questions. yourself or your new id entity and w rite answers to the
I W here did she hear about Second Life? questions. W rite 1-2 sentences fo r each question.

1 W hat did she change about her appearance?

3 W hat job did she decide to do in Second Life?
4 W hat is the one thing that hasnt changed?
5 W hat type of building does she talk about?
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.
Keyphrasea
(You can) create a different versin o f yourself.
I reinvented myself as a ...
I created a new image o f myself.
I didnt change my appearance that much.
One thing I decided to aJter was my ...
One thing that hasnt changed is ...
My avatar is based on ...
W ho are you?
1 W hat three w ords b est d e s c rib e you?
2 W hat is your idea of perfect h ap p in ess?
3 W hat p o sse ssio n is m ost im portant to you?
4 W hat is your g reatest achievem ent?
5 W hat is your favourite sound, smell and taste?
6 W hat do you like m ost ab o u t your lifestyle?
7 W hat do you like least ab o u t your lifestyle?
8 W hat do you always ca rry with you?
9 Who w ould b e your perfect d in n er d ate? Why?
10 W hat's your favourite m onth an d why?
11 If you could chang e one thing ab o u t th e past,
w hat w ould it be?
12 If you could le a m o n e n ew thing, w h at w ould it
be?

C Create your own avatar. Complete your prole

B Share your answers w ith other students. Decide if
usingthe prom pts below:
the other students answers are fo r themselves or
ame nationality
their avatar.
age languages spoken
height job and/or hobbies
weight favourite places to hang out
hair colour would like to meet (type o f people)
eye colour m otto or personal philosophy
dothes one thing no one knows about you

D T a lkto other students. Introduce your new

(avatar) self. W h a t do you have in common w ith
other avatars in the class?
1.5 LOOKBACK
FAMILY
1 A Complete the sentences with
the words in the box.
history inherited after
extended ancestors relative
great side roots related
1 My parents to ld me about my
family history
2 M y ____________ probably carne
from the place where I was bom.
3 I once m et m y ___________
-grandparents.
4 I ta k e _____________ my mother,
especially my personality.
5 I know someone who
___________ a house when the ir
parents died.
6 My fam ilys ___________ are in
another country.
7 I have a ___________ living in
Australia.
8 I know someone w ho is
to someone famous!
9 I know m y m others ___________
o f the family much b e tte rth a n my
fathers.
10 I have a very large___________
family: lots o f cousins, nephews
and nieces.
B Tick the sentences that are true for
you. Compare with another student.
QUESTION FORMS
2A Find and correct the mistakes
in the questions below. Three o f the
questions are correct.
1 W hen you started studying English?
2 W h o did helped you to learn
English?
3 D o you be enjoy learning languages?
4 Did you to learn anything
im portant from yourteachers?
5 W h a t annoys you about yo u r jo b
o r yo u r studies?
6 In yo u r jo b o r studies, is there
anything you are n o t happy?
7 W hen you imagine the perfect
career, w hat do you thin k of?
8 W h a t keeps you awake at night?
B W o rk in pairs. Choose four o f the
questions to ask your partner.
REVIEW OF VERB TENSES
3 Find and correct the mistakes.
Five o f the underlined verbs are
incorrect.
\%.\0.0<]
I ' was walking to work this morning
when I 2was seeing Mr Gonzlez., m-f
od Spanish teather. He 3was wearing
a leather jatket and arqing a quitar.
I 4ask him how he was. He said, 'fine. I
5^ to mf band prattite.' I said, 'What
band?' He replied, 'I 6don't teah an-j
more. It 7wasn't really the best job for
me. A few -jears ago I 8was starting a
band alled The &ig Easf We 9don't
make rnuth mone-j, but I l0'm liking
the lifestfle.' I asked him where he
lived and he said, 'I 1l-m living in mf
aravan at the moment. I l2travel a lot.
I'm a hild of the G>os!'
RELATIONSHIPS
4A Put the letters in the correct
order to nd the ames o f twelve
types o f people.
1 tom dogher
2 niface
3 ilupp
4 nraterp
5 ceanife,
6 breemm
7 stamcasel
8 dethagorf
9 sobs
10 emeyloep
I I trenom
12 maatteme
B W o rk in pairs. W hich of these
people do you know or have?
W hich o f these are you?
I have a fiance. W e re getting
m arried next summer.
Im a m em ber o f a gym.
TALKING ABOUT YOURSELF
5 A Complete the conversations
with the pairs o f words in the box.
query about like to to say
you about I ask thing ld
query about
1 A: I have ajthe class. D o I have to
bring a pen?
B: N o, i t s a C o m pu te r class.
2 A: Could a question? W here
does the tennis class meet?
B: A t the tennis courts.
3 A: ld have Im n o t sure youre
qualified. W h y should we
employ you fo r the library
position?
B: Because Im good w ith children
and animals.
4 A: There are a couple o f things ld
ask. Firstly, can you w o rk on
Saturdays?
B: Is tha t at the weekend?
5 A: O ne like to say is th a t you look
good fo r yo u r age. H o w od are
you?
B: Thirty.
6 A: Can I ask yo u r latest film,
Philadelphial W h e re is it set?
B: In Philadelphia.
B W ork in pairs and write a
conversation. Use the expressions in
Exercises 5 and 7 on page 15 to help.
C W o rk ingroups and take tu rn sto
perform your conversations.
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e video
podcast and view
people describing
th e ir fam ily and w hat
fam ily means to
th em .
 U N IT 2
SPEAKING
> Talk about life stories
Talk about an important
news event
> Tell a true story or a lie
> Tell a narrative

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to a radio
programme about films
Listen to news reports

UNIT > Listen to people telling

anecdotes
Watch a BBC drama
about an art thief

READING
> Read an article about
conspiracy theories
> Read a news report
> Read a text about lying

W R IT IN G
) Write a news report
> Write a short narrative

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: When is
it OK to tell a lie?
O DVD: Hustle

I don't believe it!

2.1 FACT OR FICTION?
1 G R A M M A R | present perfect/past simple | i V O C A B U L A R Y | types o f story | [
SPEAKING
1 W o rk in groups and discuss. Can you th in k o f
a film you have seen th a t has taught you about
a person/event in history?
2A W o rk in pairs and do the quiz. Decide if
each question is fa c t, fiction or p a rtly tru e . Then
check your answers on page 158.
B Discuss. Do you th in k it is all right fo r
film -m a ke rsto change the facts o f a story?
W h y /W h y not?
Hol lywoodversush story
o you know the differance between
D what yau have learnt from your history
books and what yau have learnt fram
watching Hallywaad's historically naccurate
mavies? Can yau tell your facts fram fiction?
In the film The LaslSamuraiJo m Cruise
plays a US army captain who joins the samurai
warriors in Japan in 1876. Was Captain
Nathan Algren a real figure from history?
2 In Shakespeare in Love, William
Shakespeare is inspired to write Romeo and
J u lie tb / his real-life relationship with a young
actress. Did this happen in real life?
3 I n a scene from Gladiator, we see the
Romn Emperor Commodus dle at the hands
of a gladiator. Did he really die like this?
4 In the film Braveheart, Mel Gibson plays
the character William Wallace, leading an army
of men with painted faces, and wearing kilts*
as he battles to free Scotland from the English.
How much truth is there in the story?
5 I n the 1995 adventure. Apollo 13,
we hear the pilot saying the famous words
'Houston, we have a problem.' But were these
his exact words?
* k ilt - a skirttraditionally worn by Scottish men
H O W T O | talk about your life story
VO C ABU LAR Y types o f s to ry
3A Look at the types o f film stories in the box below. Match th e
types o f story w ith the descriptions a ) -i) .
biopic docudrama disaster romantic comedy
period drama fantasy/science fiction psychologicaJ thriller
action/adventure mystery/crime
a) Heroes chase and fight.
b) Characters battle with their minds.
c) Strange things happen in the future o r in imaginary worlds.
d) Things that happen in the life o f a real person.
e) The good guy (the detective) finds the bad guy (the criminal).
f) People dressed upin old-fashioned costumes.
g) Funny things happen. Tw o people fall in love.
h) Terrible things happen, but people survive.
i) A documentary made more interesting with some parts acted.
B W o rk in pairs and answer the questions.
I W hich types o f film do you enjoy watching?
1 Can you ame films which match each type o f story?
LISTENING
4A &I2.1 Listen to the first part o f a radio programme about film s
and answer the questions.
I W hat type o f film does the programme talk about?
1 W h y are these films so popular?
B W o rk in pairs and discuss. Look a t the photos o f actors w h o
have played the roles o f fam ous people in film s. H o w d o you th in k
they prepared fo r the role? Do you th in k it was difficult?
5 ) 2 .2 Listen to the second part o f the radio programme and
answer the questions about the actors and the roles th e y played.
I W h o met a character they would play in person?
1 W h o couldnt meet with the character they played?
3 W h o became good friends with the character?
4 W h o phoned hotels in order to listen to a speciaJ accent?
6 A Complete the in form ation about the radio programme.
Hollywood has always used______________________ in its films.
Hollywood began making films in th e ___________s.
Some o f the best films in recent years have been based on
From these films weve learnt about the lives o f some
of the biggest music legends.
Many o f these actors have w o n ______ fo r their roles.
Helen Mirren met the Queen f o r ___________.
Josh Brolin phoned up hotels in Texas, to listen to their
8 Tatou wanted to look like Coco Chanel, so that w e would recognise
h e r___________ .
B 2 . 3 Listen and check your answers.
 G R AM M AR present perfect/past simple

7A Read the sentences in Exercise 6 A and underline examples o f

the present perfect and past simple.

B Complete the rules w ith present perfect or past sim ple.

Rules:
I Use t h e __________ to talk about experiences o r things that
happened before now. The tim e is not specified o r important.
1 Use t h e ___________to talk about recent events, o r an action
which started in the past and contines now.
3 Use t h e __________ to talk about a spec'ific event in the past (we
A H e le n M irre n B Queen Elizabethll l p know when the event happened).
4 Use th e ___________to talk about an action which starts and
finishes in the past.

C Look at the sentences in Exercise 6 A again and match them w ith

one o f the rules above.
Illl^ page 130

8 A 2.4 Listen to the pairs o f phrases. Notice th e difference.

I I lived / lve lived 3 he decided / hes decided
1 we met / w eve met 4 they spent / theyve spent

B 2 .5 Listen and w rite the sentences.

C Listen again and check. Then listen and repeat.

9 Complete the te x t w ith the correct fo rm o f the verbs in brackets.

Chris Gardner is a successful businessman and a millionaire. But things

1_________ always__________ (not be) easy. He 2__________ (not
meet) his father until he was twenty-eight years od. This experience
made him sure about one thing: he 3_________ always__________
(want) to be a good father to his own children. As ayoung man,
G ardner4_________ (experience) hard times. His wife 5__________
(leave) him, he 6_________ (lose) his job, and at one stage he and his
two-year-old son 7_________ (sleep) in train stations and airports.
He 8_________ (come) a long way since then. His life changed when
he 9_________ (meet) a man driving a red Ferrari and asked him
what job he did. The man was a stockbroker, so Gardner
10_________ (ask) him out to lunch, and the Ferrari driver
introduced Gardner to the w orld o f finance. Since he 11_________
(become) successful, he 12__________(spend) a lot o f money helping
homeless people, and he 13_________ also__________ (write)
books about his experiences. His story was told in the film The Pursuit
E A udre yT ato u F CocoChanel o f Happyness, star ring W ill Smith.

SPEAKING
10A W ork in pairs. Student A : w rite Have you e v e r ... ? questions
usingthe prom pts in the box below. Student B: tu rn to page 160.

be on T V /in a newspaper do something embarrassing in public

w rite a poe m /story go to a country on a different continent
collect something as a hobby see someone commit a crime

B Take turn s to ask and answer questions. Try to find five things th a t
you have done and your partner hasnt done.
G Josh Brolin

m
SPEAKING
11A Imagine you are g o in g to make a
film about your life. Choose five events
you w ould like to include. W rite some
notes in the film strip below.
AUUAM j
Early d a y s ...
T h e n ...
L a te r...
A big decisin ...
N o w ...
B W o rk in pairs. Take t u rn s to ta lk
about the film o f your life.
C Think o f three questions to ask y our
partner about the film o f their life. Ask
and answer the questions.
W hy did yau choose to . . . ?
W hat happened when yon . . . ?
W hat did you enjoy best a b o u t... ?
vo c abu lary E jE I p r e p o s itio n s
P r e p o s it io n + e x p re s s io n s o f t i m e
1 2 Complete the w o rd webs w ith expressions in th e box.
the 4th o f Jufy
To helpyou remember which preposition of tim e to use, t r y t o memorise
this: anManday-, inwinter, a t that tme
on = fo r specific days, n = fo r tim e periods, at = fo r specific times
P r e p o s it io n + n o u n
1 3 Complete the sentences w ith the correct preposition: on, fo ro r by.
I Its a b o o k _____ Dan Brown, a film ______ Steven Spielberg, a song_____
Am y Winehouse.
1 I saw i t _____ TV. I heard i t ______the radio. I spoke t o h im _____ the
phone.
3 W e w e n t_____ a w a lk,______ a driv e ,______a ru n ,______a swim.
4 They travelled_____ boa t,______ plae,______ coach,______train.
F ix e d e x p re s s io n s
14 Match the fixed expressions in bold in sentences 1-10 w ith meanings
a ) -j) .
I I dropped it by mistake. a) finally
1 I did the w o rk on my own.' b) can not wait
3 Hes here on business. c) by a person, not a machine
4 W e met by chance. d) it was not a mistake
5 It was made by hand. e) alone, not with other people
6 W e got there in the end, f) not early, not late
7 She said it on purpose. g) in a very short tim e
8 W e arrived on time. i h) accidentally
9 lll do that in a moment. i) not on holiday, but fo r w o rk
10 Theyre in a hurry. j) it was not planned
15A Look at Exercise 14 again. W rite 6 - 8 questions w ith phrases w ith
prepositions.
Do you usually arrive on tim e; or are you sometimes late?
Do you prefer to live with someone, or live o n y o u r own?
B W o rk in pairs. Take turn s to ask and answer the questions.
Ill^ page 149
WHAT REALLY HAPPENED? 2.2
| G R A M M A R | narrative tensesI V O C A B U L A R Y | the news I H O W T O | talk about im portant events I

4 A Read the article again and answer the

SPEAKING
questions.
1 Discuss the questions. I W h o was killed in a crash?
I H ow do you keep up-to-date with the news? 1 W h o was shot?
1 W hat have been the most im portant stories in the last five years? 3 W h o was arrested?
4 W h o was murdered?
2 A 2 . 6 Listen to the excerpts fro m news reports. W hich stories can
you see in the photos? 5 W h o were the suspects?
6 W h o was photographed?
B W o rk in pairs. W h a t do you know about these news stories?
B H ow are these w ords and phrases
READ IN G related to the stories?

3 A W o rk in pairs. Read the definrtion and look a t the photos below. shadows stars a love story
Then answer the questions. alcohol photographs/photographers
a man w ith a gun a flag
a consplracy theory: a theory or belief that there was a secret plan behind a majar event the FBI (Federal Bureau o f Investigaron)

C W o rk in pairs. Answer th e questions.

I W hat do you think the conspiracy theories were about (the events in the
photos)? I W hat do you think? D o you believe
the official reports o r the conspiracy
1 W hich story do you think involved a real conspiracy, according to official
theorists?
reports?
1 D o you know any other conspiracy
B Read the article to check your answers. theories? W hat happened?

The Worlds best-known conspiracy theories

BBC Focus Magazine tabes a look
Man on the Moon
There are claims th a t Neil Armstrong's giant leap for m ankind' tock
place in a studio and not on th e Moon at a. Many have doubts about th e
photographs taken by astronauts o n th e Moon's surface. The conspiracy
theorists say that strange shadow s w ere falling in different directions, and
surprisingly there are no stars visible. It also seem s th a t th e US flag, planted
by Buzz Aldrin, was apparently waving in an impossible wind. However, a
of these doubts can be explained logically. The lighting conditions on th e
Moon were complicated, and 'fluttering' o n th e flag only appeared w h en th e
astronauts moved it.

A Royal Affair
Diana, Princess of Wales, was killed on 31st A ugust 1997, after her car
crashed as it w as driving through th e Pont de 1'Alma tunnel in Paris.
Conspiracy theorists have claimed th at Diana's death w as not an accident
- that she w as in fact killed by MI6 (the British Secret Intelligence Service)
because of her relationship with Dodi Al-Fayed. However, an inquiry into
th e accident eventually concluded th at Diana's death w as simply th e
result of driver Henri Paul's drunken condition, and th e fact th a t paparazzi
photographers were following them. There w as also no evidence th a t Diana
w as pregnant at th e tim e of the accident, or th at sh e h ad planned to marry
Dodi Al-Fayed.

The Death of a President

Suspects in the assassination of President John F Kennedy in d uded th e FBI,
the Cuban leader Fidel Castro, and many others. Kennedy w as killed in Dallas,
Texas, on 22nd November 1963. He was riding through crowds in his car
w hen a gunman shot him once in th e head. Lee Harvey Oswald w as arrested
almost immediately after Kennedys death, and w as himself murdered two
days later. A report in 1964 concluded that Oswald had acted alone. But in
1979, the report and th e original FBI investigation w ere criticised. The new
report agreed that Oswald had killed Kennedy, but also concluded th a t the
President w as killed 'as a result of conspiracy' by people unknawn.
2.2

G R AM M AR narrative tenses VO C ABU LAR Y the news

5A Read the summary. Rnd and underline examples o f th e past simple 7A M atch the headli nes 1 -1 0 w ith the
and the past continuous and answer the questions. e x p la n a tio n s a )-j).
1

Princess D iana's car crashed as it w as driving thro u g h th e Prime Minister's wife dies in crash
P ont d e l'Alma tunnel in Paris. Conspiracy theorists d a im e d
th a t M16 planned her d ea th bec a u se she w a s having an 2
affair w ith M r Al-Fayed. W o rld T rade C e n te r a tta c k e d

I W hich tense do we use to talk about the main events in a story? 3

1 W hich tense do we use to give the background information in a story?

Student d e m o n stra ro n turns violent
B Read the conclusin and answer the questions. 4
W orkers threaten strikes
A n inquiry co n d u d e d th a t Diana had n o t p la n n ed to marry
Mr Al-Fayed, an d th a t th e crash h a d h ap p e n ed b e c a u se th e 5
driver w a s drunk.
M assive earthquake hits Los A ngele s

I W hich o f the verbs is in the past simple?

1 W hich o f the verbs is in the past perfect? Most wanted Fugitive arrested
3 W hich tense describes the event that happened first?
7
C Underline the correct alternative to com plete th e rule.
Rodsclestroy c ro ps
Rule: Use the past perfect to talk about actions which happened before the
past time event we are talking about/a very long time ago. 8

ni#- page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K H o s ta g e s released after talks with rebels

PRACTICE 9

6 Read an account o f an im p o rta n t news event. Complete the te x t w ith

Music legend shot outside his N ew
phrases a )-h ).
ork a p o rtm e n t

11 February 2000: Nelson Mandelas releasefrom prison

10
I was in the crowd on the parade in Cape Town that day. It was a hot B u s in e s s e s hit by collapse of banks
day, and 1_____ to see Mandela walk free from the prison. 2_____ fo r
twenty-seven years. A t one p o in t3_____ but most people stayed calm.
a) Someonetried to damage or destroya
People 4_____ and singing songs. There was a great feeling o f solidarity.
building.
There was a large tree in the middle o f the parade, and 5_____ to get a
better view. Suddenly, 6_____ and people fell to the ground. But nobody b) People who were kept as prisoners are
wanted to leave. Nobody wanted to miss the chance o f seeing Mandela allowed to go free.
for the first time. 7_____ there was a huge cheer. From where I was c) A musician was killed w ith agun.
standing, it was d ifficult0_____ d) Plice catch a man who they suspect
but I knew I was there fo r an committed a serious crime.
im portant moment in our history.
e) A natural disster destroys a city.
a) He had been in prison f ) Economic crisis affects businesses.
b) one o f the branches broke g) A woman is killed in a car accident.
c) we heard some shots h) A lot o f farmland is under water.
d) 50,000 people were waiting i) Many people might refuse to go to w ork.
e) to hear what Mandela was saying j) Peo pl e who are p rote sti ng begi n to f ight
f) W hen he finally arrived on the streets.

g) were talking to each other

B W ork in pairs. Describe some stories
h) many people had dimbed onto it which have been in the news recently
using the vocabulary in bold above.
lli# page 149 V O C A B U L A R Y B A N K

m
 2.2

SPEAKING LEARN T O use tim e linkers

8A Choose one o f the news stories in the lesson or another im portant 10A Look at the news report and find
news story. Make notes to answer the questions below. examples o f the tim e linkers in th e box.
I W hat was the news story? W here were you when you heard the news?
1 W hat were you doing? W h o were you with? as soon as while during until
by the tim e
3 W hat did you think at first? H ow did you feel?
4 Did the news change things fo r you in any way?
B Look at the w ords/phrases in the box
B W o rk w ith other students. Tell them about y our story. above. W hich tim e lin te r do we use to lin k
an action that:
I happened previously? by the time
W R IT IN G a new s re p o rt
1 contines up to that point and then stops?
9A Read the news report and answer the questions. Underline the
parts o f the news report which help you to answer. 3 happens at the same time as another
action?___________
I W h o is the story about?
4 happens at some point in a period of
1 W hat happened?
tim e?___________
3 W h y did it happen?
5 happens immediately after something else
4 W here did it happen?
has happened?___________
5 W hen did it happen?
6 W hat is the situation now? C Complete the sentences w ith the
correct tim e linker.
I I carne___________I heard the news.
1 They arrived____________we were
Fiaud fugitive in having dinner.
3 Her cat d ie d ____________the night.
Facebook trap 4 W e w aited___________the lights had
gone out.
5 ___________the fire engines arrived, the
A man who was on the
house was destroyed.
run from plice in the US
revealed w here he was
HA W o rk in pairs. Choose a headline
hiding thro ugh a series o f
and w rite six questions asking inform ation
Facebook updates.
you would like to know about th e story.
C am eroon-born Maxi Sopo falsely obtained credit from banks w h ile he
was living in th e US. By the tim e he had finished, he had stolen m ore Woman finds suitcase full of
than $200,000. He then escaped to Cancun in Mxico, where he was money on train
happily spending th e m oney, until he m ade posts on his Facebook
page telling th e w orld th a t he was living in paradise'.

He was m aking posts about how beautiful life is and how he was H u g e e a rth q u a k e d e s tro y s c it y
having a good tim e w ith his b u d d ie s /s a id Assistant US A tto rn e y
Michael Scoville. He was defin ite ly not living the w ay we w anted him
Man shot outside his house
to be livin g , given the charges he was fa c in g / he added.

However, du rin g his tim e in Cancun, M r Sopo also befriended a fo rm e r B Give yo u r questions to another student.
ju s tic e dep a rtm e n t official on the netw orking site. This m an, who had
only m et M r Sopo a few tim es, was able to discover exactly where Mr C Look at the questions and w rite a short
Sopo was living . As soon as he had this in fo rm a tio n , he passed it t o news report (100 -1 5 0 words). Look a t the
the Mexican auth o ritie s who arrested Sopo last m onth. ideas in Exercise 9B to help you.
The tw e n ty-six-ye a r-o ld is cu rre n tly in custody in Mxico City.
( sp ea k
A good news report will give readers all
the key information (why? what? how?
B Read the news report again. Find exampies o f the follow ing:
when? etc.), in a clear and concise way.
I quotes used to give someones opinion
Does your news report contain the key
1 a conduding statement which gives us information about the current information?
situation
3 an introductory statement which explains in one sentence what happened D Compare your stories w ith other
4 more information about the background to the story students. W h o has the best story?

2.3 I D O N T BELIEVE IT!
F U N C T IO N | telling a story | V O C A B U L A R Y | say/tefl L E A R N T O | keep a story going

VO C ABU LAR Y say/tell

1 A W o rk in pairs and discuss. H ow do you know when
someone is lying? Do you th in k th e ir behaviour changes?

B Read the text to check your answers.

How do you know if someone is lying?

From l i t t l e w h ite l i e s t o l i e s which can d e s tro y

n a tio n s , people have li e d f o r as lo n g as th e y
have t o ld th e t r u t h . Some people are v e r y good a t
i t . So, how do we know i f someone i s ly in g ? Here
are th e th in g s t o lo o k o u t f o r .

1 The g u i l t y hand: when someone i s t e l l i n g

th e t r u t h th e y u s u a lly use more body language.
They move t h e i r hands and t h e ir fa c e more. When F U N C T IO N | telling a sto ry
someone l i e s , t h e i r hands are s t i l l .
3 A Look at the pictures above which te ll a story. W hat
2 The ly i n g eye: people f in d i t v e ry hard t o do you th in k is happening in each picture?
t e l l you a l i e i f th e y-* r e lo o k in g a t you s t r a i g h t
in th e eyes. N o rm a lly , th e y lo o k away j u s t a t th e B vfc>2.7 Listen to a wom an te llin g her story. Number the
moment t h a t th e y t e l l th e l i e . pictures in the correct order.
3 The 'M e *: when people t e l l a s t o r y about 4A Look at the phrases we can use to help te ll the
th e m se lve s, th e y tend t o use a l o t o f 'me* w ords, sequence in a story. Add the sequencers from th e b o x to
l i k e I , me, and my. When th e y t e l l a l i e , th e y
the correct place in the table.
d o n 't use th e 'me* words as much.

The next thing I knew

Anyway, Intheend, Before long,
2 A Match 1 - 6 w ith a ) - f ) to m ate sentences. And then, all of a sudden
1 lm terrible at telling a) helio, but she didnt
answer.
1 My brother told me b) a white lie than to upset beginning
someone.
3 1think you should say <0 what you mean. Inthe beginning, ...
4 Sometimes it s better to tell d) a funny story yesterday. This happened when
5 You should just say e) sorry.
6 1said describng what happened
) jokes. 1always forget
the punch line!
Well, ...
B A d d the phrases w ith say and fe// fro m Exercise 2 A to So,...
the table.

say tell
ending
helio a story
Finally, .

B Listen to the story again, and tic k the phrases you hear.
n i# page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K
C W o rk w ith other students. Do you agree/disagree w ith
the statements? W hy?
5A W o rk n pairs. Practise telling the story usingthe
sequencers and the pictures to help you. S tart like this:
I A lie can travel half way around the world while the truth
This happened when the woman had an im portant interview
is putting on its shoes.
and ...
1 A good storyteller should mix fiction with truth to make
their stories interesting. B vfc)2.8 Do you th in k the wom an was telling a tru e o r
3 Its O K to tell lies sometimes. false story? Listen to fin d out.
 LEARN T O keep a s to ry going SPEAKING
6A Look at phrases a ) - j) . W hich phrases complete extracts 1 -6 ? 7 A Prepare to te ll a story. It can be a true
story or a lie. Choose one o f the situations
b) W hat did you do? below. Talk about when you:

c) Then what? got stuck in a l'rft

d) Oh no! missed (or nearly missed) aflight

e) Oh dear. slept outside

f) H ow embarrassing! spoke to someone famous

g) Thats reailyfunny. got a tattoo

h) Really? appeared on television/in the newspaper

i) Youre joking! chased/met acrimina]

j) Youre kidding! were mistaken fo r someone else

sung karaoke
I W: So, anyway, erm ... I then got on to the tube, um ... to go fo r my
interview. tried a very dangerous sport

M: Right, and a) ? found something unusual

1 W: lve woken up shoutingthe word, Mum!. did something embarrassing on holiday

M: N o !______! B Think about the details o f yo u r story.

3 W: A t the to p o f my voice, in a packed, quiet tube. Think about the questions below and make
M: _____ some notes or practise telling y our story.
4 W : ... they're looking at me in a rather strange way. W here were you?
M: R ig h t..._____ W h y were you there?
5 W: My face had swollen up! ... It was bright red, ... and covered in W hat were you doing?
blotches, spots ... W hat happened?
M: O h !______ ! H ow did you feel?
6 W: Yes, and the pills that my m other had given me were so out-of-date
that they had caused an allergic reaction ... C W o rk w ith other
students. Take tu rn s to te ll your stories
M: Oh! . . . _____ !
and listen and respond. A sk questions to
B 2 . 9 Listen again and check your answers. Notice h o w in tonation is decide if it is a tru e story or a lie.
used to sound interested. A I once got stuck in a lift.

C Listen and repeatth e phrases. Try to sound interested. Then repeat B: Really?
but try to sound bored. Can you hear the difference? A : Yes. I was ...

D Tell the other s tu d e n ts ifit is a true

speak) TIP
-------------- story or a lie.
Howamazing! W hen someone tells a story, try to use comments and
questions to show that you are interested. Remember t o check your
intonation. Do you sound interested?
2.4 HUSTLE
A

D V D PREVI EW D V D V IE W

B B S Hustle
T Y u s t h is a BBC drama series about a
J i team of criminis who try to obtain
and sell things in an illegal or dishonest way.
In this program m e we meet Finch, a burglar.
Hes in trouble with Customs, who believe
that he has stolen a valuable piece o f art.
U nfortunately for Finch, when he stole the
painting, things didnt go quite according to
plan and now he needs the help o f a friend.

r i s b
' n

( 1

O -= 5 :
sp eak ut a narrative w rite tack a n e w sp a p e ra rticle
5 W o rk in groups. Invent detaiIs fo r the story using 7 A Read about a famous art th e ft. W h o stole the
the questions b e lo w to help. painting? W hy did he steal it? W h a t happened in
1 W hat exactly has Rnch stolen? the end?
2 W h y did he steaJ it?
3 Is he usuaJIy a successful thief? Famous painting stolen
4 W hat happens in the airport in Brazil?
On August 21 st, 1911 jT-eanardo da Vi n a s Mona
5 W here is the painting now?
Lisa, o a e o f the inost famous paintings in the
6 W hat happens when Finch gets backto the UK? world, was stolen rom the waH o f the Louvre
7 H ow does Rnch plan to get the painting? M useum, in Pars. A t fiist, the plice th o u g h t oae
8 Does Finch get arrested? W h y /W h y not? o f the guards m ight have stolen the painting, b at
seventeen days after th e theft, they arrested poet
6 A , ^ 2 . 1 0 Listen to someone telling the story. H ow
Guillaunie Apollinaire. However, he was released
do they answer the questions above?
w heu plice could firni no evidence that he had
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear. conxinitted the crinie.Two years later, th.e real thief,
W h a t tense does the speaker use to te ll th e story? Vincenzo Peruggia, was arrested in Italy. Pernggia
W hy is this? had worked at the museum, and had stolen the
painting because he was angry about how many
phrases Italian paintings were on display in France. H e had
Inthis sto ry,... planned to return the painting to the Italian Ufizi
The problem is th a t... gallery, in Florence. The public was so excited at the
Infact, ... uews o f findiug the Mona Lisa that the painting was
W hat he doesnt realise/know is t h a t ... displayed throughaut Italy before it was returned to
However ... France in 1913.
Later, ...
Because o f this, ...
Inthe end, ... W rite up the story o f Finchs a rt th e ft as a
newspaper artid e , using the article above and th e key
C W o rk in pairs. Take turn s to retell th e sto ry (or your phrases to help.

own versin o f the story) using the key phrases and

the questions in Exercise 5 to help.
2.5 LOOKBACK
TYPES OF STORY
1 A Add the missing letters to
complete the types o f story.
1 O ne o f my favourite _ c t __ n
films o f all tim e is The Terminator.
2 Jamie Foxx stars in Ray, a great
b __ p _ c o f Ray Charles.
3 Pretty Woman, starring Julia
Roberts and Richard Gere, is my
favourite r _ m _ n t _ c c _ m _ d _ .
4 lm n o ta great fan o f p _ r __ d
d r _ m _s, but I thoughtthis
production o f Jane Eyre was
brilliant.
5 I loved the psych _ I _ g _ c _ I
th r _ II _ r, Silence o f the Lambs,
but I found it very scary.
6 I still enjoy Agatha Christies
Murder on the Orient Express.
Its one o f the best ever
d _ t _ ct _ v _ films.
7 I cant watch s ____ nc _
f _ c ____ n films, like Star Wars
and Alien. I cant stand them.
8 I thin k d _ c _ d r _ m _ s, films like
Nixon, are a great way to learn
about w hat really happened during
im portant events.
B W o rk in pairs. Choose ve of the
genres and make a best ever list of
the films in these genres.
PRESENT PERFECT/PAST
SIMPLE I
2A Look at the phrases below.
Have you done any o f these things?
W rite sentences using /V e...,
I h ave n 't... and I have n e v e r__
play in a b a n d /w rite a song
rid e a horse visit a n o th e r co u n try
run a m arathn
w a lk in th e m o u n ta in s /g o skiing
organise a big fa m ily p a rty
see a fam ous band
sw im w ith d o lp h in s /g o scuba diving
m e e t som eone fam ous
go t o u n ive rsity/ch a n g e y o u r jo b
s ta rt a business
travel on y o u r ow n
w rite a d ia ry /b lo g
B Choose one thing you have/
havent done and tell your partner
more about it.
/Ve played in a band. When I was a t
university I played in a band called
T h e Hooligans.
m
THE NEWS TELLING A STORY
3A Underline the correct option to 5A Add a word to each speakers
complete the headlines. part to correct the conversations.
1 Postal collapse/strike causes huge happened
delays 1 A: Thisjwhen I was living in Hong
Kong.
2 Plice attacked during student
demonstration /crash B: O h really? happened?
3 Fugitives/Hostages released after
negotiation w ith rebel leader 2 A: I was having a shower when all
4 Hundreds homeless after a sudden I saw a huge spider.
earthquake/collapse hits
B: O h no. W h a t you do?
5 Fugitive/Flood found hiding in
forest 3 A: Anyway, before I knew it
6 Train strike/crash kills sixty people someone called the plice.
7 House attacked/crashed w ith
B: Really? W h a t next?
petrol bom b
8 Young criminal destroyed/shot by 4 A: The next I knew, the man
plice was running towards me and
B W o rk in pairs. Take turns to say a shouting.
word and respond with a headline. B: dont believe it!
A : crash
5 A: , anyway I was going up the ski-
B: Sleeping p ilot caused plae to
crash. lift and I fell off.
B: embarrassing!
NARRATIVE TENSES
6 A: So, in end, I had to pay all the
4A Put the verbs in the correct
money back.
tense to complete the story.
B: dear.
Sasha 1______________ (wake) up
late because she 2______________ B W o rk in pairs. Choose three
(forget) to set her alarm dock. o f the conversations above and
She 3__________________ (have) expand the stories.
breakfast when the telephone
C W o rk in groups. Take turns to
4_____________ (r ng)- Itw a s her
role-play your conversations.
boss. He wanted to know
w hy she 5______________
(no t finish) the re p o rt th a t he
6_____________ (ask) her to do.
She quickly 7______________
(leave) the house to go to w ork.
She 8_______________(stand) on
the train when she noticed that
lots o f people 9______________
(look) at herfeet. Then, she
1 0____________ (nealise) th a t she
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
1 1____________ (forget) to put Download th e video
her shoes on. She r | podcast and view
1 2____________ (wear) her V V people discussing
slippers. I 9 1 w h eth er th ey would
0 ever te ll a lie, w hat lies
B Can you remember a day when th eyve been to ld and
you woke up late? W hy? W h a t who to ld th em .
happened? Tell your partner.
 U N IT 3
SPEAKING
> Discuss attitudes now/
earlier in life
> Talk about predictions
> Explain misunderstandings
> Discuss the best ways to
communicate

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to people discussing
the future of communication
> Listen to a series of
misunderstandings
) Watch a BBC documentary
about the internets impact

READING
> Read an article about
teenage communication
> Read a story about a
misunderstanding

> Write a series of messages

> Write a memo

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: Can
new technology help
communication?
O DVD: The Virtual Revolution

contact

You're going where? Getting connected In other words The virtual revolution
3.1 YOURE GOING WHERE?
G R A M M A R | the future (plans) ||
SPEAKING
1 W o rk in groups and discuss.
1 W hat pro ble ms do teenagers and panents o f
teenagers have? Why?
2 W hat is the best thing a parent can do fo r a
teenager?
READ IN G
2A Read the article. Does it m ention anything
you discussed in Exercise 17 W h a t is th e main
problem it mentions?
B Complete the summary o f the article. Use one
or tw o words for each gap.
The w rite r is w orried about the way she
communicates with her 1___________ . She is
aJways askingthem questions about their
2__________ , but most o f the tim e they
3__________ . She thinksthat mobile phones
and text messages mean that arrangements are
always 4___________. In the end, she decides
to 5___________her own way o f making plans.
Next time she arranges to meet someone,
shes going to be 6___________.
C A re the statements 1 -5 true (T) or false (F)?
1 Simn usuaJIy arrives late.
2 The m others teenage children always answer
her questions.
3 The m other worries about her children when
she doesnt know where they are.
4 The teenagers tend to make their plans early.
5 In the end the mother decides t o change her
behaviour.
D Find w ords or phrases in the te x t th a t match
meanings 1 -6 .
1 changing an opinion o r decisin (paragraph I)
2 manage a situation (paragraph I)
3 to o interested in other peoples business
(paragraph 5)
4 a fear that terrible things might happen
(paragraph 5)
5 plans that you make just before they happen
(paragraph 7)
6 if you cant change how peo pie be have,
then change your behaviour to be like them
(paragraph 9)
3 Discuss the questions.
1 Do you think it is important fo r parents to know
about their teenagers plans?
2 D o you agree that mobile phones have changed
the way that people make plans? How?
V O C A B U L A R Y | communication H O W T O | talk about your plans
U f e o*t p la w e t f e e n
1 My friend Simn is always changing his m ind a bo ut
things. He's never quite sure where he's g o in g to be or ^
w h e th e r he'll be busy,and he never arrives when he says
he w ill.T h is is sad, bu t I can cope w ith it. He doesn't lve
in my house. /
l But I d o n 't like th e same situation w hen it's happening
under m y own roof. Every day I ask m y teenagers \
questions like an eager reprter.'W here are you going? 7
W hen are you cornng back? How are you g e ttin g hom e?' V
And w h a t do I get? If l'm lucky, a small b it o f in fo rm a ro n .
3 'I th in k it's foo tb a ll after school,'says m y fourteen -
year-old.'Unless th a t was last week.'
4 l'm g o in g ou t on Saturday,'says m y sixteen-year-old.
But m ost o f my questions, however, go unanswered.
5 I don 't w a n t to be nosy. I really don't. But I w o uld
so lo v e to have a rough idea o f w h ere members o fth e
fam ily are go in g to be.The problem is th a t I havean
over-active m agination.T he logic goes: you haven't g o t
fo o tb a ll,y o u d id n 't say you'd be late, th e re fo re yo u m ust
be und er th e wheels o f a bus. But w h ile l'm w a tch in g the
d o c k in an a tte m p t to stop m y panic, m y teenagers are
changing th e ir arrangem ents again ...
GRAM M AR the future (plans)
4A Read the conversations about plans and com plete th e rules
w ith the ph rases in the box.
the present continuous going to + infinitive will + infinitive
might + infinitive
1 A: Are you going to Joels party?
B: I might stay at home. lm very tired.
2 A: Have you spoken to your teacher yet?
B: No, lm going t o speak to her later.
3 A: W hat time are you meeting Adam?
B: A t six odock.
4 A: Do you want to come with us?
B: No, thanks. 1*11see you at the stadium.
Rules:
1 Use____ to talk about plans o r arrangements which have
already been made.
2 Use____ to taJk about a plan o r intention. You have decided that
you want to do this, but you may not have made the arrangements.
3 U se____ when you are not sure what the plan is.
4 U se____ to talk about the future when you have no specific
plan, or you make the decisin at the tim e of speaking.

M o b ile p h o n e s a n d te x t-
(> r messaging m eansthat dates and
tim es are always flexible.'That's
w h y I don 't know w h a t l'm do in g
on Saturday,'says m yeldest.1
w o n 't k n o w until five m inutes
before'
I can, o f course, keep up w ith
all this instant m ind-chan ging
by spen ding m y Saturday nights
te x tin g 'R U OK?'But I can't help
th in king th a t th e y e njoy th e last-
m inute arrangem ents because it
gives parents less tim e to ob je ct
(Tou're g o in g where?').
A fte r a series o f questions, I
fin a lly g iv e up. It's o b v io u s th a t
w h ile I w a n t to carefully plan the
details o f our fa m ily arrangem ents,
m y sons w a n t m ore freedom .
So, if you can't beat them , jo in
them . Simn, l'm going to fo llo w
yo u r lead.The next tim e I arrange
\ to m eet som eone, l'l I be late. Or I
m ig h t n o ttu rn u p a t all.
y Some friends are coming to stay. (Ive already
B Look at the article above again. Find exam plesof th e structures
described below.
1 present continuous for talking about future arrangements
2 going to + infinitive fo r future plans
3 will + infinitive fo r a decisin made at the tim e o f speaking
4 might + infinitive fo r a plan which is undecided
1114- page 132 LA N G U A G E B A N K
5 A i 3.1 Listen and complete the sentences.
1 W h a t___________at the weekend?
2 W e ___________my brother and his family.
3 W h e re ___________fo r them?
4 T h e y__________________ a party on Friday.
5 ___________w ith us tomorrow?
6 lll ask Marin when she___________
B Listen again. Notice how they pronounce go in g to in fast speech.
Does g oing to have the same pronunciation in sentences and
questions? Do we always pronounce g o in g to like this? W hen is it
different?
C Listen again and practise saying the sentences fast.
W hat are you going to do at the weekend?
3.
I
6 Underline the correct alternatives to
complete the conversation.
Pete; Hey Dax. W hat 1are you lwo doing / m il
you two do on Saturday night?
Dax: I dont know. W e 2might / will go to the
Death City Dread concert. W hat about
you?
Pete: 3/'// have / l m going to have a bit o f a party.
My parents 4ore going / will go away fo r the
weekend, so lve asked a few people to
come over to my place. Kris 5will bring / is
brnging his DJ equipment round, so 6were
having / we11have music. And everyone 7s
going to bring /m ig h t bring some food and
drink. Euan 8will come / is coming with a
few friends. Do you think you can make it?
Dax: It sounds great. 9/'m going to text / /'// text
Leyla to ask her what she thinks. Then
l0/'m calling / l'll cali you backto let you
know. Is that OK?
Pete: Thats fine. 11l Jll speak / l m going to speak
to you later. Bye.
7A W rite sentences fo r situations 1- 6
below. Think about w hether you have made
arrangements already, then decide which tenses
to use.
I something you plan to do at the weekend
arranged this)
1 might go out for a pizza on Friday night (I dont
know yet )
2 something you are going to do after the class
3 something you might buy in the near future
4 something that someone in your family is
planning to do
5 a plan o r ambition you have, related to your
work/studies
6 something that you plan to do fo r your next
ho liday
B W o rk in pairs. Compare your ideas. A sk and
answer questions to find o u t m ore in form ation.
/VIy sisters moving to Poland.
Really? That sounds exciting. Which city?
EVENT NAIUE - Softbal game
Slart tima Friday, 11 March 18:00
End Time: Friday, 11 March 20:00
Loca-flan: Have park
VO C ABU LAR Y com m unication W R IT IN G messages

8A Match the words in the box w ith 10 W o rk in pairs. Look at messages 1 - 4 and answer the questions.
sentences1-8. 1 W hen do you usually w rite messages to people?
2 W hat do you think the relationship is between the w rite r and the person
gossip compliment moan boast they are w ritin g to in these messages?
arge warn chat apologise
3 Are the messages formal o r informal?

1 Have you heand about Vicki? Shes got a

new boyfriend! gossfo
Mope yon UbH-b
2 I just wanted to say lm really sorry I j&al___
missed the match. _________ g a c d tb * & * * * ' *
ione to iVie dentist.
3 So, how was your day? Did it go well? ba fc at 4pm.
7x
Jen
4 I was the best rugby player in my school,
you know ._________
2 4
5 No, th a ts not true. I didnt say that you
could borrow my mp3 player!_________ C a n yo u p ic k us
Martin
up fro m fo o tb a ll
6 Listen, rts very im portant that you dont BeoSe cali 'Trida on
to n ig h t?
get into cars with people w ho you dont c>7>7f V37 562 osop S e o y o u later
know ._________ Lucy Ben & M ax
7 You look lovely. That to p looks really nce
on y o u ._________
8 And when I got home, the house was in
a complete mess. They're so lazy. They Leave it out! W hen we w rite notes and messages we dont always w rite
never help._________ complete sentences. W e often miss out small grammatical words to make
the message shorter.
B Decide w h o is talking in sentences 1 -8 ,
parents (P) or teenagers (T).
LE A R N T O use note fo rm
C ( '3 .2 Listen and n o tic e th e in to n a tio n .
1 1 A Look at the messages 1 - 4 above. The w ords in th e box have been
Then listen and repeat.
le ft out. W hich message do they belong to?
ni#- page I50 V O C A B U L A H V B A N K

I W e ll Your lve Can you lll

SPEAKING
B Rewrite messages 1 - 4 below usingfew er words.
9A Think about when you were a
teenager. Make a note o f th in g s y o u : I 3
loved/hated/m oaned about Pete cd/ed to $qy tk c rt
/Ve -jou feeling hungr-f?
argued about with your parents/friends Do warrt to meet me Ve. u x y i't be oble to come
were warned about by parents/teachers {or \m\ at ?avarotti'f> to dinner. Do ycu tWnk
ipm?
ycu comW cali k/w ock on
B Think about your life now. Make a note 0 1 9 5 ? >7
F-
about people you: 3qyne
enjoy chatting to/gossiping with
tend to angue with
moan about
l m re a lly s o rry b t
have apologised to I c a n t c o m e to th e
W e re g o in g t o see E lton
c in e m a to n ig h t
C W o rk in pairs. Compare your J o h n in c o n c e rt. W ould b e c a u s e lv e g o t to o
experiences. H ow have your ideas changed y o u lik e m e to b o o k m uch w o r k to do. I
y o u a tic k e t? h o p e y o u e n jo y th e
since you were a teenager?
Tonya film .
A : I really enjoy goss#)/ng w/th my girl friends Bess
about who we like and who we dont.
B: Do you? M e too! It was the same when
12 W rite short messages fo r the situations below.
we were teenagers/
1 Youre going away fo r the weekend and would like your f latmate t o water
the plants.
2 You want to invite a classmate to the cinema.
3 You need to apologise to a w o rk colleague fo r missing a meeting.
GETTING CONNECTED
G R A M M A R | che fucure (prediccions) I V O C A B U L A R T | future time markers I H O W T O | make predctions

LISTENING V O C ABU LAR Y fucure tme markers

1 Look at the photos and answer the questions. 4A Read sentences 1 - 9 and underline the
1 W hat has re placed the objects in the pictures? tim e markers.
2 In your opinion, are the replacements better than the original things? 1 In the near future. there will be a system fo r
translating foreign languages.
2 A W o rk in pairs and discuss. 2 They dont think that handwriting will exlst
a) In the future how will we communicate with people in other countries? in the next ten years.
b) In the future will we still use pen and paper to write? 3 This new system fo r watching TV could
c) In the future will we watch TV the same way we do now? happen in a month o rtw o .
4 Certainly in the long term this will be the
B (j) 3 3 Listen to some people discussing the questions above. Do future.
they m ention any o f your ideas? 5 I think these changes will happen in the short
C Find and corre ctthree factual mistakes in the notes. Listen again term .
to check. 6 In ten years time children w o nt be a b le to
write with pen and paper.
Sysfem f o r -franslafing -fcneign languages 7 There will still be TV sets a long tim e from
Talk lo foreigner on the phone f fs/her words - franslafed irrfo now.
y a jr ear 8 I dont think there will be any big changes
Online -franslafion services aiready e x is f BU T o-ften make misfakes, next year.
e.g. English f o Chnese 9 Phones that can transate languages w ill be
with us shortly.

TV proyamme 5ay5 Aandwrjfing will disappea- in 100 years
WiJJ use Ikjmfcpnnfs/digifaJ signafu-es, e.g. scans, insfead
Man says people will still c a r y pens
Woman says Kids (10-12 yr5 od) may sfop wrifing
They th trk tkere s+iJ be a Jarge T V in ii-.e living room
BU T TV programmes will be 'on demand - w atch what you w a nt
Man -f^inl<5 ftll change V j the Jong term - a long fime in the -futare
Woman agrees
3 Look at the w ords and ph rases in the box. W h a t do you th in k they
mean? Use audio s c r ip t3 3 on p a g e 1 6 6 to helpyou.
an intermediary (that) will stop barriers thumbprints
retina scans the most straightforward way (to do something)
on demand a large screen method o f delivery
B Look at the tim e markers again. Put them
under the correct heading below.
1 An exact time n the future
2 N otan exact ti me i n the future - soon
/n the near future
/n the next ten years
3 N otan exact time in the fu tu r e - not verysoon
C W o rk in pairs. Ask and answer questions
1 -3 , using both parts o f the question.
1 W ill you still live in the same place: a) in the
near future? b) in ten years time?
2 W ill you still attend dasses: a) six months
from now? b) next year?
3 W hat projects will you w o rk on: a) in the
short term? b) in the long term?

3.2

G R AM M AR the future (predictions)

5 A Read the preview of a programme. W hat
s the programme about?

Visions of the future

In this new BBC three-part series,
physicist and futurist D r M ichio Kaku
explores the Science o f today, tomorrow,
and beyond. H e arges that we are
at a tum ing point in history. In this
century, we will move from being
passive observers of nature to its active
designers.This will give us amazing new
possibilities but also great responsibilities.

PRACTICE
6A Circle the correct alternative, a), b) or c), to com plete the
programme review.

B Read some o f the predictions from the
BBC programme. Are they certa in (C) or
possible (P)7
1 Artificial intelligence M i nevolutionise
homes, workplaces and lifestyles. C
2 Robots with human-level intelligence may
finally become a reality.
3 The human body could be repaired as easily
as a car.
4 W e are going to make the ... transition
from the Age o f Discovery to the Age o f
Mastery.
5 W e are likely to live longer because o f
developments in genetics and biotechnology.
C Look a t the underlined w ords above.
Complete the rules w ith will, could, to or be.
R u le :
1 W e use w ill + infinitive to make
predictions about the future.
D r Michio Kaku says that in the near future we 1_____ new worlds
that look like our own world. To prove it, he flies around in Second
Life and tells us that virtual reality is 2_____ more like real reality.
Kaku then jumps into a remte controlled car, and tells us the car is
so intelligent that the words traffic jam and traffic accident 3_____
from the language.
It isnt just cars that will be intelligent. In a few years tim e microchips
will be so cheap they 4_____ into every product w e b u y - o u r walls,
our furniture, even our clothes. And they 5_____ to be so small we
6_____ they exist. The internet, he tells us, will also be everywhere.
Kaku says our sunglasses 7_____ our future home entertainment
centre.
Kaku then does a virtual dance using 3-D technology (his dance
partner is hundreds o f miles away) and explains that one day in the
near future, 3-D technology 8_____ the telephone and 9______air
travel.
Then he looks at the popularity o f robots. He condudes that, in the
lo ngterm , some o f our closest friends 10_____ people.
1 (JajwilidesjgrT)(b) will be design (c) will to design
2 (a) become (b) going become (c) going to become
3 (a) going to disappear (b) are going to disappearing (c) are going to
disappear
4 (a) are could be built (b) could be built (c) could built
5 (a) likely (b) likely are (c) are likely

2 W e use_______ going to + i nfinitive to 6 (a) w ont t o know (b) not will know (c) w o nt know
make predictions when there is present 7 (a) may become(b) may o f become (c)may to become
evidence. 8 (a) could replace(b) is could re place (c)could be replace
3 W e use may o r _______ + infinitive t o say 9 (a) reduce might(b) might to reduce (c) might reduce
something is possible but not certain.
10 (a) not might be(b) might not be (c) might be not
4 W e use likely + infinitive w ith _______ to
say something will probably happen. B Discuss. W hich predictions, if they come true, w ill be g oo d/ba d fo r
the w orld? W hy?
n i* page 132 L A N G U A G E B A N K

m
 3.2

sn ea k
W hen you learn new idioms w rite them in a
special place in your vocabulary notebook.
To remember idioms better, record them in
context and add your own examples. D o this
fo r the idioms in Exercise 8A. Then tr y them
out. Make sure it s the right situation and you
remember to use the exact words.

9 W ork in pairs. Look at the idioms organised

by topic. W hat do the underlined idioms mean?

PR>8/_EA?S
/ UJte - fc r c p t to pqy our taXeS. Aoto loe re in
k s t loater.
<2 X sdcj t^e lorong <Wng again. X ckoqy5 p u t
my fo o t in it.
'TXtfE
3 Ue're loorknq qqq/nSt ihe dock. UJte k j/e
SPEAKING tto o koMT5 to -finan t^e p roject.

7A Look at the picture o f the fu tu re above. Is it realistic? Why?

V x 'h zure toe can luin MQtck but toe're
runring o u t oP time.
i Think about the topics in the box. H ow do you th in k th e y w lll
change in the future? Make some notes. 1 0 Look a tth e idioms organised by key
words. Match idioms 1 - 6 with meanings a ) - f) .
communication technology w o rk habits cities
the environment food
b>dy P a rts
/ Keep cm eye on b
C W o rk in pairs and discuss your ideas.
(2 Con ycu gjvte me o kjnd?
Communicathn: I think we will probably have video conference calis on
our m o tile phones. There probably wont be ... OCO AND DRXHK
3 X tJ.5 nest my cup o f te o .
V X t toas a piece o P cake.
V O C A B U L A R Y E E n idioms
AAXtfALS
5 Ycu're o dqrk korSei
Idlom /idiam/ [CJ a grou p o f words that have a different meaning from the usual meaning
of the separate words. For example, 'under the weather1is an idiom meaning 'N\ 6 X toant to g e t o u t o-Pt^e r a t nace.

8A Read the definition o f an idiom and underline the idiom s in a) I dont like it
sentences 1-5 . b) watch
1 In the future, mobile phones w o nt only be used fo r small talk o r fo r
c) help me
taking photos.
d) the competitive w orld o f w o rk
2 For people who w o rk against the clock, new ways t o communicate wll
be important. e) you have a lot o f secrets

3 W e ll use pen and paper fo r writing things that are on our mind and fo r f) easy
personal notes.
1 1 A Find and correct the mistakes. There is
4 Home-made programmes w o nt be everyones cup o f tea, but thats a mistake in each sentence.
the future o f TV.
1 W hen was the last tim e you gave someone
5 Music is an issue thats dase to my heart because my husband is a musician. the hand?

B Look a t the underlined idioms and decide if these statements about 2 W hich student do you think is a horse dark?
idioms are true (T) or false (F)? 3 W hens the last time you put your feet in it?
1 Idioms are usuaJIy formal. 4 W hich issues are dose by your heart?
2 You cannot usually change the order o f words in an idiom. 5 Do you often have to w o rk against the docks?
3 You can sometimes change the verb tense and the subject o f an idiom. 6 W hen were you last in warm water?
4 You can usually guess the meaning from one w ord in the idiom.
B W rite an answer to each question. Then
C W o rk in pairs and compare your answers. Then tu rn to page 160 to compare your answers w ith other students.
checkyour answers. in # page 150 V O C A B U L A R Y B A N K

3.3 IN OTHER WORDS ... ,
I F U N C T IO N | dealingwith misunderstandings V O C A B U L A R Y | misunderstandings L E A R N T O | refbrmulate

SPEAKING F U N C T IO N | deaJing w ith misunderstandings

1 A W o rk in pairs. Look at the cartoon and read th e story. 3 A & 3 . 4 Listen to fo u r telephone conversations
W h a t do you th in k happened next? involving misunderstandings. W h a t type o f
misunderstandings are they?
ne year a. US TV show called Late Night with

O
B Listen again and answer the questions.
David Letterman was nominated for an award. To Conversation 1
celebiate, the eighty people involved in the show w ent to
1 W h o did the woman want to speak to?
a restaurant in Malibu, where they sat at twelve different tables and
2 W h o did she speak to?
ate outside.That night someone told the shows producer that Johnny
Conversation 2
Carson, a famous American talk show host, was in the restaurant.
3 H ow did David make his hotel reservation?
The producer w ent over to Carsons table and said,It w ould
4 W hat hotel does he want to stay in?
be so nice if you could say helio to David and m eet some o f the
Conversation 3
people. It would mean a lot to them. So at the end o f his dinner,
Carson carne over and 5 W hat tim e does the show finish?
said helio. He sat at 6 W hat tim e did the show start?
the table, talked for a Conversation 4
while and then left.
7 W hat does the woman want to rent?
A t the end o f the
8 W hat is the date?
evening the producer
w ent to pay the bil. C Complete expressions 1- 7 w ith the w ords in the box.

B Read the end o f the story on page 160. tell that me (x2) saying mean ame again
C W o rk in pairs. Retell the story usingthe w o rd s in the box.
1 I didnt catch any o f ______ .

TV show nominated fo r an award celebrate restaurant 2 Youve lo s t______ .

talk show host say helio pay the bil generous called 3 Could you repeat the last______ ?
didnt know at the table ten thousand dollars 4 Can you say th a t_______ ?
5 W hat exactly do y o u ______ ?
6 I dont get what youre _____ .
VO C ABU LAR Y l m isu n d e rsta n d in g s
7 Do you mean t o ______ ... ?
2A Complete sentences 1 - 8 w ith phrases a ) -h ).
1 Make su re you go to the Kings Street in the centre o f
D <fc3.5 Listen and check. Then listen again and copy

tow n because ... the intonation.

2 W e mistakenly left home at 5.30 because ... m^page 132 L A N GU AG E B A N K

3 I was expecting to see Pete, m y od school

friend, b u t...
4 I didnt do the hom ework because ...
5 W e thought her birthday was 16th July b u t...
6 I ended up at the wrong house because ...
7 W hen I called Mary Lou, she thought I was a
stranger because ...
8 I answered the phone b u t ...

a) it was a wrong number.

b) ld got the wrong address.
c) we got the date wrong.
d) we thought it started at six.
e) it was a different Peter Smith.
f ) there are tw o streets w ith the same ame.
g) she didnt recognise my voice.
h) I didnt realise it was fo r today.

B W hich expressions in bold do you know?

W hich have you used?
 3.3

4A There is one w o rd m issing in each

response. C om plete th e responses w ith th e
m issing w o rd .
1 A: Oh no! I cant find the key.
mean
B: Do y o ^ o say w ere going t o be locked ou t all
night?
2 A: And after Jimmy left Minnie, he married Millie,
who used to be married to Bilty.
B: Youve me. W h o are all these people?
3 A: There was a little accident with the spaghetti
bolognese and your sof.
B: W hat exactly you mean?
4 A: The boss wants to see you. Its about the
money th a ts missing from the accounts.
LE A R N T O reform ulate
5A Read the extracts from the audio 3.4. Underline five
examples o f how the speaker reform ulates w h a t he/she heard.
1 A: W e ve got no reservations in the ame o f Cullinan, and
w ere fully booked tonight.
B: So youre saying I cant stay here. This is the Sheldon Hotel,
yes?
2 C: Didnt you say it starts at 7.00?
D: No, it starts at 5.00 and finishes at 7.00!
C: So what you mean is lve missed the whole show.
3 E: Yes, but todays a holiday and all the cars have been booked
already.
F: Do you mean to tell me that theres nothing at all? N o cars
available?
E: Theres nothing till tom orrow , lm afraid.
F: But I definitely booked a car fo r today, the third o f July.
E: Its the fourth o f July today. In other words, your booking
was fo r yesterday.

B: I dont what youre saying.
5 A: Um, er, I think my new phone number is, um,
654 0987 6743.
B: I catch any o f that. W h a ts the number?
6 A: My home address is 39 Kings Street,
B ( 3 . 6 Listen to the phrases. Notice how the w ords are
linked together in fast speech.
So^youre^saying...
C Listen again and repeat the phrases.
SPEAKING

Manchester, Lancashire, M8 2TO. 6A W ork in pairs and role-play the situation.

Student A Student B
B: Can you that again? I didnt hear.

7 A: W e re leaving Los Angeles at I I .OOp.m., OK? You are a guest at a hotel.

Twenty minutes ago you
Then we arrive in Sydney at 5.50a.m. caJIed reception, asking for
some soap to be sent to
B: Could you the last part? I didnt hear you. your room. Room Service
brought you some tom ato
B W o rk in pairs. W h a t does speaker A say next?
soup. You want them to >______
Continu the conversations w ith your ow n words. You are a receptionist at
take the soup back and bring
some soap. Cali reception to a hotel. A guest caJIs to
make your complaint. make a complaint. Start
the conversaron by saying

B Change roles and tu rn to page 162.

C W o rk in pairs and take turns. Student A: ring reception and

make a com plaint. Student B: apologise and o ffe r a solution.
Use the flo w charts to help and role-play the situations.

 THE VIRTUAL REVOLUTION

D V D PREVIEW
1 Discuss. H ow has the internet changed th e world? 5A Match the people below to extracts a )-g ).

2A Did you m ention any o f the follow ing? 1 Aleks Krotoski, the presenter (x 2 )

1 It creates wealth. 2 Al Gore

2 It allows us to challenge authorlty. 3 M arkZuckerberg

3 It allows authorities to spy and censor. 4 Stephen Fry

4 It has created a generation o f web addcts. 5 Bill Gates

5 It opens up new realms o f knowledge. 6 Steve Wozniak

6 It has allowed the pioneers and key players in
technology to become powerful.
7 It has made e-shopping possible.
B W o rk in pairs. Check you understand th e meaning
o f the w ords/expressions in bold.
a) In the ten years that lve been studying the web and
writing about it as a journalist lve seen it take our
world and shake it apart.
b) Well, the web is how mankind communicates nowadays.
c) Its like the internet has become a brain. Itsthe
smartest brain in the world.

3 Read the ntroduction to the programme. W h a t is it
about? W ho does the presenter speak to?
B B S The Virtual Revolution
his BBC documentary looks a t the
T revolutionary impact of the internet. D r
Aleks Krotoski tells the story o f the internet
from its early days through to its m ost recent
successes and innovatio ns. She looks a t the
good and bad sides of the internet, revealing
statistics that show how much we use it and
how it has changed the world. T h e programme
also includes comments from some o f the
best-known internet pioneers.
d) It is an empowering tool that has more potentiaJ than
any other that human civilisation has ever developed.
e) The world is just going to keep on getting m ore and
more open and theres going to be more information
available about everything.
f) This is astounding technology and we should just take
a moment to celebrate the power and the reach that it
gives us.
g) The web is a revolution.
B W atch the DVD again to check.
C Discuss in gro ups.
1 D o you think there are any negative sides o f the
internet o r is it all positive?
2 W hat do you like best about the internet: (a) it helps
us to communicate, (b) it opens up new realms o f
knowledge, (c) it creates wealth or (d) other?
3 W ell, the web is how mankind communicates
nowadays. (Bill Gates). Do you agree?

4 W atch the DVD. Put the statistics

in the order they are mentioned.
a) 18 mIlion people read blogs.
b) People in the UK spend a billion
pounds a week on the net.
c) A quarter o f the planet now uses the web.
d) In the UK 35 million people log on to the internet
every day.
e) 5 million people in the UK use a dating website every month.
speak co m m u n ica tio n preferences w rite a memo
6A $ 3.7 Listen to a wom an talkin g about how she prefers to 7A Your company has decided to
communicate (via phone calis, emails, letters, te x t messages or face- have em ail-free Fridays. Read the
to-face). W h a t does she say about the first fo u r topics below? notes below. W h a t are the reasons
givinggood news fo r doing this?
giving bad news
Rules: no inferna! emails lasf Friday
arranging social activities
o-f every monfh
sending a thank you message
Skor\- memos aJJowed
catching up with friends Emails OK -for externa! clienfs
making a formal complaint Reasons: Encourage fa c e -lo face
asking fo r information, e.g. to get tickets communicafion

giving opinions on issues Encotr-age phone conversaf.ons

Reduce lime spenf on emails
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear. Change roufine
Addifional irrfo: -frial email-free
keyphrases Fridays for 6 monfhs. Then review:
It depends (on ...) quesrionnaire io all sfaf-f. Final decisin
Its much b e tte rto ... made ne>d * y e a r.
I pre fe rto ...
On the other hand,
B Your boss has asked you to w rite a
Inthose circumstances ld rather ...
memo explaining the idea to the staff.
The best way to do this is to send ...
Read the opening lines and complete the
Its more convenient.
memo usingthe key phrases to help.
People reaJIy appreciate ...
I like it when ...
Subject: m e m o

D ear staff,
C H ow do you prefer to communicate? W h a t does it depend on?
Starting next month, we have
Make some notes to prepare fo r the discussion.
a new initiative.
D W o rk in groupsand discuss your opinions. W hich ways of
com m unicating are the most popular in your class?
3.5 LOOKBACK
COMMUNICATION
1 W o rk in pairs. Take turns to
think o f three different situations
for each verb in the box.
moan arge chat gossip
w arn apologise boast
complim ent
A : OK. Moan. You moan when i t s
raining and you have to go on your
bike.
B: And you moan when you have too
much w ork to do.
A : Yes, and when the pnces o f things
go up, so everything costs more.
ESMSSnMmSM
2A Complete the paragraphs with
phrases from the box.
m going to have having
m organising might
m finishing are going lll be
are coming w ill going to
11______ _w o rk at the end
o f the m onth. Ive been a teacher
here fo r nearly tw en ty years, so
2____________sad when I leave
the school fo r the last tim e. But in
the future, I 3____________
m ore tim e to do some o f the
things I enjoy. My wife and I
4____________travelling. W e
5____________visit Australia,
which lve always wanted to do.
lm 6__________ . be fo rty next
m onth, so lm 1_
a big party. Lots o f people
8____________ that I do n t see
very often, so lm really looking
forw ard to it. I 9____________
a band, and lots o f deliciousfood
and drink, so everyone
10____________ have a good
time.
B W rite a short paragraph
describing a plan you have for the
future. Then compare your ideas
with a partner.
FUTURE TIME MARKERS
3 A Match 1 - 6 w ith a ) - f ) to make
sentences.
1 I might live in a foreign country in
the long
2 I hope to be retired in tw en ty years
3 I will finish this course in a month
4 I hope to write my autobiography a
long time
5 I w ant to buy a new car in the near
6 I m going to go travelling next
a) time.
b) year.
c) future.
d) term .
e) from now.
f) o rtw o .
B C h o osefo urof the sentences
above. Change the words in italics
so they are true for you.
THE FUTURE (PREDICTIONS
4A Find and correct the mistakes.
Seven o f the predictions contain
grammatical mistakes.
1 Man n o t w ill fly fo r fifty years.
(1901)
2 There isnt going be any Germn
reunification this century. ( 1984)
3 Democracy w ill to be dead by
1950. (1936)
4 By 1980 all po w e r (electric,
atomic, solar) is likely be almost
free. (1956)
5 The Japanese car industry isnt
likely to be successful in the US
market. (1968)
6 Man will be never reach the Moon.
(1957)
7 Televisin w o n t very m atter in
yo u r lifetime o r mine. ( 1936)
8 The internet may to become
useful fo r business but never fo r
the general public. (1989)
B Change the verbs so they mean
the opposite and become intelligent
predictions. You may need to
change some other words.
M a n w ill fly within fifty years.
There is going to be Germn
reunification this century.
DEALINGW ITH
MISUNDERSTANDINGS
5A Put the words in the correct
order to make responses in
dialogues 1 -3 .
1 A: lve heard that a lo t o f ou r
employees like you.
B: get / I / saying / youre / what /
dont
A: A nd lm looking fo r someone
to take over the business when
I retire.
B: you / do / w hat / mean /
exactly?
2 A: The flight should land at 4.00,
but it s going to land at 4 . 15 o r
4.20 because o f the delay.
B: didnt / that / I / o f / any /
catch
A: Instead o f landing at 4.00 w e re
going to land at 4 . 15 o r 4.20
because o f the late take off.
B: you / that / can / again / say?
3 A: David Johnson and Johnny
Thom son are going to meet
Tom m y Davies tonight.
B: me / lost / youve
A: Johnson, Thom son and Davies
are the company directors.
T heyre meeting to discuss the
companys future.
B: say / do / mean / to / you /
th e yre meeting w ith o u t me?
B W o rk in pairs and practise the
conversations. Then change roles
and repeat.
H V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e video
| r | podcast and view
V V people describing how
I 9 1 m odern technology
has helped o r
damaged o u r everyday
com m unication.

 U N IT 4
SPEAKING
> Discuss the qualities
needed for different jobs
> Talk about past habits
Particpate in a meeting
> Describe a day in your life

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to people describing
dream jobs gone wrong
Listen to people making
decisions in a meeting
UNIT ) Watch a BBC comedy
about a mans first day in a
newjob

READING
Read an article about
millionaires
) Read a covering letter
> Read job advertisements

W R IT IN G
> Write a covering letter
Write about daily routines

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: Is your job
a dream job?
O DVD: Gavin and Stacey

Millionaires Dream jo b Gavin and Stacey

4.1 MILLIONAIRES
G R A M M A R | mus/have tolshould V O C A B U L A R T | personal qualities H O W T O | talk about w o rk

VO C ABU LAR Y personal qualities

1 A Read about the qualities people need to do their

jobs. W hich jo bs do you th in k they are talk in g about?

Winning is the most important thing for me. Ive

always been competitive, so I love my job. I think lm
a good leader. Its important that all the players know
what theyre doing and its my job to tell them. The
decisions I make are important for the wholeteam, so
I cant be indecisive.
l have dasses of 80 to 100 children so I have to be hard- |
working. I do my best, because education is so important "
for the children. You need to be a good communcator
in my job, so that you can get the children interested in
what they have to leam. Often, we dont have very many
resources, so we also need to be Creative and be ableto
think outside the box.
lm a risk taker, so starting my own business wasnt
difficult fo r me. Ive always been very motivated and
ambitious. I start w o rk at 4.30a.m. every day. I dont
enjoy sleep. You cant afford to be lazy if you want to
make money.
B Match the w ords and phrases in bold above w ith the
defin rtio n s1 -9 .
I w o rk with a lot o f e ffo rt___________
have problems making a decisin _
think differently o r in a new way _
4 want to be more successful than others__________
5 want to be successful o r pow e rfu l________
6 want to achieve something________
7 person who does things which are dangerous_________
8 person who has the qualities to manage agroup o f
people___________
9 person w ho can express ideas o r feelings dearly to others
what it takes?t
i
1 So you w ant to be a millionaire, b ut have you
got w hat it takes? To find o u t w hat millionaires
are really like and w hat movates them, the BBC
programme M ind o f a Millionaire did a survey.
Psychologists looked at self-made millionaires to
try and understand w hat qualities are needed to
I
make a million. So, w hat is really im portant to a
millionaire?
/ Y o u dont have to be born
I rich to be a m illionaire. w
2 The answer, n o t surprisingly, is money, money
and m ore money. M oney is more im portant than
love o r marriage. And if you give a millionaire
money, they w o n t spend it, theyll invest it to
\ make more money. B ut you dont have to be
born rich to be a millionaire. M ost millionaires
come from relatively poor backgrounds. A nd you
dont have to work hard at school either. A lo t o f
successful entrepreneurs were la 2y at school and
didnt get good results. However, you must have a
clear idea o f w hat you want to do (get rich) and
you really ought to start early. A lot o f millionaires
left school early, to start their own businesses.

C W hich qualities do you th in k you have? W o rk in pairs

and compare your answers.
111^ page 15 1

READING
2A Read s ta te m e n ts1 -6 about millionaires. Do you
th in k they are tru e (T) or false (F)?
1 Most millionaires are born rich.
2 Millionaires think that money is more im portant than love
o r marriage.
3 They w o rk more than sixty hours a week.
4 They dont like to w o rk when theyre on holiday.
5 They do well at school and usually go to university.
6 They like spending money on designer goods.

B Read the article and checkyour answers.


3 If you w ant to be a millionaire, not only do you have
to work hard, but you should enjoy your work. A nd
you shouidnt take too many holidays. M ost millionaires
work more than sixty hours a week. Half stay in contact
w ith the office while theyre on holiday and 14 percent
o f them refuse to switch off. Having a good w ork-
life balance is fine for people w ho only w ant to be
moderately successful, but if youre really ambious, you
have to p u t in the hours.
4 W hat are millionaires like as people? The survey found
that they are competitive, they like taking risks, and they
are aggresve and self-confident.Theyll do anything
they can to get w hat they want.
5 Millionaires can break all sorts of rules. The only thing
they mustnt do is break the law. Surprisingly, most
millionaires are careful spenders. They prefer Gap to
Gucci. M any o f them choose not to spend money on
expensive designer dothes - they would rather find a
bargain on the high Street. And they dont spend lots o f
money on expensive meis in restaurants either.They
prefer to eat at home. However, they do like to drive
Mercedes and go on at least three expensive holidays a
year. O ne last thing: millionaires dont care w hat other
people think of them. So, if you w ant to be a millionaire,
you shouldnt w orry about w hat other people think of
you. Just do your ow n thing.
1 Teachers have to be motivated. They should be good
4.1
3 Underline w ords or phrases in the article th a t match
m eanings1-6.
1 their family didnt have much money (paragraph 2)
2 they never stop thinking about w o rk (paragraph 3)
3 having enough time fo r w o rk and for the things you enjoy
(paragraph 3)
4 w o rk long hours (paragraph 3)
5 find something fo r a good price (paragraph 5)
6 do what you want without worrying about what other
people think (paragraph 5)
4 A W o rk in pairs. T ate tu rn sto say things which millionaires
do and dont do. Find as many points as possible.
A1////ondres th/nk a lot about money. M ost millionaires ...
B Think o f m illionaires you have heard of. Do you agree
w ith w h a t the article says?
G R AM M AR m u s t/h a v e to /s h o u ld ( o b lig a tio n )
5 Match the words in bold in sentences 1 - 6 w ith the
meanings a )-e ). One meaning matches w ith tw o sentences.
1 You dont have to be born rich to be a millionaire.
2 If you want to be a millionaire, you have to w o rk hard.
3 You must have a clear idea o f what you want to do.
4 You should enjoy your work.
5 You shouldnt take to o many holidays.
6 You mustnt w o rry about what other people think o f
a) Its a good idea.
b) Its not necessary. You dont need to b e /d o this.
c) Its necessary. You have no choice.
d) Its im portant that you dont do this.
e) Its not a good idea,
ni# page 134 L A N GU AG E B A N K
PRACTICE
6 A M ate sentences w ith the prom pts. Use the positive
or negative form o f the w o rd in brackets.
1 postmen / get up early in the morning (have)
Postmen have to get up early in the morning.
2 window cleaners / be afraid o f heights (must)
3 nurses / be patient and care about other people (should)
4 businessmen often / travel a lot (have)
5 politicians / do their job because they want fame (should)
6 teachers / enjoy working with children (must)
7 doctors / train for several years before they can w o rk (have)
8 teachers / w o rk in the school during the holidays (have)
9 plice officers / good communicators (have)
ni# page I5I V O C A B U L A R Y B A N K
B Think about three d iffe re n t jo bs. Make sentences to
describe w h a t qualities a re/a re nt im p o rta n t fo r these
jobs. Compare your ideas w'rth a partner.
communicators, but they dont have to be competitive.
m
 'Q D lh B S i
Can you work your way to success? Try our survey to find out.

1 W hen y o u r boss goas on holiday, do you:

a) come in later and leave earlier?
b) work as normal?
c) work h a rd e r-y o u want to impress your bosss boss?
2 You saa y o u r draam jo b advartisad. Unfortunataly, it asks fo r f iva sp a c ifc ski lis and y o u va
o nly g o t tw o. Do you:
a) resolve to get at least two more of the skills in the near future, so you can apply next time?
b) apply for the job anyway, focusing on the skills youve got and ignoring the ones you haven't?
c) not apply - whats the point of being rejected again?

3 You hava gona to a m aating across tow n, but y o u r clia n t is kaaping you w a iting. Do you:
a) get angry - why should you wait for anyone?
b) use the time to phone a friend?
c) use the tim e to make work-related calis?
4 If you d o n t lika a jo b , do you:
a) leave - nobody should have to work all the time?
b) leave as soon as youve got a betterjob, or have the finance to start your own business?
c) do nothing - all jobs are miserable?
5 You ara halping a frie n d o u t in th a ir clo th a s shop. Tha stora c lo sas at 6p.m. A t 5.55p.m.
a w om an rustas in saying sha is lo oking fo r a drass to w a a rfo r a party. Do you:
a) tell her you are closing and shut up shop?
b) tell her youve got nothing ir her size?
c) tell her youve got some in stock and show her?

SPEAKING
7A W o rkin pairs. Do the survey above. Then checkyourscoreon page 159.

B Discuss. Do you agree w ith w h at the survey says about your

sp ea k
To help you remember confusing words
score? W h y /W h y not? Do you know anyone w h o w o uld m ate a good
and vocabulary, w rite them in personalised
entrepreneur? Why?
sentences in your notebook. W rite
sentences about your life using some o f
V O C A B U L A R Y E E a c o n fu s in g w o r d s the words from Exercise 9.

8 Read the vocabulary notes and com plete sentences 1 and 2. T O A Complete questions 1 - 6 w ith a
suitable w o rd from Exercises 8 and 9.
jo b - w o rk
W o r k is w h a t yo u d o to ea m m oney: 1 W hat are the best paid___________in
W hat kin o f w o rk does he do? your country?
A j o b is th e particular ty p e o f w o rk that you do: 2 Is there anything you o fte n ___________ ,
Sams g o ta jo b as a waiter. like phone numbers, o r someones ame?
J o b can be plural, bu t w o r k cannot. 3 If y o u ___________ carefu lly, what noises
can you hear at the moment?
1 lve finished my degree, so l mlooking fo r a ______________. 4 Do you w rite notes t o ___________
2 Its not easy to fin d _________________ when youre my age. yourself about im portant things?
5 H ow much did y o u ___________fo r your
9A Underline the correct alternative in the sentences below. W h a t is first job? W hat did you buy?
the difference between these words? 6 W hat do you like doing f o r ___________ ?
1 He suddenly remembered/remmded that he had to go to the bank. Do you like playing games?
2 Can you remember/remind me to cali him later?
B W ork in pairs. Take turn s to ask and
3 lve forgotten/eft my keys in the car.
answer the questions above.
4 Did you hear/listen that noise?
Ili+ p a g e l5 l V O C A B U L A H Y B A N K
5 Can you say that again? l'm sorry, I wasnt listening/hearing.
6 Being ill on holiday isnt much fun/funny.

B Turn to page 159 to check yo u r answers.

 DREAM JOB <
^ ^ G R A M M A ^ ^ s e d t ^ w u ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ V O C A B U ^ m ^ t r o r ig a d je c tiv e ^ ^ ^ ^ H O W T ^ ^ a ll^ b o u ^ a s U T a b it ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

LISTENING
1 W o rk in pairs. Look at the photos and answer the questions.
1 W hat are these jobs? W ould you like to do them? W h y /W h y not?
2 W hat is your idea o f a dream job?

2 A 4.1 Listen to people talking about th e ir dream jo bs. Match the

speaker to the photos opposite.

B W h a t problem does each speaker ta lk about?

C Listen again and answer questions 1-10. W rite Angie (A), Pauline (P)
or M onty (M).
1 W h o works very long hours? A
2 W h o got bored o f eating restaurant food?
3 W h o gave up their dream job?
4 W h o travels a lot fo r their job?
5 W h o sometimes works seven days a week?
6 W h o thought their job looked exciting?
7 W h o is interested in the Science o f what they do?
8 W h o previouslyworked in a bank?
9 W h o has aJways loved fashion?
10 W h o had put on a lot of weight?

VO C ABU LAR Y strong adjectives

3 Read audio script 4.1 on page 168 and find the strong adjectives in
bold. Match them to the grada ble adjectives below.
1 good: w onderful,_____ , brilliant coid:_
2 bad: aw ful,__________ tasty: _
big: enormous angry: _
small: tiny interesting: _
t i re d :___________ pre tty :____
hot: boiling 12 difficult:___

4 A Complete conversations 1 -6 .
1 A: The food he res very tasty.
B: Yes, its ___________ .
2 A: Its really hot outside today.
B: I know. Its absolutely______
3 A: Was your girlfriend angry?
B: Yes, she was really___________ .
4 A: The view o f the lake is reaJIy pretty.
B: Yes, its ___________, isnt it?
5 A: Do you find the job interesting?
B: I think it s absolutely___________.
6 A: Its difficult to understand what hes saying.
B: I know. Its ___________ .

B ( y 4 2 Listen and m ark the stress on the strong adjectives. Notice

how speaker B emphasises the stressed syllable in th e ir in ton ation.

C Listen again and shadow speaker Bs response.

 G R AM M AR used to, would
5A Read the texts. W h a t did the children dream o f doing? Have
they achieved th e ir dreams?
Childhood dreams
When I was young, I spent afternoons
imagining that I had my own rocket
ship. I would invite my cousins and
my friends to join my crew, and we
would lie on our backs inside a very
large cardboard box and go through
a countdown, blast off into space,
spend the whole day exploring
other planets, and be back in time
for dinner. So that was sort of the
beginning - my earliest memories
of being fascinated by space.
Chang Daz, rocket scientist
We used to live in France,
and as a child, I always
used to collect small
insects that I found in the
fields near my house. One
day I found a butterfly. It couldnt fly,
so I put it in a jar and looked after it.
The next morning, when I opened the
jar, the butterfly opened its wings
and flew away. That was when
I realised what I wanted to do
with my life.
Lowr Davies, veten nary surgeon
B Look at the underlined w ords in sentences a ) -d ) and match
them w ith rules 1 -3 .
a) I would invite my cousins and my friends to join my crew.
b) W e used t o live in France.
c) I aJways used to collect small insects.
d) One day I found a butterfly.
R ules:
I Use the past simple, not used to o r would, to talk about
specific events in the past._________
1 Use used to o r would to talk about a past habit. You can
also use the past simple._________ and __________
3 Use used to to talk about a past state. You can not use
would to talk about a past state._________
111^ page 134
6 A Complete the texts. W here possible, use
would. W here neither use d to or w o u ld are
possible, use the past simple.
Its every young girls dream to be an actress
when she grows up. I 1_________ (love)
watching beautiful actresses on televisin. I was
so su re that was what I wanted to do that I
2__________(practise) my Oscar speech in
front o f the m irror in the bathroom. I
3__________(use) a shampoo bottle instead
o f a microphone, and I 4_________ (thank) all
my family and friends, even my three cats, fo r
helping me!
My family 5___ _ (live) in Sheffield, just
near the football stadium, so as a child, I
6_________ (go) to football matches most
weekends. I remember the first match I went
to, my granddad 7_________ (take) me. I was
very young, and I had never seen so many
people in one place at one time. It was quite
frightening, and I dont think I 0_________
(watch) the game very much. But I remember
that w e won, and the crowd went crazy. After
that, every week I 9__________(ask) Granddad
if he had tickets, and usually he did.
B () 4.3 Listen and repeat. Notice the
pronunciation o f used t o / ju : s t a / . Practise
sayingthe sentences.
I I used to play football when I was a kid.
1 I used to practise every day.
3 W e used t o live in London.
4 I didnt use to like classical music.
5 My father used to take me fishing.
6 I used to ski, but now I snowboard.
7 W e used t o go to the cinema a lot.
C Did you use to do any o f the things
mentioned above? Tell your partner.
SPEAKING
7 W o rk in pairs and discuss.
I W hat were your childhood dreams? Have you
achieved them?
1 Did you have any interests o r hobbies in the
past which relate to your life (job/studies)
now? W hat were they?
3 H ow have your ideas, opinions, hobbies, etc.,
changed? Are there any things that you used
to do, which you dont do now? W h y did you
stop? W ould you do these things again?
As a child, I always used to dream about being an
a r tis t...

 Wanted:
Paradise Island Caret<
W e are look in g for so m e o n e to w ork on a tropical
islan d off the Q u een slan d coast. N o formal
qualifications are n e e d e d , but can d id ates must b e
w illin g to swim , snorkel, dive and sail.
T he su c cessfu l applicant w ill re ceiv e a salary
o f A$ 150,000 ($103,000, 70,000) for six m onths
and g e t to live rent-free in a th ree-b ed room villa,
co m p le te with pool.
T he n ew recruit w ill work for just tw elve hours
a m onth. D uties in clu d e fe e d in g so m e of the
hundreds o f s p e c ie s o f fish and co llectn g the
islan d s mail.
They w ill also n e e d to p rep are a b log, a photo diary
and v id e o u pd ates to attract tourists to the area.

C Underline phrases in the letter which

W R IT IN G a covering le tte r
match m e a n in g s l-6 .
8 Read the advertisem ent and answer the questions. 1 about (paragraph 2)
1 W hat kind o f person would be good at this job? 2 I want to apply fo r the job (paragraph 2)
2 W ould you like t o do this job? W h y /W h y not? 3 I think I would be good fo r the job.
(paragraph 2)
9 A Read the covering letter. Do you th in k this person w o uld be good
4 practical experience o f doing the job
fo r the job? W h y /W h y not?
(paragraph 3)
5 I have shown that I am able to do this.
1D ear Richard Smith, (paragraph 3)

2Im writing to you regarding your advertisement for a caretaker on 6 as soon as you have the opportunity
Paradise Island which I saw on www.findajob.com I would like to subxnit an (paragraph 4)
application for the post. Please find my CV attached.
D Underline any other useful phrases.
As an experienced photo joum alist w ho has spent the last five years
travelling around the worid, I believe that I m eet all the requirements you LE A R N T O org a n ise your ideas
oudine in your advertisement.
1 0 Match the parts o f the letter 1 - 5 w ith
3* Good communicator w ith broad IT skills: I ve published newspaper and notes a )-e ).
magazine articles, givenTV and radio interviews and kept ajournal and
video weblog on my website with up-to-date photos and stories o f my a c o r a r f a Q ie h h u r
travels. a ) W h a t f u a t it ie s a r e fh&*j (o o k itu )
f o r ? W ritv . ffir& A to fo t* r p o t i s t h a t
Interest in nature and conservation: D uring a six-m onth stay in Bermuda, s h o* o h a r , the.se. t f t a f i t e s . Mse.
I worked for a dolphin conservation programme, where I had hands-on t h e s a t ^ e v o rd s a s th e tf y e i*\ t h e
experience of teaching visitors about these amazing animals and w hy we a c tre rtise h * e * \t
need to protect them. b ) /A d d re s s *jot*r (e f h tr to a*\ i*ufivic{i*at.
t*se vhe*\ &jou
Proven ability in project management: Before travelling the world, I c a * \ t ft\ef o m t t h e re c ip ie n te s *\ah*e.
worked for a small company, organising community projects. c.) fifc sh v ith a c a t t t o a c h o te W h a t i s
t o happet*. * \e * t? /4 re vjot* g o i* u
4If you require any further information, or would like to arrange an fo c a f f fh e j+ i o r s h o n M th e * j c a t t y o n ?
interview, please cali me on 077895367289 or email me at alisj@yahoo.com. d ) E jrp (att\ v h tj tjot* a r e eo*\taefi*U}
I look forward to hearing from you at your eariiest convenience. th e h * . W h a t i s t h e J o b ? W h e r e h a r
tjot* see*\ i t ?
5Yours sincerely, e ) t/fse i f tjot* A n o t
t h e i r h o /w f l o r ' i f t jo m
Alison Jessop d o* \'t

11 Look at the jo b advertisem ents on

B Is the w o rding o f the le tter form al or inform al? Find examples o f
page 163 and w rite a covering le tter fo r
expressions which te ll you this.
one o f the jobs. Use the sample letter and
useful phrases to help you.
 F U N C T IO N | reaching agreement V O C A B U L A R Y | business

VO C ABU LAR Y
1 A Read the review below. W h a t do you th in k the
programme The A p p re n tice is about?

The Apprentice
This is a jo b interview from hell. First prize, you get to
work for me. Second prize doesnt exist.This is how
Lord Alan Sugar greets the contestants w ho have come to
join him for the latest series o f TheApprentice (broadcast on
the BBC).
Fifteen young businessmen and women from around the
U K have com e to London to com pete for a jo b w hich
could eam them a six-figure salary, working for the
U K s m ost difficult boss. Lord Alan Sugar is a successful
businessman w ho owns a vast business empire, and hes
looking for an apprentice to work for him and learn
business skills. B ut Lord Sugar is n o t easy to please. To get
their dream jo b the contestants need to w ork as a team,
b ut aiso show that they have individual talent, because in
the end there is only one job.
D uring the contestants live together in F U N C T IO N reaching agreement
a ;k, Lord Sugar sets the teams a
ta is a team to complete the task 2A 4 .4 Listen to a team having a m eeting t o decide
and The team which h o w to complete the task below. Underline th e options
wins ge for they decide on.
by Lord
loses ha S e t up a catering company
to Lord Sugar a Your team must start a business that organises and prepares
explain what food for customers, either for their businesses, o r for events
happened.And they organise.
each week
am e: Food4events / Italy on the move / BuonAppeto
one of the
contestants gets C om pany based: in central London / outside central London
fired.
Type o f catering: company catering / events catering
Speciality Food: British / Mediterranean (Italian) / Indian
B Complete the questions w ith w ords from the box.

fired salary boss compete businessmen

B Listen again and tic k the option you hear.
interview team
1 a) The way 1see things, ... /
1 Do you know any successful ? b) The way 1see i t , ...
2 W hen was the last tim e you and your friends worked as a 2 a) Thats a good idea.
b) Thats a good point.
3 Have you ever worked fo r a drfficult ? 3 a) 1suggest we think a b o u t...
4 W hen did you last go fo r a job ? b) 1think we should think about ...
5 Have you ever had to fo r a job? 4 a) Thats fine by me.
6 W hich jobs earn a six-figure ? b) Thats OK by me.
7 W hat kinds of things does someone have to do t o get 5 a) lm not su re that 1agree, acta] ly.
from their job?
b) l'm not sure th a t ... is a good idea.
C W o rk in pairs. W ould you apply to be on a programme 6 a) How about if we (cali it) ... ?
like this? W h y /W h y not? Take turn s to ask and answer b) W h y don t we (caJI it) ... ?
the questions above.

E3

3 A d d the phrases from Exercise 2B to th e
table below.
Giving opinions
I (reaJIy) feel th a t .
Commenting on o ther opinions
I (dont) see what you mean.
Exactly!
Suggestions
W hat about ...?
I suggest we focus on ...
111^ page 134 I
4A Put the w ords in the correct order to make
sentences and questions.
1 decide / I / on / ame / w e / think / a /
should
2 good / a / th a ts / point
3 you / see / mean / what / I
4 suggest / producs / the / on / I / focus / we
5 fine / th a ts / me / by
6 sure / l'm / that / agree / not / I
7 we / about / dont / it / W h y / think / ?
8 business / a / the / about / what / fo r /
ame / ?
B (fcl 4.5 Listen to the phrases. W hich w ords
are stressed? Listen again and repeat.
LEARN TO manage a discussion
5A Complete the underlined phrases fo r m anaginga discussion.
1 First o f______ we need to decide what food w e want to sell.
2 Lets_______ on the issue of a theme fo r our food, you know like
Indian, o r Mediterranean ...
3 OK. So, moving on to the next_______, where do we w o rk from?
4 OK, s o ______ recap: the company is called Food4events and we
sell at parties, events, weddings, etc. W e re based outside London.
Erm ... W hat else do we need to think about?
5 I think we need to come_______ to the kind o f food we want to sell. I
reaJIy feel that we need to speciaJise, so perhaps we could be ItaJian.
6 So, le ts______ up what w eve decided.
B $ 4 . 6 Listen and check your answers.
6 Find and correct the mistakes. One w o rd in each line is incorrect.
1 A: First o f it, we need to decide what we want to cook.
B: Thats a good issue. H ow many people are coming t o th e party?
2 A: OK. So, lets focus w ith cooking something really simple.
B: Yes, th a ts O K on me.
3 A: So, moving up to the next point. W h o s going t o bring what?
B: I think we need to come back fo r what kind o f food we want.
4 A: So, lets review. W e re cooking pasta and people are bringing
salads.
B: OK, lets sum fo r what w eve decided so far.
SPEAKING
7A Read the task and w rite dow n some ideas.
S e t u p a com pany to p ro m o te to u rism
You are going to set up a tour company to promote tourism in
your tow n/city/country. You need to decide the following:
the ame and location of the company
w hat type o f tours you will organise (themed tours/language
tours/sports tours, etc.) and where they will go
how you will promote tourism
how the company will be different from other tour companies
B W ork in groups. Read your roles and come up w ith a plan fo r the
business. You have five minutes.
Student A: Its your jo b to keep the meeting focused. Try to cover all
the points.
Student B: Make sure you m ate notes about any decisions which
are made. You w ill be the groups spokesperson and w ill have to
sum up a tth e end o f the meeting.
Student C: Try to come up w ith as many ideas as possible.
C W hen you are ready, start the discussion like this.
A : Shall we start? First o f all\ ...
D Tell the other groups about your business plan. W hich group do
you th in k has the best plan?
 GAVIN AND STACEY
D V D PREVIEW D V D V IE W
1 A Match DVD extraets 1 -7 to the correct responses a )-g ). 3 W atch the DVD. Tick which a f the
1 M r Davies, good to see you again. b) things below happen.
2 Did you get your welcome pack? 1 He goes to his office. /
3 I n the event o f a fire, my m otto is ... 2 He meets his new boss.
4 Ready when you are. 3 He learns how to use che phone
in his office.
5 N o w heres somebody youve not met yet.
4 He speaks to a dient on
6 Parcel fo r you.
the phone.
a) Its from my wife.
5 He finds out w h a tto
b) Please, cali me Huw. 1 do if there is a fire.
c) Hi. Nice to meet you. 6 He learns how to use the
d) Yeah, I think so. companys website.
e) Run fo r your life? 7 He meets the website manager.
f) Right, lets show you around. 8 He meets his personal assistant.
9 He is visited by a family rnember.
B W h a t type o f situation do you th in k the DVD clip shows? Read
10 He receives a package.
about the programme below to find out.
4A Answer the questions.

mus Gavin and Stacey 1 W h y is Gavin s wife, Stacey, worried?

2 W hat doesHuw, the boss, give Gavin?
avin and Stacey is a BBC program m e about a young
G couple. Gavin comes from Essex, near London, and
Stacey comes from Cardiff, Wales. After a long-distance
3 W h y does Gavin feel embarrassed in
front o f Huw?
4 W hat does Owain, the website manager,
relationship conducted online and by telephone, they invite Gavin to do?
eventually get m arried and 5 W hat does Unele Bryn bring fo r Gavin?
Gavin moves to Wales. 6 W h o sends Gavin a messagein a box?
In this episode, Gavin W hat does it say?
starts a new job. On liis k jw
first day, his family want < f j i B W atch the DVD again to check.
him to do well and be ^ :,W
hap p y atw o rk . f

2 W o rk in pairs and answer th e questions.

I W hat type of hings do you think Gavin needs to learn on his first
day at work?
W h o w ill he n ed to meet and what advice will they give?
speak a day n the life ... w rite lac k your daily routine
5A 4 .7 Listen to someone describing a typical day 6A Read an entry from normallives.com, a website
in her life. Do you th in k she lites her job? th a t publishes descriptions o f peoples daily
routines. Is Franks routine sim ilar to yours? H o w is
B Read the key phrases below. Complete each phrase
it different?
by adding one w ord.

I w o rk as a gym in s tru c to r in a sp o rts c e n tre . I g et up a t

phrases
I wake u p _____ (about) 6.30.
I leave home by 7.20 at th e _____ ,
The fir s t_____ I do is check my mail.
I check everything is _____ fo r the children.
S.QOa.m, e ve ry m o rn in g and m ake a cup o f co ffe e . I c a n 't
fu n c tio n u n til l've had m y co ffe e 1 1d riv e to w o rk - itta k e s
a b o u t fifte e n m in u te s o n a good day - usually getting th e re
at ab o u t 5.40. T he first thing I do is sw itc h o n t h e lig h ts and
th e a ir c o n d itio n in g if it's s u m m e r (h e a tin g i f it's w in te r ),
and th e n th e radio. We have th e ra d io on a ll d a y because

W e try to do this at least_____ a day. o u r c lie n ts like liste n in g to th e new s and th e m usic. The
sp o rts c e n tre ope n s a t 6.00a.m .
I m ake____fo r the next day.
I w o rk in a t e a m o f fo u r, a lth o u g h o n ly tw o o f u s a re e ve r
l'm usually hom e_____ 5.00.
in th e gym a t th e sam e tim e . The in s tru c to rs a ll w e a r
sp o rts cloth e s. It's im p o rta n t to be c o m fo rta b le because
w e so m e tim e s need to sh o w n e w c lie n ts h o w to use th e
C Listen again to check. Then tic k the key phrases you
m achines. A p a rt from th is , o u r o th e r tasks a re q u ite
hear.
sim p le : w e check th a t eve ryo n e has th e ir m e m b e rs h ip card
D Prepare to te ll other students about a normal day w hen th e y com e in, and w e check th a t th e m a ch in e s are
clean and safe.
in y o u r life. W rite notes about:
haurs o f w ork/studying I have a o n e -h o u r b r e a k fo r lunch, and I u su a lly do tw o
m o re ho u rs a fte r lunch. I go hom e a t ab o u t 2.30.
tasks you have t o do
The best part o f th e job is m e e tin g people. O ur c lie n ts range
people you spend your day with
fro m e ighteen-year-old b o d y b u ild e rs to eighty-year-olds
problems and challenges w h o com e to exercise and chat. l've never had a n y pro b le m s
how you relax at th e sports centre. It's a really nice jo b , th o u g h it d o e s n 't
pay v e ry w e ll. In th e evenings I relax by read in g a b o o k a n d
the best parts o f your day
cooking fo r m yself, and l'm usually in bed b y9 .3 0 p .m .

E Tell other students about your typical day. W h a t do Frank Card una
you have in common?

about your daily routine using the sentence

4.5 LOOKBACK
PERSONAL QUALITIES
1 W o rk in pairs. Take turns
to define a word and guess the
meaning. Student A: describe a
w ord/phrase from the box in your
own words, starting with l a m /
Uke/enjoy, etc.. Dont say the
w ord/phrase. Student B: listen and
try to guess the word or phrase.
hard-working indecisive
a risk taker a good leader
ambitious com petitive
thin k outside the box
a good com m unicator
A : l enjoy w orking and w ant to
succeed in w hat I do.
B : Youre motivated?
A : Corred. Yourturn to describe a
word.
M U S T/H A V E TO /SH O U LD
(OBLIGATION )
2A Underline the correct
alternative to complete the
sentences.
1 I have to/m ustnt cali m y m other
today. Its her birthday.
2 I really must/mustnt do m ore
exercise. Im so unft.
3 lm lucky because I dont have
to /shouldnt get up early in the
morning. Im a student.
4 I th in k you should/shouldn t study
hander. Y our exam results w erent
very good.
5 You mustnt/should be. afraid o f
taking n'sks, o r you w ill never live
yo u r dreams.
6 I shouldn t/don t have to waste so
much tim e on the computen lll
never fnish m y w ork.
B Complete the sentences so that
they are true for you.
1 I have to ... this evening.
2 I really must do m ore ...
3 lm lucky because I dont have to ...
4 I thin k you should ... because ...
5 You mustnt w o rry a b o u t...
6 I shouldnt waste so much tim e ...
C Compare your ideas in pairs.
3A Replace the underlined words
in the sentences below with strong
adjectives in the box.
brilliant fascinating awful
exhausted tiny boiling
impossible delicious furious
1 lm very tire d . I didnt sleep well.
2 Shall w e open a window? Its very
h o t in here.
3 My boss just called. H es very
angry.
4 I find phrasal verbs very difficult to
remember.
5 The holiday was very good. but
the w eather was very bad.
6 H o w can you w o rk in this office?
Its very small.
7 I find astronomy very interesting.
8 Did you cookthis? Its very tasty.
B W o rk in pairs and take turns to
test each other.
A :V e ryb ig .
B : Enormous.
A :C orrect. Yourturn.
USEDTO , W O U LD
4A Replace the past simple with
usedto or w ou ld where possible.
W here both are possible, choose
would.
1 My family lived in Pars, but we
moved when I was a teenager.
2 I spent a lo t o f tim e w ith my
grandparents when I was younger.
3 For my first job, I washed dishes in
a restaurant.
4 I didnt thin k money was
im portant. N o w I have lots o f bilis
to pay.
5 W e had a lo t m ore free tim e
before w e had children.
6 My best friend at school lived just
across the road from me.
B Change four of the sentences so
that they are true for you.
C Compare with a partner. Find
three things that you both used to do
as children, that you dont do now.
REACHING AGREEMENT
5A Complete the conversations.
I A: The way I s_ . things all cars
should be banned from city
centres.
B: E_____ .
2 A: I really f _ that w e need to
lo o k at immigration.
B: T h a ts a good p_____ .
3 A: The w _____ I see it, the
company is making to o much
money.
B: I dont see w hat you m_____ .
4 A: I th _____ w e should ask fo r
m ore money.
B: lm not s____ I agree, actually.
5 A: I s_w e try to m eet again
next week.
B: T __________ fine by me.
B W o rk in pairs and practise the
conversations.
6 W o rk in groups. Look at the
questions below and discuss. Try to
reach agreement on each answer.
Should there be a limit to the
num ber of hours people can
work in one week?
2 Should there be a mnimum
wage? What should it be?
3 H ow long should m en /w o m en
b e allow ed to stay off w ork
after th e y have children?
^ h o T e v e r y o n e b e allowed
I to w ork from hom e at least
I once sl week?
5 Should employees be
allowed to w ear to work
w hatever clothes they want?
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e video
podcast and view
people describing
th e ir dream jobs and
describing th e good
and bad points about
th e jobs th ey do.
l \ \ \ \ Llilll 11111 ^
w w w .pearsonlongm an.com /speakout

 U N IT 5
SPEAKING
> Talk about different forms
of transport and their uses
> Present and answer
questions on your area of
expertise
Explain/Solve problems
> Describe a new machine

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to people answering
difficult questions
UNIT > Listen to conversations
about technical problems
> Watch a BBC programme
about a race between a
car and two people

READING
> Read about how technology
changed the world
> Read about a book review

W R IT IN G
> Write an advantages/
disadvantages essay
Write an advertisement

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: Are you
good at solving problems?
O DVD: Top Gear

solutions

Machines A sktheexperts It's o u to f order Top Gear

5.1 MACHINES
1 G R A M M A R | comparatives/superlatives V O C A B U L A R Y | technology H O W T O | talk about technology

VO C ABU LAR Y te c h n o lo g /
1 A Discuss. H ow have machines and
technology changed the world? Have they
n this BBC series, presenter James May takes a tour of the twentieth
made it a better or worse place?

B W o rk in pairs. Put the w o rds/phrases in

the box in to the correct w o rd web.
I century, looking at some o f the most surprising and inuential technological
advances o f the past hundred years.

At the beginning of the twentieth century, long-distance travel was only for
the military and the very rich. But the invenon o f commercial aeroplanes and
electricity nuclear power cars changed all that Travel became easier and more aiFordable, and the world,
antibiotics vaccinations as a result, became a litde bit smaller. In the programme Honey, I shrunk he World
Com puter netw orks m otorbikes James soon discovers that driving a car in those days wasnt as easy as it is today.
genetic engineering washing machine But shrinkmg the worid wasnt just about travel. For the first time in history, we
vacuum cleaner space travel
could bring the worid to us via the cinema, then the televisin, and later the
commercial aeroplanes solar pow er
Computer.
Communications satellites
Each day, 180,000 people move into a d ty somewhere on the planet In Big
City, Bright Lights, James sets out to discover how weve created this high-rise,
electricity
24/7 experiment in urban living H e heads for N ew York to the top floors o f
the Woolworth building, once the talle st building in the world. H e looks at how,
in the last hundred years, our cities have become a lot taller, and how w e use
electricity to power them
In the twentieth century the teenager was invented. But how? James May
finds out. First, he looks at fashion.The twentieth century introduced fantastic
new fabrics in fantastic new colouis, made possible by the invention o f materials
like nylon, which were much cheaper and more colourful than materials we
used befbre.Then, he looks at transport.As a teenagerJames always dreamed
of having his own motorbike.The motorbike gave teenagers more fieedom by
allowing them to travel further away from home, and their parents. Finally, he
looks at the electric guitar one o f the most important symbals of teenage rock
music even today He talks to Francis Rossi, from the band Status Quo, w ho
explains that Volume is like speed you buy a fast car because you want to be
faster, you buy a big amplifier because you want to be louder.
In other programmes, James looks at how advances in medicine have made
many peoples lives better, and what we have learned from space travel.

C Look at the w o rd s /p h rases above

and underline the main stress(es).
Somet mes there can be more than one
per w o rd /p h rase.
electncity nuclear power

D 5 .1 Listen and check. Then listen

again and repeat.

E W o rk in pairs. Can you add any more

w ords to each w o rd web?
n i * page 152 VO C ABU LAR YBAN K

 5.1

READ IN G
2 Read the article on page 5 6 . Tick
the inventions in Exercise IB which are
m entioned. W hich other inventions does
the article ta lk about?
3 A Read the article again and answer the
questions.
1 W hat kind o f people travelled long
distances in the early twentieth century?
2 W hat tw o things happened in the
twentieth century to make the world
seem smaller?
3 H ow have cities changed in the last 100
years? Why?
4 W hat was special about the invention o f
nylon?
5 W h y does James May think that
motorbikes are im portant for teenagers?
PRACTICE
5 A Complete the statements w ith the prompts in brackets.
1 The invention o f the bicycle made i t _____________ (lot/easy) fo r
people to travel from one village to another, to meet new people.
2 The world has become a _____________ (much/safe) place to live since
the invention o f antibiotics. People a re _____________ (far/healthy) now
than 100 years ago.
3 The invention o f the washing machine has meant that it is _____________
(lot/quick) fo r people to wash their clothes. I think its _____________
(good) invention o f the last century.
4 Although we have computers, paper is still th e _____________ (cheap) and
_____________ (flexible) way to record the written word.
5 Electricity is th e _____________ (important) invention because without it
many of the other things we have would not have been possible.
6 The invention o f the telephone and the C om puter have meant that we
a re _____________ (much/busy) now than we were in the past.
B W o rk in pairs. Choose an invention from the last 1 0 0 years. W rite
sentences to describe how th is invention has changed our lives.

6 W hat invention was an im portant symbol C Read your sentences to other students. W hich invention d o you th in k
o f teenage rock music? has been the best/w orst? W hy?

B Discuss. W h a t do you th in k has been

the most im p o rta n t piece of technology SPEAKING
(m ed icin e/e ducation/hom e/travel)
6 A W ork in pairs. Look at the photos and read about James Mays
invented in the last 100 years?
challenge on page 161. W hich o f these tra n sp o rt ideas exist a t th e
moment?
G RAM M AR comparatives and
superlatives

4 A Read the article again. Find examples

o f comparatives and superlatives.

B Look at your examples and complete

the rules. H ow do we form the
comparatives and superlatives o f com mon
adjectives?

R ules:

1 Adjectives w ith one syllable

comparatives: add___________ ,
superlatives: add___________
2 Adjectives w ith tw o o r more syllables
comparatives: add___________ ,
superlatives: add___________

C Look at the sentences below and

complete the rules w ith sm all or big. 1 20 mph
a) Cities have become a ht/m uch/far taller.
b) The world became a Httle/a Httle b it/
slightly smaller.

B Turn back to page 161 and complete the task.

R ules:

1 Use quantifiers a ht/m uch/far to talk C W o rk in groups and discuss.

about___________differences.
2 Use quantifiers a ttle/a Httle bit/slightly
to talk abo ut___________differences.
iii^ page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
1 W hich o f these form s o f transport do you like/like the idea of? Why?
2 Are there any types o f ideas here that you would not try? W h y not?
3 Think about all the different types o f transport you use. W rite a list.
W hich do you enjoy the most/least? Why?

W R IT IN G advantages/disadvantages essay LEARN T O use discourse markers

7A W h a t do you th in k are the main advantages and disadvantages 8A Look a t th e underlined w ords and phrases
o f technology in everyday life? W rite a lis t in the essay. Put them in the correct place in

B Read the model essay. Does it mention any of your ideas? the table.

The advantages and disadvantages
of modern technology
1 Its easy to see the advantages of modern technology
in our everyday lives. Technology has given us mobile
phones, computers, televisions and many other useful
things. However, there are also disadvantages with
modern technology.
2 One of the main advantages of modern technology
can be seen in medical Science. The discoveries of
antibiotics and vaccinations have saved millions of
lives around the world. In addition to this, modern
technology has made industry more efficient.
3 On the other hand, modern technology is responsible
for the development of weapons, which have caused
a lot of destmction. Another disadvantaqe of modern
technology is that rt makes people lazy. Nowadays
too many people spend their lives sitting in front of
Computer screens and this is certainly not a good
thing.
4 In my opinion, modern technology is a good thing. In
general, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.
However, its important to remember that technology
itself is not the problem. The problem isthat people
use technology for their own benefit and do not think
about the harmful consequences.
C Match paragraphs 1 - 4 w ith descriptions a )-d ).
a) discussion o f disadvantages _____
b) conclusin _____
c) ntroduction I watch. 5This means that /A s far as l m
d) discussion o f advantages _____
D W o rk in pairs. Complete the guidelines fo r w ritin g an essay w ith
the words in the box.
personal opinions examples notes beginning logical order
introduce advantages
The most important advantage is ...
introduce disadvantages
The main disadvantage is ...
contrasting ideas
Although, ...
addition al reasons
As well as that, ...
And another thing,
personal opinion/conclusion
In general, ...
As far as l m concerned,
B Underline the correct alternatives.
Satellite TV: good or bad?
More and more people are watching satellite
televisin. 1The main advantage /A s well as
that is that you can choose exactly what you
want to watch, and 2n addition to this /
however you can watch programmes in
other languages. 3However,; /Although this
means that whereas people used t o talk
about programmes w ith colleagues and
friends, now they usually dont watch the
same programmes. 4On the other hand /
And another thing, there is to o much choice.
There are so many programmes to choose
from that people cant decide what to
concemed, they watch too much televisin.
6/n my opinion / The problem is that, satellite
televisin is a good thing, as it gives people
more choice. 7However, / I n general, people
need to be careful that they choose their
programmes carefully.

9 Choose one o f the title s below and w rite an

1 Sort out the facts - m ake_____________ o f all the relevant
advantages and disadvantages essay. Lo o ka t
information you have on the subject.
Exercises 7 and 8 to help you.
2 Plan your argument - organise your notes and arrange the ideas in a
The advantages and disadvantages of:

3 Give your essay an appropriate_____________ . Describe what you modern technology in everyday life
are planning to say. owning a car/bicycle
4 Decide how many paragraphs you need fo r your argument. Each playing com puter games
paragraph should discuss one point. Use_____________ to support using a digital camera
your arguments.
using em ail/text messages
5 W rite a logical conclusin. Though the style o f the essay is generally
cheap flights
formal and impersonal, this might be the place to include some
 ASKTHE EXPERTS 5.2
f GRAM M AR | question tagsI VO C ABU LARY | questions I H O W T O | confirm information j

SPEAKING
1 A Match photos A - F to the questions below.
1 Is it possible to surf a tidal wave?
2 Does cheese really give you nightmares?
3 W h y are su mo wrestlers so fat?
4 Do any wasps make honey?
5 Is there an easy way to prove the Earth is
round?
6 W h y do onions make you cry?

B W o rk in pairs. H ow many questions above

can you answer in tw o minutes?

C Turn to page 160 and checkyour answers.

VO C ABU LAR Y questions

2A Match the pairs o f verbs in the box w ith

situations 1 -5 .

question/w onder discuss/debate

respond/reply research/investgate
inquire/look into

1 Someone tells you something. You are not su re

you agree. question/wonder
2 Someone writes you a letter.
3 There is an interesting topic in class.
4 You are writing a thesis fo r your Masters degree.
5 You need to find some information, e.g. about
cinema tim es or to book a table.

B Five o f the verbs above are also nouns.

W hich five?
Wonder is a verb and a noun.

C Look a t all the verbs again and w rite their

noun form s. N.B. One verb doesnt have a noun
form . Use a dictionary to help you.
'Response' ts the noun o f 'respond*.

D Underline the correct alternative to com plete

the sentences.
1 The plice officer continued his investigation/
wonder/inquine into the robbery.
2 Didnt you get my email? You didnt response/
look nto/reply.
3 W e had a very interesting discuss/debate/
wonder about the death penalty.
4 lve nearly finished my research/investigate/reply
into nuclear particles.
5 W hen I hear about all these social problems, I
have t o nqure/question/respond the education
system.
6 You want a job here? N o pnoblem. My cousin is
the boss. I*II inquiry/debate Aook into it fo r you.
LISTENING G R AM M AR question tags

3 A W o rk in groups and discuss. 6 A Complete questions 1 - 6 . Then

1 H ow do you prefer to find information? O n the internet, in books o r by lo ok at audio script 5 3 on page 168
asking people? W hat does it depend on? to check.
2 W hat type of questions do children ask? Think of some examples. 1 Round windows are stronger,
They sometmes ask difficult questions like: W hy is snow coid? they?
2 No, its not that many,_______ it?
B Read a review o f a book about questions children ask. H o w did the 3 It depends whose head,________it?
author get the idea fo r the book?
4 Nothing happens,_______ it?
5 They got o d ,________they?
Questions Daddy Cant Answer___________ 6 John Lennon went off with Yoko Ono,
It all began w ith a question asked by Dean, a four-year-old boy: 'Why _______ he?
do ships have round w indow s? His father didn't know. A nd w hen his
sister started behaving badly, Dean asked another question: 'Why c a n 't B Underline the correct alternative to
w e just cook her? On a long drive th e boy w ondered w hy th e road w as complete the rules.
so loud. His father replied, 'Because th e people w ho live next to th e road
have their vacuum cleaners on. The boy's inquines kept coming: 'Why R ules:
is th e sky blue? Are rainbow s hot or coid? W hat w as it like living in th e 1 Use question tags to confirm
1940s? What would hurt more - getting run over b y a car or getting information.
stu ng by a jellyfish? Why do plice officers like doughnuts?
2 To form a question tag, repeat the
Eventually, Jamieson decided to w rite d o w n th e questions. H e thought
auxiliary verb. For example, use do
it might b e fun one day to show them
o r does fo r the present/the past. Use
to his son. Then h e had a better idea:
wffl o r wont fo r the future.
h ed research th e answers. Some
people m ight do their investigations 3 A fte r the auxiliary verb, use a
on th e internet. Not Mr Jamieson. pronoun/main verb (e.g. he, she, it,
He contacted experts ranging from they).
astronom ers to Buddhist monks to 4 If the sentence is positive, the
scientists to m agicians, and asked lots question tag is positve/negative.
of questions. He later turned th ese - 5 If the sentence is negative, the
and the experts responses - into a
question tag is positve/negative.
book: F a th e iK n o w s Less.
n i* page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K

4 A 5.2 Listen and number the questions below in the order you
hear them . PRACTICE
7 Look at the statem ents below and
H ow many hairs are there on the hum an head? complete the question tags.
1 Youre Italian, orent you?
0
W h y are th c w in d w s o n ships always round?
2 You arent a doctor, are you?
3 You don t sm oke,_____ you?
W h y is th e re war? 4 You play a musical instrum ent,_____
you?
5 You didnt know any o f the other
W hy d id T h e B eatles b reak up? students before,_____ you?
6 O urteacher hasnt taught you before,
W h at happens when your plae ffies over a volcano?
she?
7 You will be here to m o rro w ,_____
B Look at the questions again and try to answer them . Compare y our ideas
you?
w ith other students.
8 This is your pen,_____ it?

5 A vfct 5.3 Listen to some people try in g to answer th e questions in Exercise 9 You went to bed late last night,_____
4A . Are they the same as your ideas? you?
10 Youve travelled a lo t,_____ you?
B Listen again and complete the notes.
I I You were good at sport when you
1 Ships round w indow s:_________
were a c h ild ,_____ you?
2 Num ber of hairs on a human head:_________
12 It wasnt your birthday recently,_____
3 A plae flies over a volcano:_________ it?
4 The Beatles broke up:_________
5 Reasons fo r war: different ideologies, a sense o f honour,_________

8 A 5.4 Listen to tw o questions.
Notice how the in tonation goes down
when the speaker is sure o f the answer.
Notice how the in tonation goes up when
the speaker is not sure.
1 Youre Italian, arent you? (the speaker
knows the answer)
2 You arent a doctor, are you? (the speaker
is not sure o f the answer)
B (15.5 Listen to the questions in
Exercise 7. W hich answers is the speaker
sure about? Listen and repeat the
questions, usingthe same intonation.
C W o rk in pairs. Choose six questions
to askyou r partner. Make sure your
in tonation is correct in the question tags.
A : You play a guitar, dont you?
B: Yes, I do. I play bass in a band.
SPEAKING
9 W o rk in groups and fo llo w instructions
1 - 4 below.
1 Think o f one subject each that you know
a lot about. W rite yourtopics on a piece
o f paper.
tennis; Japanese cars, hip hop
2 Exchange papers with another group.
3 Brainstorm questions to ask the other
group about their subjects.
Who is the best tennis player in history?
Which Japanese cars are the most popular?
4 Take turns to ask and answer the
questions.
5.2
vocabu laryE E I w ord-building: adjectives
1 0 A Read the te x t below. H ow was the ice cream cone invented?
For over a hundred years ice cream was sold mainly in diahes.
Then one day; a Creative ice-cieam seller tumed a hopeless
situation into a profitable one. In 1904, at a festival, he ran out of Y
spoons and dishes, He bought some wafers from a vendor next to
him and put the ice cream into them. The customers loved them and ; ^
the idea spread quickly The world has been tharikful ever since! j^
B Underline fo u r adjectives in the te x t and add them to the
w o rd web below. Can you th in k o f other examples o f adjectives
th a t f it these patterns?
m e ssy h a iry
Use L I . LI is your First Language. Some suffixes in your Ll might have similar
meanings to suffixes in English. For example, the ItaJian -ivo/a means the
same as the English -ve. Can you think o f any examples from your language?
11 Complete the te x t. Add sufxes to the w o rds in brackets.
The city ofDetroit, USAwas famous for its 1_________ (valu) car
industry In the early days, the city was 2_________ (response) for
the majority of cars in the USA, and Detroit's streets were full of cars.
A plice officer calledWilliam Pctts saw that the organisation ofthe
traffic was 3________ (hope) and tiie traffic was very slow So,
in 1920, he developed an 4________ (effect) system oflights to
reglate the flow of cars. He used the same colours as the railway
system and put the lights in a tower so that it would be 5________
(ease) for drivers to see them even on 6________ (rain) days.
Potts's system was very 7________ (success),When other
countries realised how 8________ (use) it was, the system spread
all over ihe world
! A Complete the w o rds by adding sufxes.
d someone who:
has a peace/u/ hobby. 4 is quite mess___ at home.
is hope___ at maths. 5 thinks he/she is quite creat___ .
is a good, care___driver. 6 is quite knowledge___ about politics.
W ork in groups. Ask and answer questions about the inform ation above.
page I5 2 V O C A B U L A R Y B A N K
5.3 1ITS OUT OF ORDER ,
F U N C T IO N | polite requests V O C A B U L A R Y | problems and solutions L E A R N T O | respond to requests

;| tJetwakinoj
2 A Do you have problems w ith your Computer when you
w o rk /s tu d y ? W h a t do you usually do when th is happens?

B Read the article. W h a t fo u r things do people d o when

their Computer crashes?

D o you get angry with your Computer?

A s w e re ly m o re on co m p u ters in th e w o rk p lace ,
p e o p le a re s ta rtin g to u s e v io le n c e w h e n th e ir
PC s b r e a k d o w n , s a y re s e a rc h e rs . W h e n f a c e d
w ith te c h n ic a l p ro b le m s, m o st p e o p le s h o u t a t
co lleag u e s, h it th e P C o r e v e n th ro w p a rts of th e
com puters. T h e m ast f r u s tra tin g p ro b le m w a s
w h e n p e o p le lost th e ir w o rk after th e ir C om puter
c ra s h e d o r fro ze. T h e s tu d y fo u n d th a t n e a rly
h alf of a ll C o m p u ter u se rs h a d b e c o m e a n g ry
a t so m e time. A th ird of p e o p le h a d p h y s ic a lly
a t t a c k e d a C om puter, 6 7 % e x p e r i e n c e d
fru stratio n a n d an g e r, a n d m o re th a n 70% sw o re
a t th e ir m a ch in es. J o h n B lake (UK) says, 'W h en
m y Computer c ra s h e s , I u s e s w e a r w o rd s s u c h
as Windows,
M i c r o s o f t or,
w h e n l'm re a lly
m ad, B ill GatesY
VO C ABU LAR Y problems and solutions

1 A Think o f tw o pieces o f technology you have used in

the last tw e n ty -fo u r hours. Did you have any problems
w ith them? W h a t problems can you have w ith them?

B W o rk in pairs. Look at the photos. W h a t is the

problem in each case?

C Look at the phrases in bold. Are they problems (P) or

F U N C T IO N | polite requests
solutions (S)? W hich phrases can you use to ta lk about 3A 5.6 Listen to fo u r conversations. W h a t is the
the problems in pictures A - E above? problem in each case?
1 Its broken down.
B Listen again and complete the extracts in the table.
2 It needs recharging.
3 Its out oforder. Could you 1 the line. please?
4 It needs fixing. 2 me a refund?
5 There is no reception (for my phone).
Could you tell me who 1should 3 to?
6 Try switching it o ff (and on again). what the 4 is?
7 It keeps making this strange noise.
Do you know what the problem is?
8 Its erashed/frozen.
if theres another 5
9 It doesnt work (any more). somewhere?
10 W e have to sort it out.
W ould you mind 6 at it fo r me?
II Save it onto a memory stick.
him fo r me?
12 ShaJI I print it fo r you?
C vb?5.7 Listen and repeatth e requests.
D W o rk in pairs and answer the questions.
Ill^ page 136 I
1 Have any of these problems happened to you or anyone
you know recently?
2 H ow did you feel when it happened?
3 H ow did you t r y t o solve the problem?

 5.3
LEARNTO respond to requests

4 A Read some conversation extracts fro m Exercise 3.

Complete the responses w ith the phrases in th e box.

Yes, I can l'r r not sure l'm afraid I cant

Yes, o f course (x2) O f course not S ure/O K
Let me have a look

I M: Do you know if theres another machine somewhere?

I really need to get some money.
W :H m m ...______________ . There might be one in the
shopping centre.

1 W :W ou ld you mind looking at it f o r me?

M :______________ .

3 W :D o you know what the problem is?

M :______________ . SPEAKING
4 W :C ould you tell me what the problem is, sir? 6 A W ork in pairs. Read your role and th in k about the phrases
M :______________ . It keeps making a funny nolse. And you are going to use. Then role-play the situation below.
it s just not working properly.
Student A Student B
5 W :C ould you hold the line, please?
M :______________ .

6 M: Could you give me a refund?

W :______________ do that.
M: W ell, could you tell me who I should speakto?
W :_______________. You need to speak to the manager.
M: OK. W ould you mind calling him fo r me?
W :_______________________________ . 1*11just cali him.

B Read audio s c rip t5 .6 on page 169 to check.

5 A M ate polite requests w ith the prom pts in brackets.

I A: I cant concntrate. (W ould / mind / tu rn / music
down)?
B: Sure. Sorry about that.
1 A: I need to speakto the manager. (D o / know / if /
anyone in the office)?
B: Let me have a look. B Change roles and role-play the situation below.
3 A: lm afraid M rSoul isnt here a tth e moment. Student A Student B
B: (Do / know / when / coming back)?
A: (n o t/ sure). Do you want me to check?
B: Thankyou.
4 A: (Could / tell / how / machine works)? I dont know
how t o turn it on.
B: (Yes / course).
5 A: I need to take this machine to the repair Service.
(Would / mind / help / me)?
B: (course / not). Leave it here.
6 A: My Com puter has frozen (could / tell / w ho / I /
speak / to)?
B: OK. (Let / have / look).

B ( )5 .8 Listen to check your answers.

C Choose one or tw o situations from Exerclses 4 and 5.
C Does the speakers voice start high or low? Listen again
W rite a conversation using the flo w charts above to help.
and repeatth e requests copyingthe polite in ton ation.
Then role-play It with a partner.

m
Q TOP GEAR

DVD PREVIEW
1 W o rk in pairs and answer the questions.
I Look at the people at the bottom of pages 6465. W hat type o f
sport are they doing?
1 W ould you like to t r y this sport? W h y /W h y not?

2 Read about the DVD. W h o do you th in k w ill w in th e race? W hy?

B B S Top Gear
op Gear is the BBCs Inte rn atio n a l award-winning D VD VIEW
T televisin series about m otor vehicles, mainly cars.
M ore than 350 million viewers worldwide enjoy watching 3 W atch the DVD to see if you were
right. Number the events in th e correct
the presenters Jeremy Clarkson, James M ay and Richard
order.
Hammond with their quirky, humorous style. O n the show
they compare and test-drive cars, and organise all kinds o f a) The men jump over Jamess car.___

crazy races. In this programme, James May, possibly the b) James arrives at the Liver building.___
slowest driver in Great Britain, challenges two reerunners c) James checks his speed.___
to a race in Liverpool d ty centre. James has to drive six d) The men jump over people eating at a
miles towards the restauran t . ___
Liver building in e) James stops at a red traffic light.___
the d ty centre in a
4 W atch the DVD again. W h a t does
Peugeot 207. T he
James May say? Complete the phrases.
two teenagers who
I As we can see, it s a very pretty car,
try to beat him will
but is it any_____________ ?
run and jump over
1 lm going to have a race, and its
buildings, taking a
against the latest French development
much more direct
in urban transport solutions: a couple
route. W ho do you of young men in silly_____________ .
think will get there
3 Parkour: thats a French invention, and
first? it involves that sort o f thing. Running
around th e _____________ leaping
across buildings and benches.
4 Come on - were not all

5 I must have averaged ten ortw elve

miles an hour. I should__________
6 They are not he re. Theres no
sign of combat trousers man. Ive
sp eak presenta new machine
5 A W o rk in pairs. Answer the questions and
complete the tasks.
I W rite a list o f jobs you have t o do every day.
1 Are there any jobs on this list which you dont enjoy?
Could a machine do them fo r you?
3 Invent a machine which would help you do one o f
these jobs. Draw a picture o f your machine.
B 5 . 9 Listen to someone talking about a new
machine. W h a t is the invention? W h a t does it do?
C Listen again and tick the key phrases he uses.
keyphrases
I m going to tell you a b o u t...
Basically, ...
The way it works is this.
It works like this ...
First o f all.......
Then/Also, you can ...
All you have to do is ...
Make sure you ...
The best thing about it is th a t ...
D Prepare and practise a short presentation about
your new machine. Use your picture and th e useful
phrases to explain how it works.
E Present your ideas to the class. W hich invention do
you th in k is the best?
m iriteback an advertsement
6 A Read the advertisement and answer the questions.
W h a t is the musical shower? H ow does it work?
The musical shower
I f you like listening to m usic w h e n you
have a show er, th e n y o u m ig h t already
have a stereo in y o u r b ath ro o m . B u t
im agine h o w m u ch b etter it w o u ld b e i f
y o u r show er-head also h ad a n m p 3 player
attach ed to it.
It w ill d o w nload y o u r fav o u rite tu n es, o r
radio program m es a t nig h t. T h e n in the
m o rn in g , yo u r show er w ill autom atically
play your favourite tunes fo r y o u .T ry o u r
m usical shower.
Theres no hetter way to start the day.
B W rite an advertisem ent (advert) fo r your invention
(120-180 words). Use the advert above and th e key
phrases to help.
5.5 LOOKBACK

TECH N O LO G Y QUESTIONS POLITE REQUESTS

1 A Complete the words in
sentences 1 - 6 .
1 I dont agree w ith nu_______
po_______ . I thin k it s a dangerous
way o f making el_______ .
2 Sp_______ t r ________is a waste
o f money. W h y do w e need to
send people to the Moon?
3 I couldnt live w ith o u t my
wa_______ ma________ . I hate
having d irty dothes.
4 I had to have loads o f va_______
when I w e n tto Malawi. I didnt
w ant to get ill.
5 I think ge_______ en________ is a
b it worrying. People might start
to only w ant babies which are
beautiful and intelligent.
6 D octors give people to o many
an_______ . So now, some
medicines dont w o rk any more.
3A Put the letters in italics in the
correct order to find words related
to questions.
1 In class last week, we used discs ...
In class last week, we discussed ...
2 I cant answer nose quits a b o u t...
3 I try to pen rods quickly to ...
4 In the next fe w months lm going
to took Iion ... (2 words)
5 I recently quid rein a b o u t...
6 I own red what happened to ...
7 I enjoy a good tea bed especially
a b o u t...
8 It w ould be interesting to sit
negative a crime like ...
B Complete the sentences so that
they are true for you.
QUESTION TAGS
5A Match requests 1 - 5 with
responses a )-e ).
1 Excuse me, could you tell me
where I can find the bathroom?
2 Could you cali me a taxi?
3 W ould you mind helping me w ith
m y bags? T heyre very heavy.
4 W ould you mind opening the
window?
5 Could you tell me w hat tim e the
restaurant opens?
a) Sure. Its very ho t in here, isnt it?
b) Yes, o f course. Its just over there,
dow n the stairs and on the left.
c) Yes, o f course. W here do you
w ant to go to?
d) lm n o t sure. Let me have a look.
Yes, it opens at I I a.m.
e) O f course not. Let me take your
suitcase.

B W o rk in pairs. Choose three 4A Complete the sentences with

sentences you disagree w ith. Tell
your partner why.
COMPARATIVES/SUPERLATIVES
2A Look at the information and
complete sentences (1 -4 ) using the
prompts in brackets.
100 years ago in the US: the average
life expectancy was forty-seven years,
only 8 percent o f homes had a phone,
the mximum speed limit in most cities
was 10 miles per hour, the average wage
was 22 cents per hour, and 90 percent of
all doctors had no college education.
1 100 years ago, people didnt live
as they do today. (long)
2 It used to b e __________ to
communicate w ith people on
the o th e r side o f the w o rld . (far,
difficult)
3 It is __________ fo r m odem
businesses to pay th e ir employees.
(far, expensive)
4 Nowadays, doctors a re__________
than they were in the past. (much,
educated)
B W rite sentences about how life
was different in your country a
hundred years ago and compare
them w ith your partner.
B W ork in pairs. Take turns to
the correct question tag.
practise the conversations using the
1 She w ro te the frst Harry Potter
prompts below.
b o o k in a caf, didn t she ?
Student A:
2 This man, w ho is U 2s singer,
does a lo t o f humanitarian w o rk, where / bathroom?
______________ 7 cali / taxi?
3 This actor has w on an Oscar fo r shop / cise?
Forrest Gump,___________ ? get / door?
4 He was probably the greatest
Student B
basketball player in history,
______________ 7 open / window?
5 She lived in Calcutta, where she restaurant / open?
helped Street children, but she help / shopping?
wasntfr o m India,___________ ? tell / platform the train leaves
6 He became Cubas leader in 1959 from?
and he didnt transfer p o w e r to his
b ro th e r until 20 06 ,____________?
7 H e rfu ll ame is Madonna Louise
C iccone,___________ ?
8 H e r husband was US President,
but she probably w o n t try again to
become President,____________? BBS V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e video
B W ho are these sentences about? i p I podcast and view
1 J K Rowling H people talking about
V f 1 being practical
C W ork in groups. Play tw enty and describing th e
questions. O ne student thinks o f a problems they are
famous person. The others ask tag good/bad a t solving.
questions to find out who it is.
A :Y o u re a man, arent you?
B: Yes.
 UNIT6
SPEAKING
> Talk about your emotions
> Discuss what you would
do in different situations
Introduce/Respond to

> Talk about memorable

moments

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to a radio show
about therapies
Listen to conversations
where people hear news
> Watch a BBC comedy
about a mans terrible day

READING
> Read about basic emotions
> Read about a BBC
programme The People
Watchers

> Write a letter of advice

) Write a website entry

BBC C O N T E N T
Q Video podcast: How are
you feeling today?
O DVD: My Worst Week

emotion 00

s p e

Feeling stressed? The people watchers That's great news! M y worst w eek
6.1 FEELING STRESSED?
V O C A B U L A R Y | -ing/-ed adjectives I H O W T O | talk about your emotions
Emotions
According to BBC Focus Magazine, there are
six basic emotions which w e all experience,
recognise in other people, and show in our ow n
facial expressions. They are:
[T I FEAR - probably th e m o st b asic em otion, fear
a ctiv a tes a part in our brain w h ich allow s u s to
e s c a p e from danger.
2l ANGER - our an cestors u se d th is em otion to try
and d eal w ith a problem rather th a n run a w a y from it.
[al DISTRESS - lo ss or tra g ed y prom pt a feelin g of
sa d n ess. This often resu lts in tears, a lum p in th e
throat and a feelin g of h ea v in ess in th e ch est. S ee a
sa d p erson an d you m ay feel sad, too.
[4~1 JOY - th e sim p lest th in g s can induce this, like a
kind w ord, or a su n n y day. This is th e m o st positive
em o tion and a great m otivator as w e w ill activ ely try
to rep eat activities w h ic h bring us jay.
[~5~1SURPR1SE - life is unpredictable, so surprise is a
u sefu l em otion. W h en so m eth in g surprising h ap p en s
to u s, w e raise our ey e b r o w s to o p en our e y e s wider,
to a llow u s to s e e w h a t is h appening.
IT1DISGUST - w e w ill naturally feel d isg u st at certain
ob jects and sm ells (like th e sm ell of rotten food).
W e m ove a w a y from th e s e th in g s (w h ich m ay carry
d isea se) s o th is em otion protects us.
SPEAKING
1 A Look at photos A -F . W h a t em otions do you th in k
these people are feeling? W h y are they feeling them?
B Read the text and match photos A - F w ith the emotions.
C W hen was the last tim e you fe lt these em otions? Give
some examples.
-ing/-ed adjectives
2 A W o rk in pairs and complete the questions.
1
2
W h a t m ak e s y o u a n g r y o r annoyed?
W h a t so rts o f th in g s d o y o u fin d relaxing?
3 D o y o u e n jo y s p e n d in g tim e alo n e, o r d o y o u g e t b o r e d ?
4 Is there anything you are frightened of?
5 W h a t k in d s o f th in g s m a k e y o uworried?
6 H a v e y o u e v e r b e e n re allyembarrassed?
7 W h a t m ak e s y o u fe e l exhausted?
8 W h a t so rts o f th in g s d o y o u fin d confusing?
9 W h e n w as th e last tim e y o u w e re shocked b y
s o m e th in g ? W h a t w a s it?
10 D o y o u fin d y o u r jo b /h o b b ie s satisfying?
B Look at the quiz again and answer the questions.
I W hich ending is used to talk about feelings: -ed o r ~ng
1 W hich ending is used to talk about the cause o f feelings:
-ed o r -ingt
C Complete the sentences w ith the correct form o f the
adjectives above. Remember to use -e d o r -//i^endings.
I Its very worrying watching the news at the moment. I
think theres going to be another war.
1 l m going to bed. lm __________ because lve been
working late every night this w e ek
3 My face went bright red when I realised what ld said. It
was really__________ .
4 I cant watch sport on televisin. Its s o __________ that I
just g o to sleep.
5 I dont understand the grammar. I find the rules very
6 I go to yoga every week, because it makes me feel so
D Choose tw o sentences above and make them tru e fo r
you. Compare your ideas w ith a partner.
i# '
m page 153 VOCABULAHYBANK


LISTENING
3 > 6.1 Read the definition and listen
to the radio programme. Answer the
questions.
therapy treatment of a physical or mental ill-
ness, often w ithout the use o f drugs
1 W hich tw o therapies does the programme
talk about?
2 The therapies are used in different situations.
W hat situations are mentioned in the
programme?
4A Are the statements true (T) or false (F)?
1 Eight o ut o f ten people have trouble
controlling their anger.
2 W ith destruction therapy you use your anger
to destroy something in a controlled way.
3 If you think about a situation when you were
angry, the therapy will be more enjoyable.
4 In Spain, some companies pay for their
workers to build hotels.
5 In Mxico, they use destruction therapy in
hosp'itais.
6 Laughter therapy can help people to feel less
pain.
7 O n average, children laugh 100 times a day,
and adults laugh seventeen times.
B Listen again to check. Correct th e false
statements.
C Discuss the questions.
1 D o you think destruction therapy and
laughter therapy are good ideas? W h y /W h y
not?
2 W ould you try any o f the ideas in the
programme?
6 .1
Q lQ jQ l l z e r o a n d f ir s t c o n d itio n a ls
5 A Look at fo u r sentences from the programme. W hich ta lk about
a general situation (GS) and which ta lk about a spec'rfic/future
situation (F5)7
a) W hen people get angry, they dont know what t o do with their anger.
b) W hen we get there, 1*11give you a hammer.
c) If I smash the car to pieces, will I feel better?
d) If people laugh about something, they feel better.
B Underline the correct alternative to com plete the rules.
R ules:
1 Use the zero conditional (If/W hen + present simple + present simple)
t o taJk about a general/spedfc situation (fact), o r something which is
always true.
2 Use the first conditionaJ (Jf/When + present simple + will/might/could)
to talk about a general/spedfc (possi ble) situation i n the future.
i n * page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
6 A 6 2 Listen and underline the alternative you hear.
1 If he shouts, I g e t/lll get angry.
2 If I see him, I tell/111 tell him.
3 W hen they arrive, we eat/well eat.
4 W hen we get there, / phone/Hphone you.
5 If I finish early, I g o /lllgo home.
B Listen again and repeat. Pay atten tion to the w e a k fo rm o f I I / q1/
in th e contraction / 7 / / a ia l/ o r w e 7 // w i9 l/ .
PRACTICE
7 A Complete the sentences w ith the correct form o f th e verbs in
brackets. Mark each sentence zero (0) or firs t (Ist) conditional.
1 a) If I go running every day, i t __________ (make) me feel good.
b) l m feeling down. If I go fo r a run, I __________ (feel) better.
2 a) W hen I finish reading this book, I __________ (gve) rt to y u to
read.
b) W hen I __________ (finish) reading a book, I usually feel
disappointed.
3 a) I m meeting my boss later. If I tell him about m y new job, he
__________ (get) angry.
b) If I __________ (get) angry, I take a deep breath and count to ten.
4 a) If l'm tired, I __________ (like) to eat in front o f the televisin and
go to bed early.
b) I m planning to drive through the night. If I get tired, I __________
(stop) and sleep.
B Complete the sentences so th a t they are tru e fo r you. Compare
your ideas w ith a partner.
W hen I get older ...
W hen my English gets better, I ...
If l m happy, I usually ...
W hen I get home this evening ...
If l m stressed, I usually ...
 B Match the m u lti-w o rd verbs in bold in Exercise 9 A w ith th e correct
SPEAKING
definition in the w ord webs. You w ill need to use th e infm itive fo rm .
8 A W o rk in pairs. W h a t do you do in
situations 1-57 W rite three pieces of Put the Com puter mouse on
advice to give to someone in the same
situation.
I Youre nervous about a jo b interview /
exam.
1 Youre annoyed with someone in your
family.
3 Its the weekend and youre bored.
4 Youre stressed about your work/studies.
5 Youve got to o many things to do.

B W o rk in groups and compare your

ideas. W h o has the best ideas?

V O C A B U L A R Y E E 3 m ulti-
w o rd verbs

9A Match the fo llo w in g to p ic s : Clothes,

Computers and Love and frendship w ith
p a ra g ra p h s l-3 .

1_____ I mct my ex-

boyfriend when he chatted me up
in a bar. We got on really well. We
were together for two years and we
were planning to sete down, but
then I went off him!

: You have to
scroll up and then click on the
arrow icn. And dont forget to log
off before you shut down.
I love dressing
up SO when I tried on that purple
suit, I thought it was perfect for my
first day a t work! So I arrived and the
receptionist told me to take off my tie
because everyone dresses down a t the
company!
10A Look a t the dictionary defin itions below and answer the questions.
I W hich verb needs an object?
1 W hich verb does not need an object?
3 W hich verb can be followed by another preposition?
s th ** on phr v to put on a piece of clothing to find out f it fits o r ifyou like it: Con I try
these jeans on, pkase?
get on phr v 1 B rF if people get on, they have a friendly relationship: + with She doesnt gel on
with my mum very we//.
shut down phr V if a company, factory, machine etc shuts down, o r if you shut it down, it
stops operating: Hundreds of local post offices have shu down. | Shut sth ** down Did you
shut the Computer down?

There are different ways t o group multi-
words verbs (including phrasal verbs) in
your note book. For exam pie, you can
group them by topic (e.g. weather, travel,
work), o r by preposition (e.g. multi-word
verbs with on, over, by). Decide how you
want to group them and then add the
phrases to your notebook
B Use the dictionary definitions to help you decide which sentences are
possible. Mark the sentences w ith a tic k or a cross.
I I tried the suit on / I tried on the suit.
1 I get on really well with Simn / I get Simn on really well.
3 You need to shut down the Com puter / You need to shut the Computer
down.
C Choose 3 - 4 verbs fro m above and w rite your own example sentences.
Use a dictionary to help. Then compare them w ith a partners.
lll^ page 153
THE PEOPLE WATCHERS
I G R A M M A R | s e c o n d c o n d itio n a I | V O C A B U L A R Y | c o llo c a tio n s l| H O W T O | g iv e a d v ic e in h y p o th e tic a l e v e n ts

IF you wanted to persuade someone
to dress up as a tree in public, what
would you do? If you wanted to raise
m oney for charity on the streets, who
would you ask to help you? What
would you do if you wanted to sell
cakes and nobody was buying them?
W hat would you do if you needed to
think creatively but didnt have any
ideas?
One thing you could do is watch a
programme from the BBC series The
People Wachers. The programme asks
the question W hy do we do what
we do? Through twenty episodes,
Professor Richard Wiseman, two
psychologists and a neuroscientist do
experiments involving members of
the public, secretly filming them with
a hidden camera. The experiments
show why we behave the way we do in
everyday situations. If you wanted to
know how to get a seat on a crowded
train, stop people from jum ping queues,
get someone to do you a favour, work
out if someone is lying, and get a
complete stranger to lend you a mobile
phone, you could find out by watching.
In one experiment, two of Wisemans
psychologists pretended to be cake-
sellers. They stood at a stall on the
Street and tried to sell cakes for a pound
each. No one bought any. So they did
w hat shops do: they held a sale. B ut it
wasnt a real sale. They pretended that
one cake cost two pounds, and i f you
bought a cake, you would get another
one free. People started buying! Later
they told people that the cakes usually
cost two pounds but they w ere doing
a special deal and selling them for ju st
one pound. Again, people bought the
cakes. I t seems that everyone loves the
idea of a bargain even if they arent
really getting one.
A nother experiment looked at
experts who arent Emma, a
psychologist, pretended to be a
hairdresser. While cutting three
peoples hair, she talked like a
hairdresser, saying all the right things,
and dropped a few bits o f fake hair.
The three volunteers later said they
were very happy with their haircuts.
In reality, Em ma hadnt cut any hair.
R ichard W isemans conclusin? People
would do better if they didnt always
listen to experts. Instead, they should
trust their own eyes.
In another experiment, Jack, a
psychologist, had to persuade ordinary
people to dress up as a tree. The trick
was to start small. First, Jack asked a
man to wear a badge; then he asked him
to wear a cap; and finally the tree suit.
This, Wiseman says, is called The foot
in the door technique: if you w ant a
big favour from someone, first ask for a
small favour!

READ IN G VO C ABU LAR Y | verb-no un collocations

_________________

1 A W o rk in pairs and discuss. W h a t do you th in k 3 A Match verbs 1 - 7 w ith nouns a )-g ).

people-watching means? W h a t professions need to be 1 hold a) money (for something)
good a t people-watching? W hy?
1 raise b) experiments
B Read the article and check your ideas. 3 do c) a programme

2 A W o rk in pairs and answer the questions. 4 get d) hair

1 W h o is in Professor W sem ans team? 5 jump e) a queue

1 W hat question does the programme answer? 6 cut f ) a seat

3 W h y did people suddenly start buying the cakes? 7 watch g) asale

4 H ow much hair did Emma cut? B W hich do you do:

5 W hat is The foot in the door technique? I to sell something cheaply?

B Read the article again. Make notes under headings 1 -3 . 1 to avoid standing up in a train/bus/w alting room, etc.?

I People involved in the programme 3 to help a charity?

1 Situations 4 to be informed o r entertained?

3 Conclusions from the experiments 5 to make someone look more beautiful?

6 to obtain new scientific information?
C W o rk in pairs and take turn s to explain th e article 7 to avoid wa'rting in a long line (for example, to get tickets)?
using your notes.

Bl
G R AM M AR s e c o n d c o n d itio n a l PRACTICE
6 Complete the sentences w ith the correct form o f the
4A Read a review of The People Watchers. W h y does
ve rb s in the box.
the reviewer like the programme?

w rite w o rk do can learn fail have not/rain

Pickof the month see (x2) go like not/have not/be n o t/w o rk tell
M y ow n favourite series this month?
The Peope Watchers. Presented by 1 1would write m v autobiosraohv if 1 d id n t have
Profes sor Richard Wiseman and his so much w o rk to do.
rather attractive psychologist friends, 2 If 1 enoueh time. 1 laoanese.
the show asks some very interesting 3 I fl so anywhere in the world.
questions. I f no one saw you. would 1 to th e Caribbean.
you take something w ithout paying 4 If i t ____ so much. 1 to live in
for it? How cise to sorneone would Norway.
you stand if you didnt know them? Its all good stuff, 5 Y o u ____ very happy if you the
but maybe the programme could be even better i f we exam.
heard from more experts. Unfortunately, for most o f the
6 W h o ___ fo r if you fo r our
series, we only hear Professor Wisemans volee. A nd it
company?
w ould also be nice if w e had more statisti.es. Some o f the
7 W h a t___ if you a UFO?
experiments using hidden cameras show only one o r two
people in action n o t enough to make big conclusions 8 If y o u ___ a friend steaJing something. would
about human nature. But overall, this is good TV: light, you the Dolice?
easy on the eye, and fiin.
7A Complete the sentences about yo u r classmates.
1 If could so anywhere. he/she ...
B Look at the fo u r underlined sentences above and 2 If __ wasnt so busy, he/she ...
complete the rules w ith the w ords in the box. 3 If was able t o speak t o the President o f his/
hercountry, he/she ...
would could hypothetical maginary past 4 If knew how to. he/she ...
5 _ would feel very happy if ...
R ules: 6 _s Ufe would be easier if ...
1 W e use the second cond'rtionaJ to describe a ___ 7 _ wouldnt like it if ...
o r _________ situation. 8 wouldnt care if ...
2 In the ifclause, we use t h e _________ simple.
3 In the result clause, we use________ o r d.
B A sk your classmates if your sentences are true.

4 If we are not sure o f the result, we can also use

S P E A K IN G | V . -V ' r .!

C Find other examples o f the second conditional in th e
article on page 71.
n i * page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
5 A 6 3 Listen and complete the conversations.
1 A: W h a t____________________________ if your laptop
exploded?
B: If my laptop exploded, ld cali fo r help!
2 A: W hat would you do if you lost your house keys?
B: If I lost my house keys_________ dim b through the
window!
3 A: How would you feel if your car broke down?
B: If my car broke down, I ___________________happy!
B Listen again and answer questions 1-3.
1 H ow do we pronounce would in the question form?
2 How do we pronounce would in fast spoken English in
positive sentences?
3 How do we pronounce the negative o f wouldl
8A W o rk in pairs and discuss. W hat would you d o i f ...
1 yo u saw a v e ry young child sm oking in the Street?
2 you found a bag of money in the Street?
3 you inherited a house on the other side o f the world?
4 you discove red that one of your colleagues was takirig drugs?
5 you heard someone saying bad things about your friend?
6 one o f your relatives asked to live w ith you?
7 someone asked you to take part in a TV programme?
8 you saw someone steaJing bread in the supermarket?
It depends. I f they
looked like they were
hungry, I might
not say anything.
B Tell other students
your ideas. W hich
dilemmas were the
most difficult?

W R IT IN G a le tte r o f advice
9 Look a t the photo and discuss. W hat do you do
when you need advice? W ould you ever consider getting
professional help, goingonline or asking a re la tiv e /frie n d /
experienced older person? W hat does it depend on?
1 0 A Read the dilemma. W h a t do you th in k th e person
should do?
i M y cousin has asked m e t o le n d h e r som e m o n e y
i to s ta rt an in te r n e t business. S h e is in te llig e n t and
re lia b le , an d I lik e h er, b u t she is o n ly tw e n ty years o d .
A lso , I k n o w n o th in g a b o u t in te r n e t businesses. S h o u ld
i I le n d h e r th e m oney?
B Read the responses. W hich do you agree w ith ? Why?
YES
You ha ve th e m o n ey . She has th e ideas, th e e n erg y and
th e e x p e rtis e . If I w e r e yo u , I w o u ld n 't w o r r y ab o u t
h e r age. As a yo u n g p e rso n , in all lik e lih o o d she k n o w s
m o re a b o u t th e in te r n e t th a n y o u do. A r d she is n 't
askin g fo r y o u r advice, o n ly y o u r m o ney. So, com e
on - y o u 're a m e m b e r o f h e r fa m ily. W h a t d o yo u have
to lose a p a r t fr o m a b it o f m oney? A n d i f y o u 're really
w o rr ie d , m a y b e te ll h e r yo u w a n t 50% o f th e m o n e y
bac k w ith in t w o ye ars . If she's re lia b le , y o u 'll p ro b a b ly
g e tlt
NO
So y o u r cousin w a n ts m o n e y. P e rh a p s y o u r e a lly tru s t
her, b u t a g ed tw e n ty , she p ro b a b ly d o e s n 't have m uch
e x p e rie n c e in business. If I w e r e yo u , l'd ask a lo t o f
qu e stio n s firs t. l'd fin d o u t h o w m u ch research she has
d o n e, h o w w e ll she k n o w s th e m a r k e t, and w h o else is
in v o lv e d . It's possible t h a t she w ill b e successful, b u t ove
go% o f n e w cam p an te s d isa p p e ar w ith in th e firs t year.
T h e o th e r th in g is tim e . In all p ro b a b ility , it'll ta k e h e r a
fe w ye ars to s ta rt m a k in g a p r o fit. Can yo u w a it th a t lo n g
to g e t y o u r m o n e y back? A n d th in k a b o u t this: if it w a s n 't
y o u r cousin asking, w o u ld yo u le n d th e m oney?
C Tick the things a le tter o f advice m ight in dude.
Compare your ideas w ith other students.
I a short summary o f the situation
1 a few sentences describing your qualifications
3 some ideas about what the person should do
4 some background information explaining your ideas
5 a q uestion fo r the reader to think about
D Find the things you ticked in the letters o f advice in
ExerciselOB.
1 1 M qualify w hat you say
1 1 A Look at the w ords/phrases in the box. Find and
underline these in the letters o f advice in Exercise 10B.
Then answer the questions.
maybe probably perhaps in all likelihood
Its possible that in all probability
I W hich words/phrases mean there is a strong possibility?
1 W hich tw o phrases have the same meaning?
i B H o w d o y o u fe e l about statem ents 1 -4 ? Q u a lify them ,
j using the w ords and phrases above.
I As life in the twenty-first century gets more complex,
;
people will have more complex problems.
1 In the future, machines will read our emotions and
know if we have a problem.
3 In the future, most young people will prefer t o talk to
strangers online about their problems ratherthan have
face-to-face conversations with family and friends.
4 ld never write to a problem page if I needed advice.
M ost people ask their family and friends for advice. They
dont need to write to problem pages.
M ost people p ro b a b ly ask their family and friends for
advice. In a ll likelihood, they dont need to write to
problem pages.
1 2 A Read the problem below. W o rk w ith other students
and th in k o f possible solutions.
i I have a problem. My twenty-six-year-old brother
has always loved football, but now it's becoming an
obsession. He goes to watch matches every weekend
even though the tickets are expensive and he doesn't
have much money. A t his house, he sometimes watch es
: three or four matches on TV a day! His only friends are i
football fans, and his last glrlfriend broke up w ith him j
because o f his obsession. I want to help him, but he's j
: older than me and he thinks it's none o f m y business :
j what he does in his free time. Please can you give me i
: some advice?
B W rite a le tter of advice to the letter w rite r above.
C W o rk in groups and take turn s to read your letters. If
you were in the persons situation, which letter w o uld you
like to receive?
ED
6.3 THATS GREAT NEWS!
F U N C T IO N | giving news V O C ABU LAR Y | life events LE A R N TO | respond to news

VO C ABU LAR Y life events

1 A Look at phrases 1-12. A re they good news (G),

or bad news (B)?
1 passyourexams 7 failate st
2 have an accident 8 split up with a partner
3 be offered a job 9 win acompetition/match
4 get a place at university 10 get promoted
5 get engaged/married I I get a degree
6 lose your jo b/m one y 12 buy a house

B W o rk in pairs and answer the question. Have

any o f the things above happened recently to you,
or anyone you know?
^ MANAGER~\
2A W o rk in groups and discuss. W h a t is th e best
w ay to give bad news?

B Complete the article w ith the phrases in the

box. Does it m ention any o f yo u r ideas?
give a reason tone of voice prepare your listener
making people to o upset bad news good news
3 A (jj) 6 .4 Listen to seven conversations. Match the
conversations to pictures A - C .
B Look at the pictures again. W h a t is the good news or bad
news in each situation?

4A Look at the phrases the spea kers use to introduce their news.
Good ways to Listen again and write the conversation number n extto each phrase.

give bad news
Its easy to give som eone good news, b u t w hat
about w hen you have som e 1_____ to tell? A re
there any good ways to give bad new s w ith o u t
2 ? T he following steps m ight help:
Say som ething positive:Try to start or en d th e
conversation w ith some 3_____ , so that its n o t
all bad. For example, You did very well in the
interview, b u t unfortunately w eve given th e jo b
to som ebody else.
4_____ for the news: U se phrases to introduce
w h at yo u re going to say, like U nfortunately,..
T m really sorry,but . . . o r T m afraid I ve got
some bad news. This gives the listener tim e
to prepare for w hat y o u re going to say.
Try to 5_____ : People like to know w hy
things go w rong.T ry to explain th e decisin:
If som eone doesnt get the job, can you explain
why? I f you have to cancel an arrangem ent, try
to give a reason.
Use a soft6_____ : I f youre giving som eone bad
news, try to use a soft, calm voice to make you
sound kind. Say things to show you understand,
like, T m really sorry. or I know this m ust be
disappointing.
good news lve got some good news (for you).
lm really pleased to tell you ...
Youll never guess what.
bad news Bad news, l'm afraid.
lm sorry to have to tell you, b u t ...
lm afraid / Unfortunately, ...
lm afraid lve got some bad news ...
Theres something lve got to tell you.
good o r bad news You know ...? Well, ...
lv e /W e ve got something t o tell you. 1
B (> 6-5 Listen to some o f the phrases in the table again.
Underline the stressed syllables.
C Listen again. Is the speakers voice high or low fo r good news?
Is it high or low fo r bad news? Practise the phrases.
111^ page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
5 Put the w ords in the correct order to make sentences.
1 news / afraid / l'm / bad - / the / w e / match / lost
2 to / l m / the / you / tell / got / pleased / you / really / job /
that
3 going / l'm / to / late / w e re / be / afraid
4 got / you / theres / tell / lve / t o / something
5 never / what / youll / guess
6 got / news / lve / fo r / good / you / some

C Read the article again. Do you agree w ith the 7 was / concert / the / unfortunately, / cancelled
advice? W h y /W h y not? 8 lost / ? / you / the / we / cat / know / we / again / found / him /
well,
 7 A 6 .6 Listen to responses 1 -4 . Notice the
in tonation patterns.

1 Congratulations!

2 Thats fantastic news!

3 Thats a shame.

4 Thats awful.

B Practise saying the phrases w ith the correct in ton ation.

C 6.7 Mark the main stress on sentences 1 -6 . W hich

ones use a higher voice? Listen and check, then listen and
repeat.

1 You lucky thing!

2 Thats terrible.

LEARN T O res pon d to news 3 W ell done.

6 H ow do the speakers respond to the news? Complete 4 lm so pleased fo r you.

the conversations w ith the words n the box.
5 Thats really annoying.

joking sorry lucky annoying pleased 6 Thats awful. l'm really sorry to hear that.
Congratulations done shame terrible

1 W : W e re getting married. SPEAKING

M: W ow ! Thats fantastic.______________ !
8 A W ork in pairs and role-play the situation. Student
2 W : W e ve offered the job to someone else.
A : you interviewed your partner fo r a jo b last week. You
M: O h . Thats a _____________ . Thanks, anyway.
have asked him /h e r back to the office to give them the jo b .
3 W l : lve just won some money on the Spanish lottery. Student B: you were interviewed fo r a jo b last week, but
W 2: Youre ______? ...H o w much did youwin? since then you have been offered a better jo b w ith another
W l: 1,000euros. company, and you have decided to accept their offer.
W 2: Y o u ___________________________ thing! Student A Student B
4 M I: I ve crashed the car.
M2: Oh no. Thats ______________
5 W : Theyve offered me a place.
M: Thats wonderful news. W e ll______ _! Irr
_____________ fo r you.
6 W l: Steves lost his job.
W 2: Oh no. Thats awful. I'rr really_____
hear that.
7 M: lve got to o much w o rk to do.
W : Oh no. Thats really______________

Exaggerate! Sometimes when you speak in afoneign

language, your intonation can sound fat. This can mean
that you dont sound as polite or enthusiastic as you want
to. Try to exaggerate the intonation pattern to sound
enthusiastic o r concerned. Say the responses in Exercise B W o rk in pairs. First, th in k o f three pieces o f g o o d /
7 A with an exaggerated intonation. bad news to te ll yo u r partner. Then take tu rn s to give
and respond to each o th e rs news using expressions in
Exercises4 and 6 .

ED
DVD PREVIEW
1 Read about a BBC comedy. W h y is th is week
supposed to be special fo r Howard? W h a ts the
problem?
B B S M yW orstW eek
he week before a wedding can be a
T difficult time, but for publisher Howard
Steele, m arrying the beautiful M el, it
becomes a complete n ig h tm a re . Everything
that can possibly go wrong does go wrong,
even though Howard tries desperately to do
the right thing. D uring the week, Howard
acddentally kills his in-laws5 dog, puts M els
granny in hospital, and loses the wedding
ring (which has been in the family for many
generations) twice. Its not a good start, and
what should have been a very spedal week
soon turns into the w orst week o f his life.
m *
r t m m
cem sm
2 W atch the DVD then num ber the events in the
correct order.
a) Mel calis Howard in his office._____
b) Eve tries to take the ring off using soap in the
bathroom ._____
c) Howard arrives in his office and shows his secretary,
Eve, the ring._____
d) Mel reminds Howard to collect the ring._____
e) The ring gets stuck._____
f) Eve bursts into tears, so Howard lets her try the ring
o n ._____
3 A W h o says this: Howard (H), Eve (E) o r Mel (M)?
1 D ont forget the ring.
2 Its been in Mels family fo r 150 years. They have
this rather charmingtradition where they (uh) pass it
down from generation to generation.
3 I always wanted a fairy-tale wedding o f my ow n.
4 Try it on. See what it feels like.
5 W hen the vicar asks me to put the ring on my
fiances finger, it would be very nice if my secretary
was not attached.
6 No, really - it s stuck.
7 T il get a plumber.
B W atch the DVD again to check.
4 A Complete the sentences abo ut how the
characters fett.
1 Mel is worried about ...
2 Eve is impressed when she sees ...
3 Eve gets upset a b o u t...
4 Howard is annoyed when ...
5 Eve is anxious a b o u t...
6 Howard is shocked when ...
ideas w ith another student.
sp eako ut m e m o rab le m om e nts
5 A v $ 6 .8 Listen to a man talking about a special
weekend. W hich o f th e fo llo w in g s ta te m e n ts Is n o t
true?
I His brother organised a surprise weekend away.
1 They went on a boat trip to a lighthouse, and slept
there.
3 They went shopping w ith his brothers money.
4 They went to the theatre and then ate an expensive
five-course meal.
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.
phrases
One o f the most memorable moments/events in my
life was ...
The happiest moment o f my life was when ...
It all started one day when ...
I was so embarrased/delighted/shocked/terrrfied
when ...
I had absolutely no idea.
The funniest thing that ever happened to me was ...
The nextthing/The next morning ...
That weekend/day was one o f my happiest
memories.
C Choose one o f the follo w in g questions. Plan your
answer using some o f the key phrases.
I W hat are your strongest memories of your childhood?
1 Have you ever done anything you regret?
3 W h a ts the most embarrassing/funniest/scariest thing
that has ever happened to you?
4 W hat do you remember about the house you lived in
as a child?
5 Can you remember a time when you felt very proud?
6 W hat is your happiest memory?
D W o rk in groups and te ll your stories.
w rite lack a w e b site e n try
6 A Read the w ebsite entry. W h a t kind o f things do
people w rite about on this website? W h a t was special
about Rosss car journey?
1 0 0 liv e s : re a l life , re a l p e o p le , re a l e x p e rie n c e s
Join people from around th e w o rid w h o w a nt to
sha re th e ir stories and experiences. Read true
personal stories, chat and get advice from the group
Q: W h a t *3 y o u r h a p p ie s t m etn ory?
One of my happiest memories is of a car
journey I took with some friends from Caada
down to California nearly fifteen years ago. It
was a clear night wrth a full moon, and as we
drove we listened to music, and talked. The
roads were empty, and there was a wonderful
sen se of freedom and adventure. We were
driving away from our families and everything
we knew so well. We drove with the windows
open and I can remember the warmth of the
wind on my face, and the sound of the music
playing out to the open skies. Even now, when
I hear any of the songs on that lbum, it takes
me straight back to that journey, and that
feeling. I hope it never goes away.
Ross, C a lg a ry
B Choose another question from Exercise 5C and
w rite your story (1 5 0 -2 0 0 words). Use th e website
entry above and the key phrases to help.
6.5 LOOKBACK
E E E Z 5m E 3
1 A W o rk in pairs. Use adjectives
to describe how you feel in the
following situations.
1 you lose y ou r bus/train ticket
2 you get lost at night in a foreign
city
3 you w ait fo r a delayed flight
4 you foi"get someones ame (when
you should know it)
B W rite situations for the
adjectives in the box.
annoying w o rrie d boring
embarrassing relaxing
confusing exhausted
frightening satisfed
annoying - When you discover your
phone has run out o f power, its ...
worried - M y exams are tomorrow.
lm really ...
C W o rk in pairs. Take turns to
read your situations. Dont say the
adjectives they describe. Can your
partner guess the adjective?
ZERO A N D FIRST
CONDITIONALS
2A Match 1 - 7 w ith a )-g ) to make
sentences.
1 If you drink to o much coffee,
2 If you go to bed early,
3 If you go to bed late all the time,
4 If you listen to loud music when
you study,
5 You w o n t get ft if you
6 If you dont like y o u r job,
7 Youll have problems at w o rk if
you
a) dn've everywhere in y o u r car.
b) you w o n t sleep tonight.
c) i t s difficult to concntrate.
d) youll exhaust yourself.
e) dont finish th a t re p o rt on time.
f ) youll feel be tte r in the moming.
g) lo o k fo r a new one.
B Look at the sentences in Exercise
2A. Can you think o f other ways
to complete them? Compare your
ideas w ith a partner.
m
3 W o rk in pairs and take turns. GIVING NEWS
Student A: w rite down three things
6A Each conversation has tw o
you would like to achieve this year.
words missing. W rite in the missing
Show your list to your partner.
words. You may have to change the
Student B: look at Student A s list
punctuation.
and make if/w h e n sentences to give
lm
advice. 1 A: Bad newsjafraid.
A : one: find a new job two: get fit
three: improve my English B: W h a ts the matter?
B: one: find a new job: I f you look
A: The computers arent working.
on the internet, you might find a new
job. B: N o t again! Annoying.
2 A: Youll never what.
VERB-NOUN COLLOCATION S
4 Rearrangethe letters in blue B: W hat?
to complete the sentences with
A: I got the job.
w a tc h /h o ld /ra te e /d o /g e t/c u t.
B: Congratulations! T h a ts news.
1 W e should go to the concert early
so w e can est gates. get seats
3 A: lve g o t some good news you.
2 They are going to heal loads to sell
th e ir od dothes. B: W h a t is it?
3 The schoolchildren decided to
A: lve been prom oted.
ease my ron fo r cncer research.
4 lm going home early because I B: W ell. T hats great news.
w a n tto grammartwo peach on
4 A: lm to have to tell you, but lm
TV.
5 He gave up his jo b because he leaving the company.
didnt w ant to opened term six on
B: W hat? Why?
animals.
6 My cousin i sh u tcarfo ra living. A: The company has got
problems, so th e yre reducing
SECOND C O NDITIO NAL
the num ber o f managers.
5 W o rk in pairs. Student A: use an
i f dause w ith the phrases in your B: lm s o rry to that.
box. Student B: respond w ith the
5 A: You tha t exam I did last week?
correct would dause from your box.
B: Yes?
A
A: W ell, I passed.
l/ b e/ric h th e re /b e /n o w a r
th e re /b e /m o n e hours in the day B: Congratulations! lm so fo r you,
l/h a ve /m o re /e n e rg y
nobody/sm oke l/give up/coffee B W o rk in pairs and practise the
can /paint/w ell conversations.
B S V ID E O PO D C A ST
dance/all night sle ep /b ette r Download th e
p e op le/b e/hea lthier video podcast and
view people talking
d o /a p o rtra it o f you
give/ m oney/ch a rity about em otions and
p e o p le /w o rk /m o re w h eth er th ey are an
the w o rld /b e /p e a ce fu l o ptim ist o r pessimist.
A : l f I was rich ...
B: ld give the money to charity.
 UNIT7
SPEAKING
> Talk about success
> Talk about your abilities
> Give/Clarify opinions
> Describe an achievement

LIS TEN IN G
> Understand a radio
programme about success
> Listen to a conversation
about memory
> Listen to a discussion
about intelligence
) Watch a BBC documentary
about an achievement

READING
> Read a biographical text
> Read about qualifications

W R IT IN G
> Write a summary
> Write an internet post

BBC C O N T E N T
Q Video podcast: What
has been yourgreatest
achievement to date?
O DVD: The One Show:
W ater Ski Challenge

sP e

t I lili
The m em ory men V Are you qualified? W ater ski challenge
7.1 THE SECRET OF SUCCESS
GR AM M AR | present perfect simple vs contlnuous | [> V O C A B U L A R Y | success| '
SPEAKING
1 A W o rk in pairs and read the quotes.
W h a t do they te ll you about success? Do
you agree or disagree?
T h e difference b e tw ee n faiJure
7.1
H O W T O | talk about intenests
4 A A re th e statem ents tru e (T) o r false (F)?
If we want to learn from Bill Gates
3 A Read the in troductio n to an article about success. W h a t d o you achievements, we need to look at where he
VO C ABU LAR Y success th in k the secret o f success is? carne from and the opportunities he had.
2 If youre going to be world-class at
2 A Complete sentences 1 - 8 w ith the phrases in the box.
something, you need to have parents who
What is the secret of success? are high achievers.
w o rk hard (at something) have a natural talent focus on
3 The Beatles played all-night concerts in
get better at have the opportunity (to do something)
believe in yourself practise (something) be a high achiever
BBC Focus Magazine investgales Hamburg, and this helped them to master
their craft.

nght a n d ? * 3 lh in g n earlr
d doing a th m g a c t l y r ig h t
E dw ard S inunons
S u c c e ss d o e s n t c o m e to y o u ...
y o u go to it. M a r v a C o llin s
X be secret o f success in life is
for a m an to be ready fo r bis
opportunity when it comes/
B e n ja m n D is ra e li
B W rite the ames o f three very
successful people. Answer the questions.
1 H ow and why did these people become
successful?
2 D o you think they have a special taJent, o r
have they just been lucky?
3 W hat advice would you give t o someone
who wants to be as successful as these
people?
1 You will never achieve anything, if you dont work hard at it.
2 I dont _________fo r languages. I find them difficult t o learn.
3 If y o u _________ and your abllrtles, then you can achieve anything.
4 Its amazing what children can achieve if they _________ to try d'rffenent skills.
5 If you want to develop any skill, you have t o _________regularly.
6 lm sure she w ill_________ She is determined to do well at everything.
7 W hen I reaJIy want something, I t r y t o _________ m y goal.
8 If you keep trying, youl l_________ t. D ont give up!
B Find phrases above to match meanings 1 -6 .
1 be sure about your ideas/abilities
2 only think about one objective
3 i m prove
4 do something again and again
5 have the chance to do something
6 be successful in your w o rk o r studies
C Choose tw o o f the phrases and make sentences which are tru e fo r
you. Compare your ideas w ith a partner.
mi#' page 154 V O C A B U L A H Y B A N K
4 Bill Gates got into Com puter programming,
W h a t m akes th e m o st s u c c e s s fu l p e o p le on th e planet and through a fortnate series o f events, he
d iffe re n t fro m th e rest o f us? If w e w e re m o re lik e A lb e rt was ableto do lots and lots o f programming.
E instein o r J o h n Lennon, su re ly w e co u ld e n jo y th e sam e 5 Bill Gates had access to a Com puter at home
le vel o f s u c c e s s th e y did. In tru th , how ever, w e p a y to o duringthe 60s and 70s when computers were
m uch a tte n tio n to w h a t high a c h ie ve rs are like, and not the size of rooms.
eno u g h to w h e re th e y c o m e fro m and th e o p p o rtu n itie s In order to be very successful, you need a
th e y had a lo n g th e w a y In his n e w bo o k, M alcolm very talented teacher, and enough money to
pay fo r your tuition.
G la d w e ll reveis th a t th e re is one fa c to r - s o o b v io u s
th a t its rig h t u n d e r o u r noses - th a t all s u c c e s s fu l p e o p le B Listen again to check.
share ...
SPEAKING
5 Discuss the questions in gro ups.
B (, 7.1 Listen to the radio programme to find out.
1 D o you have a special skill/interest? How
C Listen again and complete the summary. many hours do you think you have spent
practising it? (10,000 hours is approximately
In this new book, T?ie OirtJiere, Gladwell arges that Beethoven, ten hours per week fo r tw enty years.)
The Beatles and Bill Gates all have one thing in 1____________ .
2 D o you agree that if you practise something
They 2____________ what they do, and they practised a lot. In
enough, you can become world-dass at it,
fact, Gladwell discovered that in o rd e rto b e tru ly 3____________
o r do you think you need to have a natural
in anything, it is necessary to practise the 4____________ f o r more talent?
than 5____________ hours- These people have done that which is
w hy he believes they have been so 6____________ 3 W hat things have you been successful at? Why?
 G R AM M AR present perfect simple versus VOCABULARYJ77T1 verb phrases
continuous
9A Choose the correct preposition to complete th e verb
6A Read sentences a )-e ). Underline examples o f the phrases in sentences 1 -7 .
past perfect sim ple and circle examples o f the past I I dont have a lot in common to/w ith/form y sister.
perfect continuous. 1 W e dont have access wth/at/to the internet at work.
a) Martinas been playing tennis since she was three years od. 3 Shes world-class in /fo r/a t playing the violin.
b) Shes been going to ballet lessons since she was a child. 4 He works very hard. He puts n/to/with a lot o f hours.
c) lve known Max fo r years. 5 I ve got a lot to th nk with/for/about at the moment.
d) How long have you been studying French? 6 The film picks up ono/at the d'rfficulties people
e) Hes always enjoyed playing sport. experienced during the war.
7 She has a talent about/for/in finding a bargain.
B Match sentences a )-e ) w ith rules 1-3 . Some sentences
w ill match more than one rule.

Rules:
I Use the present perfect continuous t o emphasise that
an action has been long and repeated.
1 W ith state verbs (e.g. ///ce, ove, understand, remember,
know, etc.), we can not use the present perfect
continuous, so we use the present perfect simple.
3 W e often use for, since and H ow bng have y o u ...? with
the present perfect simple and the present perfect
continuous.

III# page 140

7A Complete the sentences w ith the present perfect B A d d the verb phrases to the correct group below.
simple or continuous form o f the verbs in brackets. I agree 5 depend
I I ___________(write) books fo r years, but I havent arge with rely on
w ritten a best-seller yet!
1 T h e y ___________(play) music fo r hours! I cant get to
sleep. 1 w o rry 6 look
3 I ___________ always___________ (love) art, but l m not complain about laugh at
very good at it.
She______ (not study) a lot because shes been ill.
H ow long _ _____ y o u ___________ (know) Sheila? 3 belong 7 succeed
I_____
____ (learn) Mandarn fo r tw o years. pay attention to believe in
7 I ___________(have) my own car since I was twenty.
8 W ill Smith? lve never___________(hear) o f him.
4 pay
B ^ 7 2 Listen to check. Notice the pronunciation o f wait for
have. Is it strong or weak? Practise saying th e sentences.

8 A M ate questions w ith the prom pts.

I how long / you / know / best friend?
1 how long / you / do / your hobby?
There are many verbs in English which use prepositions.
3 how long / you / study / English? Keep a record of which prepositions go with which verbs
4 how long / you / live where you live now? in your notebook. Can you add any more phrases you
5 how / you / spend / your days off recently? know to the diagram in Exercise 9B?

B W o rk in pairs. Take turn s to ask and answer the

C W rite three questions using the verb phrases above.
questions above. Think of tw o or more fo llo w -u p
Do you arge w ith anyone in your family?
questions fo r each question.
W hat kind o f things do you w o rry about?
A : H ow long have yon known your best friend?
B: For about fifteen years. D W o rk in pairs. Ask and answer your questions.
A : Where did you meet? Ill# page 154
THE MEMORY MEN
[ G R AM M AR | present and past ability I t V O C A B U L A R Y | ability I H O W T O | talk about your abilities

ability The human camera

1 W o rk in pairs. Take turn s to ask and answer as
many questions as you can about the things you
are g oo d/ba d at.
When did you start playing the drums? H ow often
do yon play? Do yon ...
2 A W h a t do the phrases in bold mean?
1 Hes an expert in Italian a r t Hes written several
books about it.
2 Hes gifted at painting. He had his first exhibition
when he was sixteen.
3 She has a lo t o f ability as a dancer. I th in k she
could becom e a p ro fe s io n a l.
4 Shes the most skilful footballer lve ever seen.
She can play in any position.
5 He has an aptitude fo r maths. He learns new
formulas very quickly.
6 He is a really talented musiran. He can play six
instruments.
7 lm hopeless at geography. I failed my exam three
times.
8 lm useless at baJI sports. I cant play any.
There is no one quite like Stephen Wiltshire. Born in 1974, Stephen was
always different As a child, he couldn't make friends. In fact, he talked
to nobody, showed no interest in school subjects and wasn't able to
sit still. Stephen was diagnosed as autistic. He ddn't learn fully to talk
until he was nine years od and he didn't manage to pass his exams,
but hefound onethng he liked doing: drawing. Art became his way to
communicate.
He started by drawing funny pictures of his teachers, but soon began
to draw buildings. His eye for detail was perfect He could see a
building just once and remember everything about it In 1987, aged
twelve, he saw a train station in London called St Paneras. Hours later,
in front ofTV cameras, he managed to draw this complicated building,
with the time on the station dock saying 11.20, the exact time when
he was there.The drawing showed every detail perfectly.
Since that televisin programme made him famous in the UK, many
great things have happened to Stephen. He has become a well-known
artist, published four books of his drawings, taken helicopter rides
above the world's great cities - including London, Rome, Hong Kong
and New York - and drawn amazing pictures of them, and opened his
own art gallery, where he now works, in London.
His drawings are incredibly accurate - he always manages to draw
everything in the right place - but also beautiful to look at In 2006, he
was given an MBE by the Queen of England for services to art.

B () 7 3 Look at the w o rds in bold above. Then

listen to the sentences from above and answer the
questions.
1 W hich parts o f the words in bold are stressed?
Underline the stressed part.
2 W hich five words have tw o syHables? W here
do we normally put the stress on two-syllable
words?

C Listen again and repeat the sentences. Focus

on the stressed parts.

3 A W rite the ame of:

an expert in your own area o f interest.
someone in the class who istalented.
a gifted musician.
something you are useless at.
something you have an aptitude for.

B W o rk in groups. A sk each other to explain

w h at they w ro te and why.

READ IN G C Student A : read the te x t above again and answer th e questions.

4 A W o rk in pairs. Look at the photos opposite
and on page 161, then discuss. The men in the
photos have been called T h e human camera and
T h e human Computer. W h a t special a bilities do
you th in k they have?
B Student A : read the te x t opposite to see i f your
ideas are m entioned. Student B: tu rn to page 161.
1 H ow was his behaviour different from other childrens?
2 W hat special talents does he have?
3 H ow did the public learn about his special talents?
4 W hat country/countries has he been to and what did he do there?
5 W hat has he published?
6 W hat is his job now?
D Tell your partner about y our text. Use questions 1 - 6 t o help.

m
E
G R AM M AR present and past ability

5 Read sentences 1 -9 . W hich describe present a b ility

and which describe past ability? W hich three sentences
are negative?
1 If you tell Daniel your birth date, he can tell you what
day o f the week you were born on. present ability
2 He could see a building just once and remember
everything about it.
3 As a child, he couldnt make friends.
4 He is able to do extremely difficult mathematical calculations.
5 He was able to calclate 82 x 82 x 82 x 82.
6 He wasnt able to s'it still.
7 He always manages to draw everything in the right place.
8 He managed to learn Icelandic in a week.
9 He didnt manage to pass his exams.

III# page I40

PRACTICE tell a joke in a

6 Complete the te x t w ith the w ords in th e box.
foreign language

can isnt cant managed could to couldnt able

W hen four-year-old Derek faravacini heard the sound o f the

piano, he ran towards it. Although he was blind, he 1_____ to
reach the instrument. He pushed the piano player-asmaJI
girl - off her stool, and started to play. Adam Ockleford, a
piano teacher, said, It was ... extraordinary. He was hitting
the notes with his hands, his feet, his nose, even his elbows.
Paravacini was 2_____to play the tune he had just heard and
atthat moment Ockleford realised the boy was agenius.
Paravacini was born blind and autistic and had great learning
d'rfficulties. As a child, he 3_____do many things that ordinary
children do. Even today, as an adult, he 4_____count to ten,
and he 5_____able to dress or feed himself. But Paravacini
has one incnedible g'rft: music. Like Mozart, he 6_____
remember every piece of music he hears.
It started when his parents gave him a plstic organ when he
was eighteen months od. He couldnt see the notes, but he
managed 7_____play tunes on it. By the time he was four,
he 8_____play many pieces on the piano. W ith Ocklefords
help, F^ravacini developed his technique and played his first
major concert at the Barbican Hall in London, aged nine.
He has performed all over Europe and the US and in 2006
recorded his first CD.

SPEAKING
7 A Look at the activities opposrte and read the
instructions below.
1 Put one tick next to the things you can do now.
2 Put tw o ticks next to the things you could do when you
were a child.
3 Put three ticks next to the activities you are very good at.

B W ork in groups. Compare your abilities. Say how often you

do these things, and which ones you enjoy(ed). Describe any
special experiences you have had while doing these things.


W R IT IN G | a summary
8 A Read the sum mary and answer questions 1 -3 .
Daniel Tammet and Stephen Wiltshire are two gifted
young Englishmen who suffer from forms of autism.
These men have one tfaing in common - they are able
to remember laige amounts of information - but their
talents are very different. Wiltshire has an ability to
draw complicated images after seeing them only once,
while Tammet has an amazing aptitude for remembering
numbers. They have both appeared on televisin
programmes, which helped make them famous, and
both published books. While Tammet and Wiltshire
experienced difficulties during their childhood, their great
achievements are now recognised by the public. And best
of all: they both seem happy with their lives.
7.2
B Look at suggestions 1 -8 . Are they good or bad ideas
fo r taking notes? Change the bad ideas.
1 Use abbreviations and symbols.
2 Use diagrams o r drawings.
3 Try to write down every word you hear/copy down every
word you read.
4 W rite fast. Dont w o rry about handwr'iting.
5 Dont w o rry about spelling. You can check later.
6 Highlight im portant information.
7 D ont use your own words - you might make mistakes.
8 Use a space o r a new heading when theres a change o f
speaker o rto p ic .
10A 7.4 Listen to three people talking about
memory. Tick the things they talk about in the box.

1 Does the summary explain the main dea o f the text(s) ames faces dates words birthdays
(who, what, where and why)? directions to places books youve read places
2 Is the summary shorter or longer than the original text(s)? films jokes information about produets
things that happened to you when you were very young
3 Does the w rite r o f the summary copy sentences from the
original text(s) o r does he/she use his/her ow n words?
B Read the notes about Peggy. Listen again and use the
B W o rk in pairs. Look at phrases 1 -5 from th e summary. same headings to w rite notes about John and Tim.
W h a t details do these phrases leave out? W hat
inform ation is missing?
PEGGY
1 W iltshire has an ability to draw complicated images.
T ob
He drew a train station in London and pictures o f other
s a le s rep V p iM skng coHporjv
cities, including Rome, Hong Kong and New York.
ftfeM cry
2 Tammet has an amazing aptitude fo r remembering
needs reneMbe r lo t s
numbers.
n o t g o o d a t d ire c tio n s u5ed t o g e t JoS t a// -&e.
3 They have both appeared on televisin programmes.
tm e.
4 Both published books. k is to reneM ber noMeS & -faceS o f peo pie 5^e
5 (They) experienced difficulties during their childhood. ta lk s to +
nfoTH Q t/on a b o u t p ro d u e ts

LEARN T O | make notes fo r a sum mary

9A Read the notes and find examples o f 1 - 6 below.
C Compare your notes w ith a partner. W h a t else can you
remember about w h a t they say? Use the phrases below
to helpyou.
~ 7 // M E M C R V M E M
T O M H e t & U J ts N n e Very g ifte d . I t e y e re oble <2
Sally o r Samantha? makes mistakes
reMeMber
blocking aJI other students
/o t o f in-Po. T k e jr ctH tieS becoM ing after an hour o f watching a film
ftlHOMS
~7ke o r t b t She spent an hour calling a woman Sally when her real
OJ/ftsWne reMeMber.5 tk n g S Ve. SeeS ame was Samantha.

~7ke
1 1 A W o rk in pairs. Ask and answer the questions.
T Q H M e t reMetobers numbers 8. doeS M Q tks problem s
1 D o you have a good memory, generally?
2 W hich things in the box in Exercise IOA are you good at
1 an abbreviation remembering?
2 sym bolsfor: a) and b) resulted n 3 W hich would you like to be better at remembering?
3 a number to represent a word that sounds the same 4 D o you use any special strategies to remember things?
4 a heading
B W rite a sum mary (100-120 w ords) o f w h a t you
5 a subheading
learned about your partner.
6 highlighted information

m
7.3 AREYOU QUALIFIED?
FU N C T IO N | darifying opinions

VO C ABU LAR Y qualifications F U N C T IO N |j clarifying opinions

1 A Discuss. W hich jo bs do you th in k require th e most 3A W o rk in pairs and discuss. Do you th in k people
qualifications? w ith a lo t o f qualifications are usually intelligent?
In my country you have to study for six years to become an
B 7.5 Listen to tw o people discussing
architect.
intelligence. W h a t do they ta lk about?
B Read the text. W h a t did Steve Eichel do? W hy? a) intelligent animals
b) intelligent people
c) intelligent technology
teve E ichel, a psychologist, was w o rrie d a b o u t

S th e n u m b e r o f therapists w ith false diplom as

a n d degrees. H e th o u g h t i t was to o easy to g e t
these qualifications. So, o n e day, h e d ec id ed to d o an
ex p e rim en t. E ichel had a cat called Z o . U sin g the
am e Z o D K atze (in G erm n, th e am e m eans Z o
th e C at), E ich el applied fo r a n u m b e r o f diplom as a n d a
d eg ree in hy p n o th e rap y for his cat. H e co m p leted som e
form s, paid th e m oney, an d invented a C V a n d a jo b for
Z o a t th e Tacayllaerm i F riends S ch o o l (Tacayllaermi
backw ards spells l m really a cat). In a few w eeks, th e
cat had tw o diplom as an d a PhD.
C Answer the questions, then listen again to check.
1 W h y does the man think the boy from Egypt is
intelligent?
2 W h y does the woman think her tw o friends are
intelligent? W hat d id /d o they do?
3 W h y are qualifications useful, according to the
woman?
4 W hat does the woman say about real life
experience, going out and meeting people, talking,
travelling?
4A Complete the phrases in the table.

offering opinions
2A W o rk in pairs. W h a t do the w ords in bold mean? W hich
1say (hes intelligent) is (that)
The 1
w ords are shown in the photos?
For me
1 W hat qualifications do you have? Apart from school exams,
In 2 view
what other exams have you taken o r will you take in the future?
1do think
2 In your country, when you leave school do you get a certifcate?
1must say
3 D o you have a driving licence? W hat other licences can you
get? giving examples
4 Have you ever done an online course? For example,
5 Is distance learning popular in your country? Is it more popular Let me 3 you (an/another) example.
than face-to-face learning? W hich do you prefer?
F o r4 thing
6 For which professions do you have to do an apprenticeship?
Does the company usually pay you while you do your training? B <>7.6 Listen to some thre e-w ord phrases fro m
7 D o you have a degree? From which university? Exercise 4 A. W hich w ord is stressed?
8 D o you know anyone with an MA o r a PhD? W hat subject, and
C 7 . 7 Listen to the fu ll sentences. Copy the
in which university, did they do it?
stress patterns.
B Discuss the questions in groups. Ill^ page 140 I
 SPEAKING
8A Read the jo b advertisem ent. W h a t qualifications
does it m ention?

Guldas needed fo r Eco-Tours crulsa ships

Locatlon: along the River Nile
Salary: 20,000
Duratlon: 6 months (includes four 5-week tours)
Dato postad: 18th July 09.22
Duties: introduce tourists to the plant and animal life o f the
Nile, organise day trips for tourists, write a regular hlog.
Must speak Arabic and English plus one other language.
Must have a tour guide licence, a university degree, and
basic qualifications in biology and/or land management.

B W ork in g ro u p s o f three. Student A: read about

5 Complete the sentences w ith the w o rds/phrases in th e
candidate A. Student B: read about candidate B. Student C:
box. Do you agree w ith the statements?
read about candidate C. W hat benefits can they bring to the
job? Are there any ski lis or qualifications they dont have?
must In m y Let me give The reason I
For one Forexample Id o For Candidate A
Suresh Perera,
I l_ must _ say many Creative people are bad Sri Lanka, 42
students. _ _______ , most artists and musicians dont
was a tour guide in Sri Lanka
have many academic qualifications.
(2 years), geography teacher in
2 ___________me, qualifications arent that important. Saudi Arabia (10 years)
___________thing, they dont show a persons character. has a tour guide licence and MA in
3 ___________view, face-to-face learning w ill disappear. Geography
___________say that is because people want t o study speaks English, Arabic, Tamil
from home, so they prefer distance learning. visited Egypt many times, knows the
4 ___________thinkgeniuses usually have personal culture and people
problems.___________you an exam pie: Vincent Van hobbies: sailing and swimming
Gogh suffered from depression.

Candidate B
LEARN T O refer to w hat you said earlier Dr. Ahmed Nasari, Egypt, 54
biologist (20 years) ,
6 Read the phrases from the audio script and answer experience in 11 countries.
questions 1-3 .
PhD in marine biology
a) Like I said, he doesnt go to school but, fo r me, hes published three books about
super-intelligent. marine biology, writes regularly for
b) Having said that, I do think qualifications are useful. biology journals
c) Exactiy. Thats what I was saying. Just like the boy from Egypt. speaks Arabic, English, basic Germn
will take the exam for a tour
W hich phrase shows that you:
guide licence next month
1 have already given an opinion that someone else is now wants to research animal life
giving? in the Nile
2 have already said something?
3 have said something but now want to give a different
opinion?
Candidate C
Delilah Olufunwa, Nigeria, 28
7 Complete the conversation using the phrases below. former TV actress and model,
then tour guide in Nigeria
Like I said, Having said that, Thats what I was saying. degree in performing arts
excellent physical fitness
A: I think online courses are great if you cant travel to class. (qualified scuba diver, strong swimmer)
___________I prefer to have a rea] teacher. speaks English, Arabic, Spanish,
B: I agree. You learn more with other people in the room. Portuguese, French, is studying Japanese
A : __________ , an online teacher is not the same. laves animals and nature
B: lve done some online courses, though. It was really
convenient because I could study at home. C Present your candidate to your group. W h o should get
A : __________ . Theyre great fo r people who cant travel. the job? Why?

E9
7.4 | WATER SKI CHALLENGE
m m
1 W o rk in groups. Discuss the questions.
1 D o you enjoy sport? W hich ones?
2 Have you ever tried to learn a new sport? How
successful were you? Why?
3 Have you ever won a sporting competition o r
attempted a sporting challenge? How did you feel?
2A Read about the programme below. W h a t is
C hristines challenge exactly? W h y is she doing it?
W h a t are the problems?
L I S The One Show:
W ater Ski Challenge
p ort Relief is a U K charity which
S asks celebrities to perform sporting
challenges in order to raise money for people
in Africa. After visiting U ganda with Sport
Relief Christine Bleakley, a presenter on The
One Show (a BBC magazine show), decided
to accept a sporting challenge herself.
She agreed to water ski across the English
Channel from the U K to France. I t was an
incredibly tough challenge because Christine
had never been on water skis before. A fter
a few m onths training, she attempted the
Crossing in the m iddle of winter. Would her
physical and m ental determ ination help her
to complete the challenge, or would she give
u p half way? Could she add this outstanding
achievement to her already successful career?
B Match the underlined w ords/phrases in the te x t w ith
their d e fin itio n s 1 -6 .
1 very difficult
2
stop doing something (because it is difficult)
4 something that tests your skill o r ability
5 excellent/very impressive
6 desire to continu doing something even when it is difficult
H W l'iW 'i
3 W atch the DVD. Choose the correct summary.
1 Christine completed the challenge w ithout everfalling
off her skis.
2 Christine attempted to cross the Channel but failed.
3 Christine crossed the Channel successfully despite
falling a lot during the first half.
4 Christine nearly completed the challenge, but fell at
the end and broke her leg.
4A W atch the DVD and number the statem ents in th e
order you hear them.
a) My arms and body hurt so much, but I just dont want
to give up.
b) Shes fallen in ten times in ten miles, and that simply
isnt good enough for this challenge. She has got to
(dig in now, and) start to focus.
c) A fte r several falls into the freezing water, I already feel
like I cant take much more.
d) I can see France, and nothing is going to stop me.
e) The first woman to water ski across the Channel,
in the winter, having only got on water skis four
months ago. She is remarkable. Its a tru ly outstanding
achievement.
f) This challenge is incredibly tough. She is going to be
operating in sub-zero temperaturas for over 90 minutes.
g) I am determined not to fall in, but I soon realise that
determination might not be enough.
B W atch the DVD again and decide w ho says w hat.
Mark statem ents w ith a C (Christine) or a T (trainer).
C Discuss. W h a t do you th in k o f w h a t Christine
achieved? W ould you do anything like th is in order to
raise money to help people in Africa? W h y /W h y not?
sp eak an achievement w rite an internet post
5A $ 7 .8 Listen to someone talkin g about a recent challenge/ 6A Read the in ternet post and answer the
achievement. Answer the questions. questions. W h a t was Jim s challenge? W hat
1 W hat was her challenge? helped him to learn?
2 Was it a good o r bad experience?
3 W hat did she find easy? A Beautiful Language, by Jim
4 W hat problem(s) did she have?
5 Did she succeed? I was never very good at languageswhen
I was at school so learning Welsh was a
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear. huge challenge fo r me. I w anted to learn
Welsh because I was living in Walesand my
k ey p h ra ses wife spoke Welsh. So, I decidedtoenrol
fo r a course at the universi-ty a n d g o fo r
I found it really easy/q u ite difficult.
classestwice a week. I soon fell in love with
It was the ... I had trouble with. the language - it's so gentle and musical.
I w a s/W e were very nervous. I began to realise how many people living
around me loved and treasured their
A t first, I couldnt ... but then I started to ...
national language. Welsh has beautiful
One thing I tried ... expressions and has often been called
I tried to/experim ented with ... but it didnt w o rk /l couldnt ... the language of poets. It's no t an easy
I got veryfrustrated/annoyed/tired. language to learn, but it's very satisfying.
I feel like l*ve achieved a lot. Now, when
I didnt know h o w to ... I go into my local shop, I try to speak to
lm (so) glad/Eventually I managed it. people in Welsh. l'm surel make a lo to f
It was a (really) difficult challenge/good experience ... mistakes, but everyone is very kind to me,
and they always smile.
For me, it was quite an achievement.

C You are going to ta lk about a recent challenge/achievement. B The M y S to ry website publishes stories
Before you talk, make some notes on the follow ing: from the public about their experiences and
achievements. W rite your own story (120-180
W hat was your challenge? (Were you learning a new s p o rt/h o w
to drive, etc?) words) to submit to the website. Use the words
in bold above and the key phrases to help.
W here were you?
H ow did you feel?
W hat was the experience like?/W hat did the challenge invoh/e?
W h o helped you?
Did you try any special techniques?
Did you succeed?

D W o rk in groups and take turns. Tell each other about y our

experiences. W h o had the fu n n ie st/m o st in teresting /m ost
embarrassing experience?
7.5 LOOKBACK
SUCCESS
1 A Underline the correct
alternative to complete the quotes.
Which quotes do you think could be
important for you? W hy?
1 W hen you are n o t believing/
practising, rem em ber someone else
s believing/practising, and when
you meet him he will w in .
2 I was seldom able to see an
opportunity/a talent until it had
ceased to be one.
3 Focus on/in where you w ant to go,
n o t on w hat you fear.
4 Some people dream o f success,
while o th e r people wake up and
w o rk hard on /at it.
B W o rk in pairs and discuss.
1 D o you know anyone w ho is a high
achiever? W h a t have they done?
2 W h a t are you focusing on at the
m om ent in yo u r work/studies?
3 H o w do you thin k you can get
b e tte r at speaking English?
PRESENT PERFECT
CONTINUOUS
2A Complete the sentences with
the present perfect continuous form
of the verbs in brackets.
I I _________________ (practise)
learning my lines. Rehearsals start
next week.
2 I. . (visit)
patients in th e ir homes.
3 I _______________________(mark)
ho m ew ork fo r hours.
4 I ___________________ (try) some
new ideas fo r a recipe.
5 I __________________ (research) a
news story.
B Think o f a jo b to g o w ith each
sentence above. W rite tw o or three
sentences that this person could say
at the end of a busy day. Use the
present perfect continuous.
l ve been reading all day. l ve been
saying m y lines out loud.
C W o rk in pairs. Take turns to say
your sentences. Can your partner
guessthejob?
ABILITY
3 Complete the text with the
words in the box.
hopeless gifted skilful
useless expert ability have
As a child, I was 1 hopeless at school.
I was 2_________at maths, English,
Science, everything, because I just
didnt 3_________an aptitude fo r
that kind o f study. One day w e were
playing football and the ball got stuck
in a tree. I dimbed the tree to get
it, and one o f my teachers, John
Marston, looking out o f the staffroom
window, noticed that I was a talented
climber. He was an 4_________in
dimbing - hed been in the Alps
and up Mount Kilimanjaro - and he
invited me to try it one weekend.
I really enjoyed it. A fte r a month,
he told me I was a very 5_________
climber fo r my age. I left school three
years later w ith no qualifications, but I
kept dimbing regularly until I became
very 6__________ at it. In my early
twenties, I became a professional
climber. Ill always remember M r
Marston because he showed me I had
an 7_________ which no one else,
induding me, knew about.
PRESENT A N D PAST ABILITY
4A Underline the correct
alternative.
1 I can to/am can/can type very fast.
2 W hen I first heard English, I not
able/not could/couldnt understand
anything.
3 Even when lm stressed, lm usually
able to/can/able sleep.
4 I recently had a problem but I can
able to/was able to/managed solve it.
5 I m not able/was able not/wasnt
able to do the jo b o f m y dreams
(not yet, anyway).
6 Last weekend I managed
to/managed/am managed to relax
completely.
B Tick the sentences th at are true
for you. Compare your answers
w ith other students.
I cant type very fast, but I dont have
to look a t the letters when I type.
CLARIFYING OPINIONS
5 A Complete the conversations
by adding your opinions and giving
examples.
I A: I thin k that, to be happy, people
need to have dreams and
ambitions.
B: For m e ,____________ . Let
me give you an example:
2 A: The m ost im portant thing to
rem em ber is, if you w ant to be
successful in anything, it s hard
w o rk, n o t talent th a t gets you
there.
B: I do th in k ____________ .
The reason I say this is
3 A: Being n'ch o r famous is n o t the
same as being successful.
B: In my v ie w ,____________ .
For exam ple,____________ .
4 A: There is to o much focus on
sporting achievement. Games
arent im portant.
B: I must say____________ .
For one th in g ,____________ .
5 A: If you w ant to be successful
in y o u r job, you need a good
education and you need to
understand m odern technology.
B: In my o p in io n ,___________ .
For one th in g ,____________.
For another,___________.
B W o rk in groups and take
turns. Share your opinions w ith
each other and as k fo llo w -u p
questions.
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e
| | video podcast and
V V view people talking
I 9 1 about th e ir greatest
0 achievem ents and
how th ey did th em .
A u th e n tic
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UNIT8
SPEAKING
> Describe your
neighbourhood
> Compare real-world and
online activities
> Discuss social situations
> Design a community

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to descriptions of
online communities

UNIT > Listen to people describing

guest/host experiences
> Watch a BBC documentary
about a remte community

READING
> Read a text from a BBC
website about neighbours
> Read about how to be a
good guest

W R IT IN G
) Write a website review
> Write an advertisement

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: What
makes a good neighbour?
O DVD: Tribe: Anuta
8.1 NEIGHBOURS
G RAM MAR | articles and quantifiers VO C ABU LAR Y | getting on H O W T O | talk about where you live

VO C ABU LAR Y |j getting on

1 W o rk in pairs and discuss.
1 D o you know your neighbours? H ow well do you
know them?
2 D o you have a good relationship with them? Why?

2A W o rk in pairs. Match sentences 1 - 6 w ith the

opposite meanings a ) -f) .
1 I get on well w ith my neighbour - shes always smiling. ^
2 Its never a problem if I ask a favour o f my neighbours. \
3 I prefer to mind my own business so I dont ask the
neighbours personal questions.
4 Isom e tim esinvitem yneighbouroverforco ffee.
5 My neighbours dog is a nuisance - hes always barking
early in the morning.
6 W e didnt get to know our neighbours fo r years.
a) My neighbour has pets but they never disturb me.
b) My neighbour gets on my nerves - hes aJways
complaining.
c) W e made friends with our neighbours immediately.
d) I like to keep myself to myself so my neighbour hasnt
been in my house.
e) lm always doing favours fo r my neighbours.
f ) I can be quite nosy so I often ask my neighbours about
their lives!
B W hich sentences are true fo r you? Tell other students.
Ill^ page 155
How well do you know
your neighbours
T h e B B C s iP M ra d io p ro g ra m m e a s k s its lis to n a re fo r
in te re s tin g q u e s tio n s . O n e q u e s tio n th a t c a rn e up:
I w o u ld like to a s k a q u e s tio n a b o u t n e ig h b o u rs , b y
w h ic h I m e a n o th e r p e o p le w h o live in y o u r im m e d ia te
n e ig h b o u rh o o d . M a n y p e o p le w e h a ve s p o k e n t o h a v e s a id
th e y d o n t k n o w a n y o f th e ir im m e d ia te n e ig h b o u rs .
W h a t a b o u t y o u ? D o y o u k n o w a n y o f y o u r im m e d ia te
n e ig h b o u rs , in th e s e n s e o f s o m e th in g m o re th a n e x c h a n g in g
G o o d m o rn in g o r G o o d a fte rn o o n , fo r e x a m p le ?
T h e B B C like d th e q u e s tio n a n d fo u n d th e a n s w e r. A
re s e a rc h g ro u p c a lle d IC M a s k e d p e o p le h o w w e ll th e y k n o w
th e ir n e ig h b o u rs a n d th is is w h a t th e y d is c o v e re d .
S u rp ris in g ly , 7 7 % o f y o u sa y y o u k n o w y o u r n e ig h b o u rs .
It a ls o e m e rg e d th a t if y o u live in a h o u s e , re g andless o f to w n
o r ru ra l area, a m a s s iv e 8 0 % o f y o u k n o w y o u r n e ig h b o u rs .
H o w e ve r, th e fig u re d ro p s t o 7 5 % if y o u re in a fa t. T h e s u rv e y
a ls o re v e a le d th a t w e a p p e a r to g e t frie n d lie r a s w e g e t older.
In fa c t, o n ly 6 4 % o f 1 8 - 2 4 y e a r-o ld s k n o w th e ir n e ig h b o u rs ,
b u t fo r p e o p le a g e d 5 5 - 6 4 th is n u m b e r c lim b s t o 8 8 % .
In te re s tin g ly e n o u g h , it tu r n s o u t th a t m e n are a little less lik e ly
t o s a y th e y k n o w th e ir n e ig h b o u rs th a n w o m e n , a n d th e ric h
s a y th e y are c lo s e r to th e ir n e ig h b o u rs th a n th e less w e ll-o ff.

READ IN G articles

3A Circle the optio n you th in k is correct to com plete 5 Look at the w ords underlined in the sentences below.
statem ents 1 -4 . Match sentences a ) - f ) w ith the rules below.
1 _____ o f people in the UK say they know their a) The BBC liked the question and found the answer.
neighbours.
b) A research group called ICM asked 1,002 people how
(a) 27% (b) 50% (c) 77% well they know their neighbours.
2 If you live in a fat, you probably know your neighbours c) Men are less likely to say they know their neighbours than
if you live in a house. women.
(a) better than (b) less than (c) about the same as d) He re are a few o f the best.
3 _____ year-olds are more likely to know their neighbours e) W e moved into our house in Leeds three years ago.
than people o f other ages.
f) lm a plice officer.
(a) 18 -2 4 (b) 30-40 (c) 55-64
4 The people most likely to know their neighbours are: Rules:
1 Use a/an:
(a) women (b) men (c) (neither. There is no
the first tim e something is mentioned (new
difference between them.)
information). h)
B Read the text to checkyour answers. with jo bs._____
2 Use the:
4 Answer the questions.
1 W hat question did the radio programme t r y to answer? when we know which one we are taJking about._____

2 W hat is ICM and what did it do? with superlatives._____

3 W hich people who w rote to the website say they have a 3 Use no article:
good relationship with their neighbours? to talk generally about people o r things._____
4 W hich person says they had a bad start w ith a neighbour? with most ames of places._____

m

The topic was very popular with lots of BBC listeners
and provoked plenty of comments on the BBCs PM
website. Here are a few of the best:
I only really got to know mine when their house
caughtfire. Ware good friends now.
RxKaren
When we moved into our house in Leeds three years
ago, the first remark our neighbour made was, So
youre moving in? I hope you dont have noisy kids.
We reassured him we had no children and tried to make
conversation but with no success.
Loobygraham
I live in a small block of 16 fats. We all know each other
and we have 8 nationalities living in these fats so we have
our own mini United Nationsl If I - or any of my neighbours
- needed help or advice or assistance of any kind we
could all knock on anyones door and get it.
Jilcove
lm a plice officer. My neighbours are always extremely
friendly. They probably think that if they have any
problems, l ll rescue them.
Todd
PRACTICE
6 Complete comments below w ith a /a n , the or - (no
article).
My neighbours have1____ cat that climbs through my
window and terrorises my goldfish. Its so annoyingl lm
going to buy 2____ dog next week.
My neighbour is 3____ doctor. He keeps himsetf to himsetf.
Once, my son got sick and I asked 4____ doctor to come
and have a look and he said, !My office hours are from 8.00
until 6.00. Charmingl
l have 5_____ nicest neighbour in the world. I really get
along well with her. She often invites me over for dinner,
which is great because shes 6____ professional chefl
7____ People are funnyl My neighbours here in 8_____
Birmingham have an apple tree that hangs over my ganden.
Once, some apples fell onto my grass, and they carne
round to collect theml
My neighbour is 9____ od lady who lives on her own. My
wife and I made friends with her and sometimos do favours
for her.10__________ od lady is always really grateful.
lm sure that lm n o t11____ quietest person in the world,
but my neighbour is so noisy. Shes always playing
extremely loud music. I cant escape 12____ no sel What is
wrong with people?
III# pase I42 L A N G U A G E B A N K
8 .1
Q ^ 2 I Q 3 quantifiers
7 A Read sentences 1 - 6 and underline the w o rds th a t
describe quantity.
1 The topic was very popular w ith lots of BBC listeners.
2 The topic provoked plenty of comments.
3 Here are a few o f the best.
4 W e reassured him we had no children.
5 W e could all knock on anyones door.
6 Many people ... dont know their immediate neighbours.
B Look at the underlined w ords above and answer the
questions.
1 W hich mean o large number/amountf
2 W hich mean a small number/amountf
3 W hich means nonel
4 W hich tw o quantifiers can only be used with countable
nouns (things we can count)?
ni# page I42 L A N G U A G E B A N K
PRACTICE
8 A Underline the correct alternatives in comments below.
1 My neighbour gets on my nerves. She aJways invites
herself over at dinner time so I have to feed her. How
much/many tim es have I eaten at her house? None/No.
2 My apple tree hangs over my neighbours garden. There
are a Httle bit/plenty o f apples fo r everyone but my
neighbours steal them! Once some/much o f my apples fell
on their grass so I went to get them!
3 In f'rfty years, lve never had much/many trouble with my
neighbours. But these new ones are a nuisance. Theyre
so n o s y -th e y w o nt mind their own business. I spend
many of/a h t o f time hiding in the kitchen to avoid them!
4 My neighbour used to leave a bit o f/a llofhis windows
open. My cat went in there a few/a little days a week
and played with the goldfish. Then the stupid neighbour
bought a dog, and it bit my cat!
5 lm a doctor. Several/A bit o f times a year, my neighbours
ask, Can you give me a bit of/many advice? For free,
o f course! H ow do they think I make money? N o t by
offering free advice!
B W o rk in groups. Look a t the situations above and in
Exercise 6 and discuss.
1 W h o do you think is the good/bad neighbour in each
situation?
2 W hat makes a good neighbour? W hat qualities should
they have?
8 .1

v o c a b u l a r y E jE I com pound nouns SPEAKING

9 A Read sentences 1 -4 . Are they positive (+), negative 1 1 A W o rk in pairs. W h a t features do you like/dislike
(-) o r both ( + /-)? where you live? Use the photos below to help you. Mate
1 I live next to the main road. so it s a bit noisy. notes about the follow ing:
2 Theres a wonderful bookshop near where I live. things you like
3 Theres a lovely public swimming pool by my house, and a beautiful city centre with lots o f trees and parks
it s free fo r children. things that are ni ce but not essential
4 W here I live is good fo r window shopping but to o a good local supermarket
expensive to buy anything!
things you hate
B Find and underline a compound noun in each sentence. g ra ffiti on the buildings
The first has been done fo r you.
B Think about your neighbourhood. W h a t w ould m ate it:
C Look at the com pound nouns and match them w ith more beautiful?
patterns a )-d ).
better fo r you r health?
a) noun + noun c) verb + noun
more inte re sting?
b) adjective + noun d) noun + verb
safer?
more o f a community?
Id really like to see a good shopping mal, where people can
Compound nouns combine tw o related words. The first m eet
word gives us more information about the second, e.g. /VIy neighbourhood would be healthier i f there was less
shoe shop, history teacher, paper bag. W hat other words traffic congestin in the mornings.
make compound nouns w ith shop, teacher and bag!
Compound nouns can be w ritten as one word, tw o words C Compare your ideas in groups.
or with a hyphen. Use a dictionary to check.

1 0 A W hich w ords complete the compound nouns?

1 jam 6 sports
lights city

2 1 park 7 high
| re ntal one-way

3 1 centre 8 semi-detached 1
| mal terraced

4 super 9 housing
outdoor industrial

5 primary 10 duty-free
language gift

B 8.1 Listen to check your answers. Then th in k about

the stress patterns. W hich w o rd is usually stressed: the
firs t or the second? Listen again to check.

C Discuss. Think about the place where you are studying

now. W hich o f the com pound nouns does it have nearby?

111^ page 155

 MY PLACE IN CYBERSPACE
1 G R A M M A R | relative clauses
VO C ABU LAR Y th e inte rnet
1 A W o rk in groups. Look a t th e picture.
W hich type o f w ebsite would you use to :
1 find out what is happening in the world?
2 book a holiday?
3 contact friends?
4 show your holiday pictures?
5 meet the partner of your dreams?
6 show your wedding video?
7 find out whether a new film o r book is
good?
8 find out about a big company?
9 share facts about yourself?
10 read and w rite opinions about anything
and everything?
I I read o r write factual information about a
topic?
12 find information quickly?
B Discuss. Which o f these do you use
regularly? Which do you use occasonally?
Which do you never use?
8.2
I V O C A B U L A R Y | the internet I H O W T O | make recommendations I
LISTENING
2 A 8.2 Listen to fo u r people talking about th e ir online com munities
and answer the questions.
1 W hat did Speaker I , Lynn, do a year ago?
2 W hat does she say about the community?
3 W h y does Speaker 2, Rick, say it s a twenty-first-century community?
4 W hat does he say about the best blogs?
5 W hat type o f place does Speaker 3, Nathan, live in?
6 W hat does he like about using the internet?
7 W hat tw o things does Speaker 4, Abbie, do on her favourite website?
8 H ow often does she use it?
B W o rk in pairs. Listen to each speaker again. W hen the speaker
finishes, take it in turn s to use the words in the b o x to explain w h a t the
speakers say.
artists colony paintings business trust soda] networking cheap
loyal readers engaged shop online bloggers pictures grows
3 Discuss the questions.
1 D o you think websites are rea] communities?
2 W hat are the benefits o f online communities?
3 Are there any dangers o r problems in spending a lot o f tim e in online
communities?
E23
8.2
G R AM M AR r e la tiv e cla uses
4 Read about the origins o f a website. W h y did the
website become successful?
TheriseandriseofYouTube
arly in 2005, three friends, C h ad H urley,
E Steve C h e n an d Jaw ed K arim , w h o w ere
ais o colleagues, w ere having problem s trying
to em ail a v ideo clip. W ithin two hours they carne
up w ith an idea w hich would sol ve the problem and
change internet history. They decided to create a video
sharing platform andYouTube was bom . Its a familiar
story for anyone w ho follows the development o f the
internet: technology-minded entrepreneurs under thirty,
a garage or bedroom, where drearns become reality, litde
money and a big communicative need. The site was
an instant success.The key was a number o f features:
links to the videos, w hich made them easy to email;
tell-a-friend functions; a feature that allowedYouTube
videos to be played on other social networking sites; and
another feature that let users comment on the videos.
This helped to develop the sites sense of community:
YouTube was a place where you posted videos but
also chatted about them, complained, smiled { (^ )) o r
laughed out loud (LOL).Two years after the launch,
Google Inc., boughtYouTube for $1.65 billion.
5A Look a t the underlined clauses in the sentences
below. W hich is a defining relative dause and w hich is
a non-defining relative clause?
a) Chad Hurley, Steve Chen and Jawed Karim, who
were colleagues, were having problems trying t o email
a video clip.
b) YouTube was a place where you posted videos.
B Read rules 1 and 2 t o check yo u r answers. Then
complete rule 3 w ith which, who, where and t h a t
Rules:
1 Defining relative clauses tell us exactly which thing,
person o r place we are taJking about.
2 Non-defining relative clauses add extra information
to a sentence. They tell us what a thing, person or
place is o r does. The sentence is still grammaticaJIy
possible without the extra information.
3 ______ is used to ta lk a b o u t places
______ is used to talk about people
______ is used to talk about things
______ can be used to talk about places, people o r
things (in defining relative clauses only)
C Read the text in Exercise 4 A again. Find and
underline eight relative clauses. W h a tty p e o f relative
clauses are they: defining (D) or non-defining (ND)?
ni#- page 142 L A N G U A G E B A N K
m
PRACTICE
6A Circle the correct alternatives to complete th e text.
For people who liked to send and receive very short messages,
Twitter.com was a dream come true. This social networking
site, 1that/which was/who was the fastest growing site in 2009,
became amazingly popular in a short space o f time. So how
does it work? You w rite your message, 2o f which must be/what
must be/which must be no longer
than 140 characters, onto your
profile via a web, SMS o r phone
application. Then the message,
is calle/this is calle/which
is calle a Tweet , is sent
automatically to your subscribers
o r followers. The people
4use/that use/are who use Twitter
say its fantastic. Jerry Jones,
5 who works for/who works where/
which works for an internet
company, describes it as a
mini-revolution. He says that
when Tw itter arrived, it was the
m om ent6which online/for onSne/
when online communication
changed. N o more boring blogs,7what go/where people go/who
people go on and on about nothing. Me and my friends, *who
all use/all use/we use Twitter, have a saying: Keep your Tweet
short and sweet!
B Discuss the questions.
1 D o you o r does anyone you know use Twitter?
2 W hat social networking websites do you know?
3 W hich are the most popular now?
7 A < 8 3 Listen fo r the pauses where there are commas.
T ic k th e sentence you hear.
1 a) The travel site which we developed is really popular,
b) The travel site, which we developed, is really popular.
2 a) Those children who spend to o much tim e on the net dont
communicate well.
b) Those children, who spend to o much tim e on the net,
dont communicate well.
3 a) Video sharing sites which are free are a great resource fo r
students.
b) Video sharing sites, which are free, are a great resource fo r
students.
4 a) On that dating site where I met my wife there are
hundreds o f single people.
b) On that dating site, where I met my wife, there are
hundreds o f single people.
5 a) Bloggers who write regularly often get their stories from
news websites.
b) Bloggers, w ho w rite regularly, often get their stories from
news websites.
B W o rk in pairs. Take turn s to choose a sentence from
Exercise 7A and read it a loud. Your partner says which
sentence you read, a) or b).
 8.2

SPEAKING LEARN T O use complex

8A Look at the activities i n the box below. Do you prefer doing them
online or in the real w orld? W h a t are th e ir advantages/disadvantages? 10 A Compare the pairs o f sentences.
W hich sounds more fluent: a) or b)?
shopping meet new people find out the news learn a language I a) Its a website. You can use it to find
book flights/hotels watch films/programmes speak to friends magazine articles. The articles are on
look up information explore new places lots o f different topics.
b) Its a website which you can use to find
B W o rk w ith other students. Discuss yo u r opinions. magazine articles on lots o f different
I prefer shopping online because I dont have to leave my house, park the topics.
car and deal with crowds o f people. I t s really convenient and easy. 1 a) I know several journalists. They
use magportal.com. They use it for
research.
b) I know several journalists w ho use
magportal.com fo r research.

Think about using complex sentences. Simple

sentences can be effective, but when we use
many simple sentences together, it sounds
childish: Iswim everyday. ove the water. Its
good exercise. W e can make sentences more
complex by using conjunctions (and, because,
but, etc.) and relative dauses: Iswim everyday
because
I ove the feel o f the water and its also good
exercise. How have the b) sentences in
W R IT IN G a website review Exercise IOA been made more complex?
9A Read the website review and answer th e questions.
B Rewrite sentences 1 - 4 to m ate them
I W hat type o f website is it?
sound more fluent.
1 W h y does the w rite r recommend it?
I The website is well-designed. The good
3 W h o uses the website? Why? design makes it user-friendly.
1 The site has to o much animation. This
makes it very slow. It takes a long tim e to
Website of the Month for January is magportal.com. It 's a
upload.
website which you can use to find m agazine articles on lots of
3 The websites content comes from its
different topics. One reason I'd recommend it is the range of
users. Users send in their photos.
subjects, which include health, finance, entertainment, Science
4 The site feels friendly. It has user profile
and technology, sports and even pets and animals.
areas. Here, users can say w ho they are.
The best thing about magportal.com is that the design is very
C W o rk in pairs and compare your
simple, which m akes it really easy to use. There's a m en of
answers.
categories and a search engine if you want something specific.
Another excellent feature is that you can get articles by typing 11A W h a t is y our W ebsite o f the
the date - the most recent ones are shown first - or the ame M onth? Choose a website and th in k about
of a specific magazine. the questions below.
I W hat type o f website is it (photo sharing,
I know several journalists who use magportal.com for
social networking, etc.)?
research. I suggest that readers try it out; there's som ething
for everyone. 1 W h y do you like it?
3 H ow often do you visit it?
4 Is there a com m unityof users?
B Number the features o f a review in a logical order. 5 W h o would you recommend it to?
a) Say the purpose of the website.___
b) Say who youd recommend the website t o . ___ B W rite your review (120-150 words).
Show it to other students. W hich websites
c) Introduce the ame o f the w ebsite.___
sound interesting to you?
d) Say what special features the website has.___

C Find and underline three phrases we use to recommend something.

es
8.3 MAKE YOURSELF AT HOME
I F U N C T IO N | being a good guest
VO C ABU LAR Y welcom ing
1 A Match phrases 1 - 6 to situations a ) - f ) .
1 Make yourself at home.
2 Excuse the mess.
3 Be my guest.
4 Help yourself.
5 Have a seat.
6 Put your feet up.
a) You are apologising fo r how your home (or
office) looks.
b) You know someone is tired and you want them
to relax.
c) You are inviting someone to sit down, maybe at
work.
d) You want someone to feel relaxed in your
house.
e) You give permission fo r someone t o use
something that is yours.
f) You are offering someone food.
B 8.4 Listen to the phrases and notice how
w ords ending in a consonant sound (e.g. / f / )
link together w ith w ords beginning w ith a vowel
sound (e.g. /s e / or / a / ) so there is no pause
between them . Then listen and repeat.
/Vlake yourself^at home. yoursel fat home
C 8-5 Listen to the conversations. Listen
again and repeat the final line.
F U N C T IO N | being a good guest
2 A W o rk in pairs. Discuss the questions.
1 W hen was the last time you were a guest? W hat
was the situation?
2 W hen was the last time you had a guest? Was he
o r she a good guest? W h y /W h y not?
3 W hat type of things do good and bad guests do?
B Read the text. Did you m ention any o f these
ideas in your discussion?
( V O C ABU LAR T | welcoming L E A R N T O | accept apologies
H o w to b e the w o rld s best guest
Do you want to be a sensitive, popular guest who gets
nvlted back? Read our slx top tipa for belng a good
1 C lo th e s - if y o u a re in a fo r m a l s itu a tio n , d r e s s s m a rtly : a s u it
a n d t ie fo r m e n , a lo n g s k ir t a n d ja c k e t fo r w o m e n .
2 G ifts - if y o u a re g o in g t o s ta y in s o m e o n e s h o u s e , d o n t
a r riv e e m p ty - h a n d e d . B rin g a s m a ll g ift if y o u a r e s t a y in g f o r a
s h o r t p e r io d o f tim e , a b ig g e r g ift f o r lo n g e r p e r io d s . E x p e n s iv e
c h o c o la te w o r k s in m o s t s itu a tio n s .
3 G ree tings - to s h a k e h a n d s o r to k is s 7 W a it to s e e w h a t y o u r
host does.
4 Food - a lw a y s a c c e p t rt w h e n o ffe r e d , w h e th e r it lo o k s h o r r ib le
o r d e lic io u s . T r y to e a t all o f it a n d s a y it ta s te s g o o d . M o s t
p e o p le a re p ro u d o f th e ir c o o k in g e v e n if th e y s h o u l d n t b e . D o n t
h u r t th e ir fe e lin g s .
5 a m es - in f o r m a l s itu a tio n s , d o n t u s e f ir s t a m e s . A lw a y s
u s e t it le s (D o c to r, P r o fe s s o r, C h a ir p e r s o n ) u n til t h e p e r s o n te lls
y o u n o t to .
6 Lea ving - t h e m o s t im p o r ta n t tip f o r b e in g a g o o d g u e s t is to
k n o w w h e n t o s a y g o o d b y e . T h e s e c re t is t o le a v e w h ile t h e h o s t
is s till e n jo y in g y o u r c o m p a n y a n d w a rrts y o u t o s ta y lo n g e r.
3 Discuss the questions.
1 W hich pieces of advice are useful? Are there any that you think are
incorrect?
2 Can you add any other advice? Think about personal space,
smoking, payingthe bil, speaking aforeign hosts language o ro n e
o f your ow n topics.
4 8 .6 Listen to six situations. W hich speakers did som ething
wrong? W hich speakers are asking fo r advice?
5 Listen again and complete the notes below.
1 She says her family doesnt ...
2 He wants to know if he should bring ...
3 He should come back in ...
4 She forgot to take ...
5 In the restaurant you have to ...
6 Its Thanksgiving but her family doesnt eat ...

 8.3
6 Look a t the phrases in the table and tick the ones you B W o rk in pairs. Read situations 1 - 4 below and take
heard in the conversations in Exercise 4. Read the audio tu rn s to a p o lo g is e and accept the apology.
script 8.6 on page 173 to check. 1 You agreed to meet your partner fo r dinner. You are
th irty minutes late.
as king fo r advice 2 You accidentally wake up your partner by singing loudly.
question answer You didnt know he/she was asleep.
3 You borrowed your partners book. You accidentally
Is it O K if I (do this)? Yes, o f course./N o, youd better
ripped one o f the pages.
not. Its considered a bit rude.
4 You are buying something in a shop. You accidentally waJk
W hat should we do If I were you, l'd ...
in front o f your partner because you didnt realise there
(in this situation)?
was aqueue.
Do I need to (bring a Yes, you should./N o, its not
dish)? necessary.
Did I do something No, o f course n o t./lts OK. SPEAKING
wrong? W e can sort it o u t./D o n t w o rry
about it. 9A Read the situations. Have you experienced either o f
Is this a bad time? I Can you come back in ten these? W ork in pairs and discuss w h at you would do/say.
can come back later. minutes?/Not at all. I t s fine. Situation 1

apologising You are staying w ith a host family abroad. The family
seemed nice at first but now there are some problems
Sorry about that. I didnt know.
and they dont talk to you much. You want t o study, but
My apologies. I didnt reaJise. the family is very noisy. They smoke inside even though
you asked fo r a non-smoking house. In the morning,
n i* page I42 L A N G U A G E B A N K
there is never any hot water left fo r your shower. You
7 A Complete conversations 1-5 by adding tw o w ords decide to talk to th e m o th e ro f the family.
fro m the box to each one.
Situation 2

that were it OK rude should about A foreign student is staying with yau. He keeps saying that
at wrong realise the food, the coffee, and the weather in your country are
terrible. He seems lonely, never socialises and eats his meis
1 A: Is O K if I take a caJI during a meeting? in his room. You want to help him, but he doesnt want to
B: N o t really. Its considered a bit. taJk. You decide to talk to the director o f the school where
the student is studying. You want to know what to do.
2 A: I just called the boss by his first ame, John. Did I do
something?
B Choose one o f the situations. Use the flo w chart below
B: N o t aJI. Thats norma] here.
to plan and role-play your ow n situation.
3 A: Sorry about. I didnt know you were waiting.
Student A Student B
B: D ont w o rry it.
4 A: My apologies. I didnt this was your seat.
B: No, its. You can sit there.
5 A: You know I cant eat butter and cheese, right? W hat I
do if they offer me these?
B: If I you, before your visit ld tell them you dont eat
dairy products.

B Practise the conversations w ith a partner.

accept apologies

8A 8.7 Listen to the extracts from the audio script.

Number the phrases a ) - f) in the order you hear them .
a) Its no problem.
b) N o t at all.
c) Thats all right. 7
d) You really dont have to ...
e) Its fine.
f ) Its nothing.

D V D PREVIEW D V D V IE W
1 A W o rk in groups. Look a t the photos. W here do 3 W atch the DVD and number the scenes in the
you th in k this is? W h a t do you th in k l'rfe is like for correct order.
people on an island like this? Do you th in k th e ir lives a) Bruce meets the children.
are changing in todays modern world? b) Bruce meets the community leaders.
B Read the programme in form ation. W hat does c) Bruce catches a fish.
Bruce Perry hope to learn fro m vis itin g th e tribe? d) Bruce helps t o repair a wall in the water.
e) Bruce arrives on the island. 7

a Tribe:Anuta f ) Bruce says Tm in Paradise.

ribe is a BBC program m e in which

r presenter Bruce Parry goes to some
of the worlds most isolated places. In this
4 A Circle the correct answer, a) or b).
I W hen visitors arrive in Anuta, what must they do?
(a) Shake everyones hand.
episode, he goes to the Pacific island o f Anuta, (b) Bring giftsto the community leaders.
one of the m ost remte communities on
1 W hat do the community leaders tell Bruce?
Earth. There, he learns about
(a) Their island is like Paradise and he is welcome.
their traditions, and discovers
how the community survives. (b) He can stay in Anuta.

T here are just twenty-four 3 W hat happens during a community fish drive?
families on Anuta. Bruce (a) The men catch fish and the women cook.
meets them all, and experiences (b) Everyone in the community helps t o catch fish.
how their customs help to bnd / 4 W hat do they do with the fish?
(a) It is divided amongst all the families.
4 m mlllil (b) The islanders all sit and eat together.

2 W h a t do you th in k the w o rds in th e box mean? B W atch the DVD again to check.
Match them w ith d e fin itio n s l-6 .
5 Discuss the questions.
tribe isolated remte customs survive I D o you think it is good that Bruce visited Anuta?
bind (people together) W h y /W h y not?
1 W ould you like to visit this place? W h y /W h y not?
I form a strong connection between people 3 Can the modern w orld learn anything from places
1 continu to live normally even when there are great like Anuta?
problems
3 something that people in a particular society do
because it is traditional
4 a group o f people with the same race, language and
customs, w ho live together in the same area
5 far away from other places (can also describe a
person who is lonely and cant meet other people)
6 far away from other places (usually used to describe
places)
speak design a community
6 A Read the paragraph from a news report. W h a t
is going to happen? W hy?
M ohamed Nasheed, the new President of
the Maldives, has a very difficult task: to find a
place for the populadon to live. M ost o f the two
hundred inhabited islands of the Maldives are
about three feet above sea level. Scientists have
explained that in the future, the Maldives will be
under water because of global warming. N o one
will be able to live there and nothing will remain.
B W h a t w o uld you do if you had to start a new
com munity? Think about the questions below.
I W here would it be?
1 W h o would live there? W ould it be a large o r small
community?
3 W hat laws would there be?
4 W hat type o f government would the community
have?
5 W hat special customs would there be? H ow would
these bind the community together?
7 A .,>8.8 Listen to tw o people discussing th e firs t
three questions above. W h a t do they decide fo r each
question?
B Listen again. T ickth e key phrases th a t you hear.
keyphrases
ld probably choose ...
ld go fo r a place th a t ...
Itd need to be somewhere ...
Theyd need to be able to ...
The most im portant thing would be ...
Ideally, there would be ...
8 W o rk in pairs and plan your com m unity. Present
your ideas to another pair.
w rite b a c k a web advert
9 A Read about a project th a t was the subject o f a
BBC documentary. W h a t type o f com m unity is it?
Tribewanted \s a c o m m u n ity t o u r ls m p r o je c t
o n V o ro v o r o Is la n d , F iji. T h e m e m b e r s o f
Tribewanted w o r k w ith t h e lo c a l p e o p le t o b u ild
a v illa g e c o m m u n ity . T h is c o m m u n ity c o m b in e s
F ijia n t r a d itio n s w ith in te rn a tio n a l id e a s fo r
e n v ir o n m e n ta lly - fr ie n d ly liv in g . V is ito r s c a n s ta y
b e tw e e n o n e a n d tw e lv e w e e k s . W h ile th e r e ,
v is ito r s w o r k o n p r o je c ts , lo o k a fte r t h e g a r d e n s
o n th e is la n d , fe e d t h e p ig s a n d c h ic k e n s , h e lp
w ith t h e c o n s tr u c tio n o f b u ild in g s a n d w r it e
fo r th e Tribewanted b lo g . T h e y c a n a ls o le a rn
F ijia n s o n g s , re la x in a h a m m o c k , a n d e n jo y th e
in c r e d ib le s u n s e ts a n d s e a . It is t h e a d v e n tu r e o f
a life tim e .
B Y o j a re recru itin g p e o p le f o r th e Tribewanted
p ro ject. W r it e a w e b ad fo r p eo p le to app ly. U s e t h e key
phrases and th e p ro m p ts below .
Amazing opportunity fo r adventurers!
W e are looking fo r ...
W e need people who ...
W e also want people who are able to ...
Your responsibilities on the island will indude ...
The community is special because ...
The community will ...
By the end o f your stay you will ...
Please send ...
Interviews will be ...
O th e r information ...
8.5 LOOKBACK
GETTING O N
1 A Use words to make phrases
connected w ith getting on. You can
use the words more than once in
any order.
get to well
ask over favour
do on ow n
disturb w ith business
make a nuisance
mind you r nerves
invite yourself nosy
keep friends
know people
be
B Use the phrases to w rite four
questions to ask other students.
Do you get on w ell w ith your dad?
ARTICLES A N D QUANTIFIERS
2A Choose the correct option, a),
b) or c), to complete the text.
For sixteen weeks, the only thing
w e saw was 1_____ sea. One
night, flfty miles from 2_____
Solomon Islands, 3_______ storm
hit us and 4_____ ship swayed
like a drunk soldier. 5_____ o f the
sailors w ere washed into the sea,
and 6_____ o f us w ere exhausted.
The next day w e found a hundned
flsh on the deck, a 7_________o f
them still alive, mouths open. W e
ate them w ith a 8_____ bread
and salt. A w eek later, w e w ere
attacked by pirates. They didnt kill
anyone but they stole 9_____ o u r
food. The captain said there was
10_____ fo r one week, and w e
w ere tw o weeks away from land.
1 (a) a (b) the (c) -
2 (a) a (b) the (c) -
3 (a) a (b) the (c) -
4 (a) a (b) the (c) -
5 (a) Little (b) Few (c) Some
6 (a) little (b) much (c) all
7 (a) plenty (b) fe w (c) all
8 (a) little (b) lo t (c) few
9 (a) a lo t o f (b) many (c) lots
10 (a) plenty o f (b) to o (c) enough
B W o rk in groups. W rite 3 - 4
sentences to end the story.
THE INTERNET
3A Complete the sentences with
the words in the box.
sites blog search travel
video networking
1 Have you ever booked a holiday
using a ___________ site? W as it a
success?
2 D o you ever u se__________
sharing sites, like YouTube.com?
D o you have a favourite clip?
3 W h a t___________ engine do you
usually use? D o you know others,
apart from Google?
4 D o you like social__________ sites?
D o you ever get bored o f them?
5 Have you ever contributed to a
__________ ? W h a t was the topic
and w hat did you write?
6 W h a t do you thin k o f dating
__________ ? Do you know anyone
w ho uses them?
B W o rk in pairs. Ask and answer
the questions.
RELATIVE CLAUSES
4A Underline the correct
alternative.
1 ______________is which/when/that
fo u r wolves and a lamb vote on
w hat to have fo r lunch.
2 ______________ is a place th a t/
how/where animals study humans.
3 ______________is a ship w ho/
what/that is big enough fo r tw o
people in good w eather but only
one person in bad weather.
4 ______________ is the h o ur where/
which/when the traffic stops.
5 ______________is a man whose/
where/who has stopped thinking.
6 ______________is a person w ho/
whose/which job is to lend you an
umbrella when the sun is shining
and take it back when it rains.
B W h a t or who do sentences 1 - 6
describe? Complete the sentences
w ith the words in the box.
rush h o ur a zoo a banker
friendship an expert democracy
5 W o rk in pairs. Look at the list
below and take turns to define
things. Your partner guesses w h a t/
who you defined.
a person in the room
an object in y o u r bag
a room in the building
a famous b o o k o r film
a famous singer
an object on the table
a to w n o r city
a person in the news
H e s the singer who ...
BEING A G O O D GUEST
6 A Match comments/questions
1 - 5 w ith responses a ) - e ) .
1 Did I do something wrong?
2 Sorry about that. I didnt know
th a t was the bosss chair.
3 My apologies. I didnt realise I had
to shake everybodys hand.
4 Is this a bad time? I can come back
another time.
5 D o I need to bring gifts?
a) N o, it s n o t necessary. W e dont
expect them in o u r country.
b) D o n t w o rry about it. She didnt
mind at all.
c) N o problem . You said helio to
everybody, so th a ts OK.
d) Can you come backtom orrow ?
l m busy fo r the rest o f the day.
e) Yes, you did. N o one talks during
the national anthem, but dont
w o rry - w e can so rt it out.
B W o rk in pairs. Cover responses
a ) - e ) . Take turns to read the
comments/questions in 1 - 5 and to
reply w ith the correct response/one
o f your own.
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
i
Download th e video
podcast and view
people talking about
th e ir neighbourhood
relationships.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UNIT9
SPEAKING
> Talk about important
events in history
> Talk about your own history
> Compile and do a quiz
Describe a role model

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to descriptions of
past decades
> Listen to people doing a
quiz about history
) Watch a BBC documentary
about a great artist

READING
> Read about important
moments in history
> Read about time travel
Read a quiz about history

Write a short essay

> Write a wiki entry

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: Do you
think life is better now
than in the past?
O DVD: The Divine
Michelangelo

history
WE
MARCH

G iantleaps Michelangelo
9.1 LEAPS
GRAMM AR | third conditional VO C ABU LART | history I H O W T O | talk about imaginary past situations

VO C ABU LAR Y D Complete sentences 1 -5 in any way you choose. Compare

history
w ith other students.
1 A W o rk in pairs and look a t the photos. W hat I The biggest turni ng point in m y countrys history was ...
im portant developments in history do they show? 1 A discovery that changed my life is ...
W h a t do you think are the three most im portant
3 My favourite invention is ...
events in history?
4 One thing I hope w o n 't spread is ...
B Read the comments below. A re any o f y our ideas 5 My country has made progress in ...
mentioned?
III# page 156
A lot of revolutions have been important.
For example, the Industrial Revolution was
a great turning point in history. 5 READ IN G

The develapment of the internet. The 2A Read the in troductio n to an article fro m BBC H is to ry
Magazine. W h a t alternative m oments do you th in k the
i spread of the net has been so fast.
5 his to ria n s w ill choose?

i
For me, the greatest advances in history
have been about social justice. There have
been some really important movemeirts,
such as the Civil Rights Movement. These
5 Giaat Leapsfo r Mattkittd looks at w h y w e should be
have made the world a better place. celebrating the M oon landing o f July 1969 and asks
twelve historiaos to n om nate alternative m om en ts
ld choose the inventian of the wheel.
in the past that they consider to be giant leaps for
Its the faund&tian of most transport and
machines. 5 m ankind.

Maybe the discoveiy of fire? I think it was

B Student A : read the texts on the opposite page and mate
the most important thing in human beings
progress. 5 notes w ith the prom pts below. Student B: tu rn to page 159.
What?
C Put the w ords in bold above in the definitions Where?
below.
When?
I A moment o f great change: revolution.
W h y was it important?

1 W hen someone makes or finds something new: 3A W ork in pairs. Cover your texts. Look at the notes you made
development__________________________ in Exercise 2B. Take tu rn s t o te ll each other w h at you read. As
3 Something getting better: advance. you listen, make more notes.

B W o rk in pairs and answer the questions.

4 W hen a group o f people w o rk to achieve an aim,
I W hich tw o books helped the spread o f new developments?
e.g. human rights:____________
1 W hich advances help us to study things?
5 The basic idea behind something:____________
3 W hich developments happened mainly because o f one person?
6 W hen something increases and affects more
W hich happened because of many people?
people:____________
C Discuss. W hich o f the fo u r big moments did you know
about? W hich do you th in k are the tw o most im portant?

Leaming to eat meat
H um aos are badly designe d animals.
We are slow, w e have weak teeth,
and w e d on t have tails. Thats why
we need something extra to match other
animals. And thats why eating meat a
development that probably started in Africa
around 2.5 million years ago became
so important. Meat gives you fats and
proteins that you cant get with other food.
But more importandy, meat-eatmg led to
hunting, and hunting helped to develop
our imaginations. W hen you hunt, you
need to see what isnt there, to see w hats
behind the next tree or over the next
hill.We wouldnt have become the most
imaginatxve and the most intelligent of
the animals if we had continued eating
only plants.
Teaching people to read
Untfl the end o f the twelUi century,
Latn was very difficult to learn.
Students read and m em orised texts
for years. Then a Frenchman called
Alexander de Villedieu developed a
fast m ethod to teach Latn: he used
simple rules and wrote them in verse
so the students could remember them
more easily. Seeing the success of his
method, Alexander wrote a grammar
book, Doctrnale, published in France in
1199. It became a bestseller and spread
quickly through Europe, and started a
great literacy movement.This new type
o f leaming became the foundation of
modern education. If he hadnt w ritten
Doctrnale, education would probably have
remained the same for hundreds of years.
G R AM M AR th ird conditional
4 A Read the sentences below. Do they describe an im aginary situation in
the past or an i m aginary situation in the present?
I If he hadnt written Doctrnale, education would probably have remained the
same.
1 If Galileo hadnt defended his theories, he would have been a free man.
B Look a t the sentence patterns and find one other example in your texts.
If* hadn't) + past wouWnt) + have
subject participle + past participle
the wheel
had invented easier.
earlier, life
hadnt fire, mans
slower.
discovered progress
C Read tw o more sentences from the article. H ow is th e grammatical
structure d iffe re n t from the sentences in Exercise 4A?
I W e wouldnt have become the most imaginative o f the animals if w e had
continued eating only plants.
1 Life would have been different if we hadnt invented the steam engine.
ni#- page 144 L A N G U A G E B A N K
PRACTICE
5 A Complete the sentences w ith the correct form o f the verbs in brackets.
I Machu Picchu__________________ (remain) unknown if Hiram Bingham
__________________ (not explore) the Andes in Per.
1 If the I love you virus__________________ (be) found earlier, forty-five
million com puters__________________ (not crash).
3 The first experiments in cloning__________________ (be) impossible if
Gregor M endel_________________ (not discover) genes.
4 If John Lennon__________________(not meet) Paul McCartney, they
__________________ (not form ) The Beatles.
5 The invention o f the mobile phone__________________ (not be) possible if
Alexander Graham Bell__________________ (not invent) the telephone.
6 If the Nstor Film Com pany_____________________(not open) a film studio
there in 191 I , H o llyw ood___________________ (remain) a quiet community.
B & 9.1 Listen and check your answers.
C Listen again and repeat. Pay atten tion to the pronunciation o f had, hadnt,
w o uld and w o uldnt have. H ow are they pronounced in fast speech?
6 Make a note o f three things th a t have happened to you in th e last year.
W rite th ird conditional sentences about how your life would have been
diffe re n t if they hadnt happened to you.
I got a new job. If I hadnt got a new job, I would have been bored in my od job!
SPEAKING
7 A W o rk in pairs. You are going to describe a big moment in history. Choose
an im p o rta n t historical event. If you need help, Student A : tu rn to page 163;
Student B: tu rn to page 160. Think about the questions below.
I W h y was this event important?
1 W hat happened befo re and after the event?
3 W ould the world have been different if this event had not happened?
B Describe your big m oment to other students.
m

GRAMMAR
n ss L -Q i n n n i LO fO
c O 9 Q Iffl % -- <i . -
* 5- S
3 P
r- I ^ < H O n 3 H I Z > 5
o
i
(D
8 3
o o
5 a 0 -3 -

S c
fD

1
fD
S
4
3 ' o ?
q 3
^ S
_. z r "
8c s
H
< --- * 3
.
n
y
a
if |
ff

,
^ . 9 . a . O v :
C 2. fD Bl ^
i 3 t i rl ? ! fD
t
< r O
4 ^ 3 O
SP ^ 5' 3
rS
S? g
2. d
i
a
3
a r ^
5 o - ?
8
r i 9! ^
=~ p o
I
3
~
3-
os
2>
?
n

i ^ 15 fD fD
3. 8 . 1 g - -1 2 "< .

| active vs passive
* 3 3 e l
< fO t i s. fD_ 5 S i 3 o.
= i s 3 =
sg's I I
<
ls
O-
s.
rt* o
* 8.
c
0


3 t c 3
I rI k i
o o- m

Q
O TJ n 5 o -s
n = m n
5wQ
was i

^ 5* _ o'

II
01 zr
J5.
fD - ? s_ a
* O
O =3- =5 '
3 %
I I I |
ra' "o_ s >(D < s - u ~ Q_ =- <
% O ^ 3 3 :g % r
fi Q. < 8.

VOCABULARY

Q 3 J
o 5. CQ = = _, o M
ft + s O CD <d Q 3 I s
ro
9 o
Q_ O
"O
3 <D CQ ^
, 2
3
n
(D - O S r
Q d O l^
q
- -
O 3
tn
frl
D. OJ
1 - r g
3 cr
| periods o ftim e

- w
Cr > I 5"
E ^ r fD _
s* ff g s
$ 3 ff
H 9

3
<
S
o
I , ,
'I a
Di
K
9:
I p

R = "5?
1 ^ro 1
S
HOWTO

n a
> * ;
a o* 3 a q S
3 r* Q- !
CL =
5
S "O
|
8 o = i = ; s
| ta lk a b o u t your p e rs o n a l h is t o r y

K 3,
8 1 ,1 3 ro d
s g'
I ? a' B- a. B
g, o

li -a
S &
_ 4
Ql
%
3
s

ai r s
I I
I I

u
m
E
1

VO C ABU LAR Y periods o f tim e sp ea k

4 A Put the w ords and phrases n order from the shortest to th e longest
periods. Use a dictionary to help you.
a decade a millennium an era a century a quarter-century
a fortnight an age the nineteen-seventies/eighties (1970s, 1980s)
the seventies/eighties (70s/80s) a generation
B Finish sentences 1 - 8 w ith your ow n words.
1 The best thing about this decade so far has been ...
2 The w orst thing about this decade so far has been ...
3 The thing I remember most about the nineteen-nineties is ...
4 One thing I dont know or understand about the nineteen-nineties is ...
5 My parents generation criticises my generation fo r o u r ...
6 My generation will criticisethe next generation fo r their ...
7 One thing that represents my parents era is ...
8 One thing that represents this era is ...
C Compare your sentences w ith other students. A re there any th a t you
agree on?
LISTENING
5 A Look at photos A - C . W hich decades do you th in k they are from ?
Before listening, read the task. W hich are
the most im portant words? Listen fo r those
words and fo r their synonyms o r words
with a similar meaning. For example: North
Americans = people from the United States;
films = movies; environmental problems =
pollution and the hole in the ozone layer,
fashion = chthes/hairstyles. Read the task
in Exercise 5C and listen for the key words
and synonyms.
C Listen again and answer the questions.
1 W hat tw o im portant aspects o f his life
does Speaker I mention?
2 W hat celebrations do you think Speaker
I is talking about?
3 W here is Speaker 2 from?
4 W hich musician was an icn for Speaker
2?
5 W hat tw o things did Speaker 3 think he
didnt like during the 80s (he later changed
his mind)?
6 W hat trend did Madonna start in the mid-
eighties?

B 9 3 Listen to three people speaking about diffe re n t decades. 6 A Read the underlined sentences in
audio script 9 3 on pages 173-174 and
W hich decades did they g ro w up in? Generally, do th e y feel positive or
answer the questions.
negative about th a t decade?
1 W hich decade do you think was good fo r
film and music?
2 W hat was one o f the most memorable
moments o f the decade in which you
grew up?
3 W ere things developing and getting
better fo r your generation?

4 W hat part o f your past do you like in

retrospect?

r 5TDP \: B Discuss your answers w ith other

students.
NUCLEAR3*
t e s t i ng SPEAKING
7 A Choose a period when you were
a child, a teenager or in your tw enties.
W h a t did you listen to /d o /w a tc h /w e a r?
H ow did it change as you g o t older? Make
some notes about the follow ing:
music TV a n d /o r films
sport technology
fashion issues in the news

B W ork w ith other students and ta lk

about y our personal history. W h a t do you
have in common w ith other students? Tell
the class.
 C Look at the underlined phrases and add them t o th e w o rd webs
V O C ABU LAR Y collocations
below.
8 A Read the te x t and answer the questions.
1 According to the writer, w h y is tim e tavel
difficult fo r people to believe in?
2 W h y is tim e travel probably boring?
3 W h y is it probably not the solution to mans
problems?

B Read the text again. Find and underline

eight phrases w ith come, give, have and make.
The firs t tw o have been done fo r you.

Time travel
All theoretical physicists have the same
dream. They w ant to travel in time. Norm al
people like you and me have trouble
believing that time travel is possible. The
idea is outside our imagination and such
thoughts just dont com e naturallv to us.
We cant imagine seeing our parents as
litde children taking their first steps, o r our
grandparents youthful faces as smooth and
unlined as glass. We cant imagine watching
Stone Age m en dragging dead animals to
their caves, or watching Alexander the Great
conquering half the world, or seeing M ozart
at his piano. And the truth is, even i f we
could travel in time, unless w e could also you invested)
choose an exact m om ent in an exact place,
it would probably be very boring. W hen we D Look at the w ords in the box and add them to th e w ord webs
read history books, the past always sounds above. Then add any other phrases w ith come, give, have and make
exciting. But humanity makes progress you can th in k of.
slowly. And Stone Age man didnt ow nTV s
for entertainment. by car first a talk a break a profit a good tim e
If time travel is ever possible in the future, a decisin (someone) a cali
time travellers are probably w ith us now,
today. And if they exist, they have come n i# page 156 V O C A B U L A H Y B A N K
back from a time in the future and are 9 A Complete the topic headings 1-10.
watching while we make a mess o f the
H ow to have a good t in your home town
world. W hy dont they give us directions on
how to save the planet? W hy dont they give 2 H ow to give i to children
instructions about the environment o r how 3 H ow not to get fired when youre having t with your boss
to stop war? H eres a sad thought: maybe 4 H o w to make p when youve been learning English fo r years
they dont know the answers either. 5 H ow to give d to the best restaurants in town
6 H ow to relax and have a complete b from w o rk
7 H ow to give a t to an audience o f a hundred
8 H ow to make a p on your investments
9 H ow to come f in a competition or game
10 H ow not to make a m________ when youre cooking

B W hich o f the topics above do you know more about? Choose one
or more and prepare t o ta lk about it/th e m .

C W o rk w ith other students. Tell them which you chose and explain
h ow to do it.
9.3 I HAVE NO IDEA!
F U N C T IO N | expressing uncertainty VO C ABU LARY | describing people LEARN TO | re a c tto information

SPEAKING
1 W o rk in pairs and discuss.
I W hat are the most famous quiz shows in your
country? Do you like them?
1 W hat type of questions do they ask (history,
general knowledge, culture, etc.)?
3 If you had to answer quiz questions on one
subject, which subject would you choose?
4 If you had to answer questions on one famous
person in history, who would you choose?
ld choose W alt Disney because I loved his film s
when I was young and I read his biography.

VO C ABU LAR Y describing people

2 W o rk in pairs. Do the quiz about famous
people in history. If you dont know the answers,
guess or look at the photos opposite to help.

1 Which highly o r ig in a l writer w as once

kidnapped in France?
(a) Geoffrey Chaucer (b) Isabelle Allende
(c) Jane Austen
2 Which in f l u e n t ia l political thinkerw as
fam ously m essy?
(a) Karl M arx (b) Confucius (c) Machiavelli
3 Which ir m o v a t iv e and in s p ir a t io n a l
actor and film -maker w as stopped by the
U S governm ent from entering the U S ?
(a) Jodie Foster (b) Charlie Chaplin
(c) Yoko Ono
4 Which c h a r is m a t ic scientist spent his
free time playing the violin when he w asn't
changing the world?
(a) Galileo (b) Albert Einstein
(c) Isaac Newton
5 Which b r a v e and e x e m p la r y freedom
fighter went on a road trip across a
F U N C T IO N | expressing uncertainty
continent before becoming fam ous? 4 A 9.4 Listen to someone giving the answers to th e quiz to her
(a) Che Guevara (b) Nelson Mandela
friend. W hich answers did the friend know?
(c) Joan of Are
6 Which am azingly C re a tive artist rarely B Look at the phrases in the box. Match them to th e groups o f
finished the work he started? phrases below.
(a) Pablo Picasso (b) Edgar D egas
(c) Leonardo da Vinci I dont know I used to know I know it isnt ...
lm not sure but I think ...

3A W o rk in pairs and look at the quiz again.
W h a t do the w o rds in bold mean? Use a
dictionary to help you.
B Think o f one fam ous person fo r each o f the
adjectives in Exercise 2A. Compare your ideas
w ith other students.
Diego Maradona - He is probably the most
influential sportsperson in the history o f Argentina.
I , I have no idea, I havent a clue
1 , lm not a hundred percent certain but it
might be ..., l'm fairly sure i t s ...
3 ___________________ , Its definitely not, l m sure it isnt
4 ___________________ , I cant remember, lveforgotten
C Listen again and tick the phrases you hear.
ni# page 144 L A N G U A G E B A N K
5A Complete speaker Bs responses in the conversations
by adding the pairs o f w ords in the box.
have no fairly sure percent certain sure it
havent a lveforgotten I cant its definitely
1 A: W hich sculptor is famous fo r the statue o f David?
Was it Leonardo da Vinci o r Michelangelo?
have no
B: ^idea. I dont know anything about art.
2 A: W h a ts the ame o f that American politician who
made a film about the environment?
B: Oh, um, remember. Was it Rumsfeld? No, um, Bush?
3 A: W h o was the white South African leader who freed
Mandela?
B: lm it was Botha, wasnt it?
4 A: W h o s that Mexican actor who was in Amores Perros?
B: Oh, his ame but I know who you mean. Hes quite
small and good-looking.
5 A: W hich company invented the CD-ROM?
B: lm not a hundred but it might be Sony.
6 A: D o you know who w rote The Lord o f the Rings?
Wasnt it W llia m Golding?
B: I dont know, but not Golding.
7 A: W h o won the last football W orld Cup?
B: lm wasnt England.
8 A: W hat was the ame o f that Steven Spielberg film
about dinosaurs?
B: I due. I dont watch Hollywood movies.
B W o rk in pairs and answer the questions. Then tu rn to
page 160 to check your ideas.
C W o rk in pairs and practise the conversations.
LEARN T O react to inform ation
6 A 9 3 Read the extracts from audio 9.4 below. Then
listen and notice the intonation patterns speaker B uses.
1 A: It was Chaucer. I think he worked fo r the British
government.
B: Did he? I didnt know that.
2 A: It was Karl Marx.
B: Oh really?
3 A: It was Einstein. He was a very good violinist,
apparently.
B: Was he? Thats interesting.
4 A: Yeah, Guevara was a medical student...
B: Oh yes, I knewthat. I just couldnt remember.
5 A: W ho went on a road trip with his friend?
B: Ah, th a ts right.
6 A: It was da Vinci. He invented the parachute.
B: Oh yeah, I was just about to say that!
B Answer the questions.
1 W hich information did speaker B know already?
2 W hich information was new?
SPEAKING
7 W o rk in pairs. Student A: you are going to ask
your partner the questions below. First, add tw o more
questions o f your ow n. The answers can be found on
page 158. Student B: tu rn to page 162.
b e & q ra p h y
i W taxt's th e (uxpitaJ o f A u s tra lia ? I s t Syoey,
M elbourne o r C anberra.?
3. W h^h cxxjyrtry ha.s the. sa zo n biqqest pop>uia.tlo/\
----- Isit^C biw x., Iyicia. o r {Zussia.?-----
3 Wbeh ov\e o f th e s e douyrtries is y\ot ziexf t o the.
sea.' \Jey\estue\cLj SdxOJ&or o r Paraguay?
 MICHELANGELO
D V D PREVIEW
1 Discuss. W hat do you know about the paintingat
the bottom o f page 113, and the artist w h o created it?
2 Read the sentences about Michelangelo. W h a t do
you th in k the w ords in bold mean? W hich tw o pairs
o f w ords have opposite meanings?
1 His w o rk is uique - no one has ever done anything
similar.
2 Some said his w o rk was divine because only God
could create such beauty.
3 His fame is eternal. He will never be forgotten.
4 The sculptures are extraordinary. They are
incredibly beautiful and realistic.
5 Although he was mortal, his w o rk will never die.
6 His art is awe-inspiring. W e feel small when w e look
at it.
7 His painting on the ceiling o f the Sistine Chapel is an
incrediblefeat.
8 In those days, many normal men worked with stone,
but he was far from ordinary.
9 Even as a child, he had aspirations t o be a great
artist.
10 As a young man in Florence he began his quest fo r
fame.
3 Read about the BBC programme, The Divine
Michelangelo. W h a t is the contrast between
Michelangelos life and his art?
a i a i a The d vine
Michelangelo
his BBC documentary examines the life
T and work of Michelangelo Buonarroti,
one of the greatest artists in history. I t looks
at his background as a child in Florence, and
how he went on to produce works such as
the statue of David, the awe-inspiring ceiling
of the Sistine Chapel, and the dome o f St
Peters Cathedral, described here as the
jewel in the crown on the Romn skyline5.
T h e programm e also reveis Michelangelos
tempestuous life, his fights with rivals
and with his own demons, showing that an
imperfect life can produce perfect art.
4A W hich o f these sentences do you th in k are true?
1 Michelangelo was a sculptor, painter and architect.
2 He said he was divinely inspired (inspired by God).
3 He lived and worked three hundred years ago.
4 His m other died when he was a child.
5 He was from a rich family.
6 His father always wanted him to be an artist.
I
B W atch the DVD to check.
5A Read the notes. W hich w ords do you th in k are
missing?
\/J h c \j jc l s t M a h e \ a y ^ e . \ o ?
... a tem pestuous qevius ...h e
wo-fted e te r n a l -fam e and 1 riches
i outsider uAio a,reo-ted w orks so
biq and so 2_ _nobody helieoed
they u/ere p>rodu&ed y a m crtaJ
... NOT a n ordwo-ry ahourer or
honestj 3______s tonecxter
Ba.akqround
... h ad a n 4______ chdhood
-fo-ther, LudoJd.o, u/os a lou/\y-p>cd
loc^sd offiCMXl
\jJho-t did he do?
... p e rse je re d and produ&ed u/orks
uMia,h shou/ed a n exfraorfiary 5______
... txea.ted a tmique visin o f hea-^en
/Oi/l ^
B W atch the DVD again and complete th e notes.
C W o rk in groups and discuss. W h a t d o you
th in k o f M ichelangelos w ork? Have you ever seen
any o f his w ork? H ow do you th in k his w o rk has
influenced other artists?
speak influe ntial w o rk
6 A 9 .6 Listen to someone talking
about someone whose w o rk influenced
her. W h o does she ta lk about? H o w did
th is persons w o rk change her life?
B Listen again and tic k the key phrases
you hear.
keyphrases
I fell in love with his novis.
That book reaily made rts mark on
me.
It had a big impact on me.
Hes one o f the best-known writers.
lm a big fan o f that type o f writing.
The style is brilliant.
It was very influential.
H e/S he/T heir w o rk (really)
inspired/influenced me ... / to (do)
C Plan to describe someone whose
w o rk influenced you. W rite brief notes
about the follow ing:
what they did
th e ir place in history
what you learned from them
how it has influenced the way you do
things
D W o rk in groups and take tu rn s to
describe your person.
write back a w ik i e n try
7 A Read the proposal.
f(Subject:| proposal
Dea r student,
W e are com piling a student wiki about world-famous, influential
people in th e arts and sciences. Please w rite a short piece {no
more than 200 words) including information a bo ut where they
live(d), when they did th e ir work, th e ir place in history, why they
are influential, and who they have Influenced. Do not write
about political leaders, sports stars or businesspeople. Send
your entry to the web address ...
B Read an example entry. Does it fit the requirem ents in the
proposal? Is anything missing?
Ravi Shankar is probably Indias most famous musician. Asitar-player,
composer, performer, musical director and teacher, he is best known in
the west for his collaborations with George Harrison of The Beatles, who
studied sitar under him and later produced some of Shankars records.
Born into a wealthy family in 1920, atthe age ofteri Shankar w entto Paris
with his brothers dance group. Bythirteen, he was part of the group,
working as a dancer and playing different instruments. A few years later
he decided to focus fuII time on the sitar and soon became a master of
the instrument. In the 1950s and 60s he toured the world, giving Indian
classical music a wider audience. It was during this time that he met and
influenced Harrison and other well-known musicians from the UK and the
United States.
Shankar wrote film scoresand recorded numerous popular albums.
He was deeply committed to playing live music, and even performed at
Woodstock during the hippie era. In his seventies and eighties he was still
performing regularly. He has been very influential because he helped to
bring Indian music to the rest of the world.
C N ow w rite your w iki entry about th e person whose w o rk
influenced you.
9.5 LOOKBACK

HISTORY THE PASSIVE EXPRESSING UNCERTAINTY

1 A W o rk in teams. W rite ten 4A Complete the sentences with 5A Put part Bs words in the
sentences. Each sentence must use the correct passive or active form of correct order to complete the
a different word from the box. The the verbs in the box. conversations.
first team to finish wins! 1 A: W h e re s the nearest bank?
discover assassinate become B: no / I / idea / have / sorry,
revolution tuming point build climb declare destroy
2 A: Is there anywhere you can
development movement elect release identify
smoke in this building?
spread advance invention
foundation discovery progress 1 The to m b o f Tutankhamun B: allowed / it s / deflnitely /
was discovered in the Valley o f no, / here / not

B Read your sentences to the class. the Kings, Egypt. 3 A: W h a t tim e does this school
2 US and French scientists open in the morning?

THIRD C O N D ITIO N A L the AIDS virus. B: at / fairly / opens / sure /

2A Complete the sentences with
your own words.
1 Dayo left his jo b because ...
2 Lily didnt pay fo r the meal at the
restaurant because ...
3 Cristian asked fo r a neplacement
phone because ...
4 I didnt go on my free holiday to
Jamaica because ...
5 Kim didnt go to see U2 because ...
6 I stopped talking to my m other
because...
B Exchange sentences w ith a
partner. W rite third conditional
sentences for each of the situations
your partner completed.
Dan le ft his jo b because he did n t like
his boss. I f he had liked his boss, he
wouldnt have le ft his job.
PERIODS OFTIME
3A Complete the sentences with
words for periods o f time.
1 In which d_______ were you
bom?
2 W h a t can you rem em ber about
the n __________ -n____________?
3 H o w did you celebrate the new
m _____________ ?
4 W h a ts y ou r favourite e__ in
history?
5 If you could go back in tim e fo r a
f ____________ , where and what
c_________ would you choose?
6 W h a t do you thin k you r
g ______________ a re /w ill be
famous for?
3 A w a ll______________ between
East and W e st Germany.
4 Edmund Hillary and Tenzing
Noi"gay_______________M ount
Everest.
5 The T ita n ic_____________ after
hitting an iceberg in the N o rth
Atlantic.
6 Nelson Mandela_____________
from prison.
7 Mahatma G andhi_____________
by a terrorist.
8 Margaret Thatcher, the U K s
firs t female prime minister,
9 The UK and France_____________
w a r on Germany.
10 Two-year-old Pu Y i_____________
Em peror o f China.
B Match the events above w ith the
dates in the box.
+922 1908 1912 1939
1948 1953 1961 1979
1984 1990
1922: The tom b o f Tutankhamun
was discovered.
C W o rk ingroups. Compare your
answers and correct each others
w ork if necessary.
lm / it / 7.00a.m.
4 A: W h a t was y o u r last teachers
ame?
B: rem em ber / cant / I
5 A: D o you know where the
nearest restaurant is?
B: clue / sorry, / havent / I / a
6 A: W h a ts the school directors
ame?
B: it / n o t / a / might / lm /
percent / but / certain, / be /
hundred / T im othy
7 A: H o w fa r away is the nearest
supermarket?
B: isnt / it / sure / fa r / lm
8 A: W h a t was yesterdays
homework?
B: foi"gotten / sorry, / lve
B W o rk in pairs. How many of
your partners questions can you
answer?
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e video
I r | podcast and view
V V people comparing
I 9 1 life now to th e past
0 and saying when they
wouldVe like to have
lived and why.

B W o rk in pairs. Take turns to ask

and answer the questions.
 U N IT 10
SPEAKING
> Discuss ideas for eco-living
) Recommend a city for food
> Ask for/Give travel advice
> Talk about a special place

LIS TEN IN G
> Listen to descriptions of
the worlds bestfood cities
> Listen to people giving
advice/warnings
> Watch a BBC documentary
UNIT about the Arctics melting
ice caps

READING
> Read about a man who tried
to live ethicallyforayear
> Read advice about what
notto do in an airport

W R IT IN G
) Write a restaurant review
> Write an email
campaigning for action

BBC C O N T E N T
@ Video podcast: What
are the biggest problems
facing the world today?
O DVD: Natures Great
Events: The Great Melt
1 0 . 1 ETHICAL MAN
> G R A M M A R | r e p o r t e d sp e e ch
|2 2 S U fl!i S iS fl t ^ e environm ent
1 A W o rk in pairs and discuss. H o w im portant
is green living to you?
B Look at the sentences below and t r y to
explain the meaning of the w o rds/phrases in
bold. Then use a dictionary to check.
I H ow much o f the food you buy is pre-
prepared o r processed? How much is organlc?
1 H ow much o f the food you eat is produced in
the country you live in?
3 H ow is your home heated? D o you use
energy-saving light bulbs?
4 Is your house insulated a n d /o r double-
glazed?
5 D o you turn lights/machines off o r leave
them on stand by?
6 W hen youre buying a product, do you
consider h o w to recycle the packaging?
7 H ow often do you buy, sell or give away
second hand tems?
8 H ow much o f your rubbish is recycled?
9 H ow many hours, on average, do you spend
flying a year?
10 H ow often do you use a car?
C Answer q u e s tio n s l-1 0 above.
D W o rk in pairs and compare your answers.
n i * page 157 V O C A B U L A R Y B A N K
READ IN G
2A Justin Row latt, a BBC jo urn alist, decided
to try living a greener lifestyle fo r a year. W h a t
changes do you th in k he made?
B Read the article to fin d out.
C W o rk in pairs and answer the questions
below.
I W h y did Justin decide to t r y living ethically fo r
a year?
1 Did he and his family enjoy the experience?
3 W hat kinds o f things did they t r y to change?
4 W hat kinds o f challenges does Justin say that
other journalists have to face?
5 Did Justin and his family manage to reduce
their impact on the environment?
6 Did the experiment change the way that
they have decided to live?
D Discuss. Do you th in k the Ethical Man
experim ent is a good idea? W h y /W h y not?
V O C A B U L A R Y | t h e e n v ir o n m e n t H O W T O | r e p o r t w h a t has b e e n said
Hi - l m J u s tin R o w la tt
and l m th e B B C s
'E th ic a l M an . So, w h a t
doe s liv in g e th ic a lly
m ean? G ivin g u p th e car,
rec y c lin g w in e bottles,
no t u s in g p l s tic bags?
I s p e n t a ye a r try in g to
fin d out.
I want to be clear about
one thing right from the
start - it wasnt my idea to become the B BCs ethical man. I had
just started working for the BBC and on my first day the editor
asked me to come into his office.
3 What did I think about the idea of a journalist trying to live as
ethical a lifestyle as possible for a year, he wanted to know. He
asked me if I liked the dea. What did I think? It was my first day; I
said I thought it was a great idea!
4 Thafs why my family (Bee, my wife, thirty-five, and daughters
Eva, five and Zola, four) and I agreed to spend a year doing
everything we could to try to reduce our impact on the
environment. We changed the light bulbs in our house to energy-
saving bulbs. We changed the way we heat and power our home.
We stopped flying and we got rid of the car. Instead we walked,
used bicycles, or took public transport. We did our supermarket
shopping online, ate organic vegetables and I even stopped eating
meat (for a month). My heavily pregnant wife, Bee, walked two
miles to hospital in the middle of the night, to give blrtfi to our third
daughter, Elsa. When we went on holiday to France, instead of
choosing a two-hour flight, we went on a nightmarish twelve-hour
journey on the train, in a heatwave.
5 You expect to face challenges as a journalist. Many of my
colleagues regularly report from war zones. Others have just
minutes to prepare before they are expected to give a clear
explanation of complex economic data. Some have to work
with criminal gangs. But few journalists have faced the sorts of
challenges I have during my year of living ethically.
6 It has been a tough year. I put my family through hell and there
were many rows and arguments. But the overall result? We
managed to reduce our carbn footprint by 37 percent - nearly
double the total we had hoped to achieve a year ago.
7 Being forced to go green has shown me that anyone can achieve
more than we think. However, I believe most people are too busy
to go through all this without being compelled - as I was - to give
it a go.
Having said that, we dont regret doing it, we arent
planning to get the car back and many of the
other changes will remain, too.
 1 0 .1

3 Read the article again. Underline words/phrases in the text th a t

match m e a n in g s l-6 .
5 A Complete the sentences by adding
I the amount o f damage we do (by our actions) to the air, water and land one w ord.
on Earth (paragraph 4)
I 1*11see you in my office. [Editor to Justin]
1 thre w away o r destroyed (paragraph 4)
He said he would see Justin in his
3 terrible - like a bad dream (paragraph 4) office.
4 period o f very hot weather (paragraph 4) 1 lve got a new job. [Justin to his wife]
5 made my family go through a bad experience (paragraph 6) He said he_______ a new job.
6 be forced to do something (paragraph 7) 3 W e re going t o try and live a more ethical
lifestyle. [Justin to Bee]

G R AM M AR | r e p o r te d sp e e ch They said th a t_______ were going to try

and live a more ethical lifestyle.
4 A Complete the table to show how tenses change in reported speech. 4 I m going to take a taxi t o hospital. [Bee
to Justin]
direct speech reported speech
She said she________ going t o take a taxi
W e _______ planning t o get He said they w e re n t p lan n in g to get to hospital.
the car back the car back... 5 W e re hot. [children to parents]
Many o f the other changes He said many o f the other changes The children said_______ were hot.
2_______ remain. would remain. 6 W e ve achieved a lot. [Justin and Bee]
My heavily pregnant wife, Bee, He said he that his wife had walked They said th e y _______achieved a lot.
3 tw o miles to hospital. to hospital. 7 I didnt eat meat fo r a month. [Justin]
I th in k its a great idea! _ it was a great idea' Justin said h e __________ eaten meat fo r a
_ been atough year. He said it had been a tough year. month.
8 I had expected to face challenges as a
I 6_______ just started working He said he had just started working
journalist. [Justin]
fo r the BBC. fo r the BBC.
He said he____________expected to face
Do you like the idea? He asked me if I _ the idea. challenges as a journalist.

B C heckyour answers usingthe article in Exercise 2B. B 10.1 Listen to checkyour answers.
Listen again and shad ow the sentences.
C Look at the table again and underline the correct alternatives to
complete rules.

Rules:
I W hen we report speech, we often move the tenses back (backshift)/
forwards, e.g. present simple - past simple, present continuous - past
continuous, present perfect - past perfect, wll~> would.
1 If what the person says is still true, we can keep the tenses the same/change
the tense to a future form, e.g. Its the 16th. -She said its the 16th.
3 In reported speech, we may also need to change ames and places/
pronouns and tme references, e.g. T il see you tom o rrow . -* He said he
would see her the next day.
4 In reported questions, the word order is the same as/different to that
fo r statements.
1 0 .1
S P E A K IN G
6A W o rk in tw o groups. Group A : look
a t the photo, read the fact file below and
discuss the questions. Group B: look a t the
photo and read the fact file on page 162.
The plstic bag problem
D id y o u k n o w .. .?
The w orld uses i m illion plstic bags
per m inute.
The 'Pacific Ocean Garbage Patch'
is an area in th e Pacific Ocean filled
w ith waste plstic. The area m ay be
as big as 5 m illion square km {more
than tw ice th e size o f th e USA).
M illions o f m arine animals die when
th e y eat th e plstic, become caught
in t,o rfe e d it t o th e ir young.
Plstic bags can now be found in ail
parts o f the world, from the to p o f
M ount Everest, to the botto m o f the
oceans, and th e deserts o f M ongolia.
Each plstic bag takes more than
1,000years to disintegrate and never
com pletely disappears.
1 W h y does the problem exist?
2 W hat should be done about it?
3 W hat laws/schemes would you introduce
to deal with the problem?
B W o rk in pairs w ith a student from
the other group. Tell them about the
discussions you had in your group, and
any ideas you had.
We talked about the problem o f plstic
bags. We thought it would be a good idea to
make people pay for plstic bags in shops.
V O C A B U L A R Y J T 7 T 1 w ord-building (prefixes)
7A Look at the example sentences 1-10 and underline th e prefixes.
un-
1 Its very unusual to have snow in April.
2 The whole situation was completely unreal.
re-
3 Most glass bottles and aluminium cans can be recyded.
4 Dont th ro w away the bottles. They are re usable.
dis-
5 Roth doesnt like anybody who disagrees with him.
6 She would never disobey her parents.
mis-
7 D ont misunderstand me. I w a n tto help.
8 I always mispronounce his ame.
aver-/under-
9 She hardly eats anything, and shes very underweight.
10 I think lve overcooked the pasta.
B Match the prefixes above w ith meanings 1 -5 .
I not: un- and_________
again:____
to o much: _
to o little :_
w rong :___
8 A d d prefixes to the w ords in brackets to complete the sentences.
1 Hes lying. His story about how he cycled across Africa was completely
(believable).
2 Its easy t o ___________( jJdge) somebodys character by looking at the
clothes they wear.
3 Much of the snow in the Arctic has com pletely___________(appeared).
4 These organic potatoes are delicious. Be careful not t o ___________
(cook) them.
5 Jessica decided not to accept the job because the companys policies
w e re ___________(ethical).
6 I think lve done this all wrong. I probably___________(understood) the
instructions.
My house is always _ ____ (tidy). I dont have enough tim e to
organise my things.
8 She walks to w o rk every day, despite h e r___________(ability).
peak
Use prefixes to guess the meaning of words you dont know. Look at the
words in bold below. Can you use the p re fix to guess their meaning?
9 W o rk in pairs and take turns. Ask and answer th e questions.
1 W hich professions in your country do people often mstrust?
2 W h o in your country is very famous now, but was unknown last year?
3 W hat kinds o f documents do you somet mes need to renew?
4 D o you believe scientists have overestimated or underestimated the
problem of dimate change?
5 D o you disapprove o f people who drive their cars everywhere? W h y /
W h y not?
I l l ^ page 157
WORLD FOOD
G R A M M A R | verb pattems || V O C A B U L A R Y | reporting verbs
READ IN G
1 W o rk in pairs and discuss.
1 W hat countries do you think the food in
the pictures comes from?
2 Would you eat these dishes? W h y /W h y not?
2A Read the te xt. W h y is Osaka the
w o rld s greatest food city?
What^s the greatest, m ost exciting
fo o d d t y in the world today?
There used to be one great food city in
the worid, and that was Paris. At least,
thats w hat most people beHeved. People
now agree that there is incredible food all
around the world. Michael Booth, a writer,
traveller and food-lover, thinks that the
Japanese city o f Osaka is the best.
W ith its busy food halls and small, exclusive
restaurants, Osaka is burstingw ith amazing
places to eat. All around the city, you
can find delicious fast food dishes which
were invented here. Osaka is the city that
invented both sushi and instant noodles in
the same year (1958), but there are many
more local dishes, too.
In Osaka, people love life and they love
their food. They even have a saying,
kuidaare, which means eat until you
are bankrupt because they love to spend
money o n food. So, w hat about you?
W hich city is your culinary favourite?
B Read the text again and answer the
questions.
1 W hat type o f food is Osaka famous for?
2 W here can you eat it?
3 H ow do the people o f Osaka describe
their food?
H O W T O | talk about food culture
LISTENING
3 A () 102 Listen to tw o people talking about th e ir favourite food city.
A c c o rd in g to th e speakers, which city, Hiroshim a (H) or Madrid (M ), has
the follow ing:
1 a small, cheap restaurant which serves wonderful seafood?
2 informal restaurants where you order lots o f dishes which everyone
shares and eats from the middle o f the table?
3 something to eat which is like a cross between a pancake and a pizza?
4 people getting together at Sunday lunchtime to have a few bites t o eat?
5 a restaurant which specialises in grilled chicken?
B Listen again and complete the extracts below. Then checkyour
answers in the audio script on pages 174-175.
1 They've got the very famous sushi that everyone thinks about when they
think of Japanese food, but theyve got so much else t o _____ .
2 Hiroshima is really_____ fo r its okonomiyaki.
3 Tempura is prawns and _____ deep fried in a really light, fluffy batter.
4 I lived in Madrid, in Spain for around_____ years on and off.
5 The quality of the food is _______ .
6 Tarta de Santiago is a great pastry______.
7 I once tried pigs ear, which I have to say was possibly th e ______ thing
lve evertasted.
C Do you know any cities which are good for food? W hat types o f food
are they best known for? Which areas have good restaurants? Plan to talk
about your favourite food city. Use these phrases from the listeningto
make some notes.
My favourite food city is ... Theyve got all sorts o f ...
X X X is really famous fo r its ... Its a kind o f ...
I ts really good (for) ... I think my favourite restaurant in ... is ...
One o f my favourite restaurants is a place called ..., which specialises
in ... Its acheap/basic/smart/expensive ... You can g e t ...
Id love to take you to X X X ; youd love it!
I know a really good ... that I should take you to.
D W o rk in groups and take turn s to ta lk about your favourite food city.
10.2

VO C ABU LAR Y reporting verbs

6 Complete the second sentence so th a t
4A Match the verbs w ith the statements.
it means the same as the firs t. Use the
I offer a) I cant eat anything else, thank you. correct form o f the verbs in bold.
1 warn b) W ould you like a coffee? I During the festiva], Street vendo rs sell
3 refuse c) Be careful. Its hot. nothing but chocolate. explain
She_________ during the festival Street
B Look at the statem ents/questions below. Rewrite each statement in vendors only sell chocolate.
reported speech using a verb from the box.
1 People should come to the Tomatina festival
in Spain. suggest/visit
warned explained refused promised invited suggested offered
Beatrix_________Spain during the
I You have to be careful not to eat to o much. Tomatina festival.

She________________________ us not to eat to o much. 3 You shouldnt eat anything before the
cheese-tasting festivals. There are more
1 W h y dont you co m e to Palermo and III take you to my favourite
than 1,000cheeses to try. warn/eat
restaurant?
H e _________ us n o t_________ anything
H e ___________us to Palermo, and h e ___________ t o take us t o his
before going to the cheese-tasting festivals.
favourite restaurant.
4 W e ll definitely go to the Mango festival in
3 It will definitely be good valu for money. lm 100 percent certain o f that.
India in July. promise/take
She__________________________that it would be good valu fo r money.
H e _________ me to the Mango festival.
4 I think Lima could be one o f the greatest food cities in the w orld.
5 Would you like me to show you around the
She___________ that Lima could be one o f the greatest food cities in the Eurochocolate festival? offer/show
world.
The to u r guide_________ us around the
5 The restaurant speciaJises in grilled chicken. Eurochocolate festival.
H e ____ that the restaurant specialises in grilled chicken.
6 I dont believe that there is any better food than in Singapore.
H e ___________t o believe that there was any better food than in
Singapore.

G RAM M AR | verb patterns

5A Look at the verb patterns in bold in sentences a )-e ). Then complete
the table below w ith the sentences.
a) W e explained that it was our first trip to the area.
b) He agreed to show us around Palermo.
SPEAKING
c) She suggested trying some o f the local dishes.
d) They promised to cook fo r us. 7A Read the comments about food
below. Do any o f the people have sim ilar
e) He warned us not to eat the chillies.
ideas to you?

verb + infinitive with to verb + -ing

!l love good food, but I never
She offered to show us around.
i
They recommended takingthe bus
3 cook it myself. I would rather go
to a restaurant.
2
Food isnt at all important to me.
Verb + object + infinitive with to Verb + that I just eat when l m hungry.

They invited us to stay. She decided that she would stay.

4 5

B ( )1 0 3 Listen to the sentences above and underline the stressed words.

i Food is like a passion for me. I
love cooking for lots of people.

i
People who eat in restaurants
are lazy. Its such a waste of
C Listen again and check your answers. Pay atten tion to th e weak form s
money.'
o f t o / t a / , f o r / f a / and th a t/ Q t/. Then listen and repeat.

D Some verbs use more than one pattern. Find tw o examples in B W ork in pairs. Tell your partner how
Exercise 4B o f verbs which can use different patterns. you feel about food and cooking. Try to
Agree: She agreed toshow us around They agreed th a tit was a good idea. give examples.

I l l ^ page 146 I C W ork w ith another student. Tell them

about y our last partner.
 10.2

W R IT IN G a restaurant review LEARN T O link deas

8A Match headings a )-e ) w ith questions 1 -5 to complete th e guide to 9 A Look at the examples and answer
w ritin g a restaurant review. questions 1-3 .
a) Information about the price The food was so delicious th a t I didnt mind
b) Information about the men spending more than usua/.

c) Detai Is of the restaurant It was such an enjoyable mea/ t h a tl would

recommend th/s restaurant to anybody.
d) Information about the Service
It was so expensive that I wouldnt go back
e) Information about the atmosphere
there untess I wanted to impress a client
I ______ : W here is it? H ow can you contact them? H o w do you get there? A lth o u g h it s a five-star restaurant, the
W hat are the opening hours? service was appalling.
1 _____________ : W h a ts the dcor like? Is it child-friendly? Is it noisy? Is it W hile the s ta ff are friendly, and the
romantic? atmosphere is fun, the food isnt anything
3 _____ : W hat kind o f food does it serve? Are there any specialities? special.
D o they serve vegetaran food? Are there any particular dishes you
I W hich linking words do we use to connect
recommend?
ideas which contrast with each other?
4 _____ : Are the staff friend ly? Do you have to wait a long time?
1 W hich do we use to talk about the
5 _____ : Is it good valu fo r money? How much does it cost per person? consequenees o f a situation?
Are there any special offers?
3 W hich do we use to suggest a condition?
B Read the reviews below. Try to answer the questions above fo r each
B Read the reviews in Exercise 8B again.
restaurant. W hich one would you like to visrt and why?
Find and underline the linking words.

A r e y o u h u n g r y ? Y o u w i ll b e a t s o m e p o in t . H e re 's a g u id e t o C W rite sentences to connect th e five

s o m e o f t h e b e s t r e s ta u r a n ts in t o w n . pairs o f ideas below. Use the w o rds in
bracketsto help.
4 ,5 5 0 M ile s f r o m M u m b a i ( I n d ia n ) : B o x h ill W a y , 0 2 6 5 9 5 8 8 3 4 I Starbucks has been very successful. N ow
An unusual ame for an unusual Indian restaurant, 4,550 Miles from they want to open new stores in China, (so)
Mumbai offers diners a totally different kind of curry experience.
1 The restaurant has had very bad reviews.
This restaurant has such incredibly stylish and modern dcor that it
N obody wants to go there. (such)
goes against everything you expect from an Indian restaurant, and
they even have ja zz music playing in the background. Whilst the 3 The food was very bad. I w ill only go back
food is not cheap, it's delicious, so considering the surroundings, it there again if they get a new chef. (unless)
is reasonably priced. They also offer different kinds of Indian treats
4 The food was delicious. The service was
such as deep fried stuffed green chillies and salmn tikka.
poor. (although)
5 The restaurant had a good atmosphere.
F e a s t ( V e g e ta r a n ), Lo n g R o w 7 o f f M a rk e t S q u a re , 0 2 6 5 9 5 5 1 0 1
The food was disappointing. (while)
Feast specialises in vegetaran and vegan food and offers manly
lght meis and snacks. Although the room s quite small, the 10 Choose a restaurant in your to w n /
atmosphere is cosy, due to the size of the room. And the coffee city. W rite a short review (8 0 - 1 0 0 words).
and homemade cakes which they serve during the day are so good
Use the guide in Exercise 8 A to help you.
that youII want to come back. Feast becomes more of a bar in the
evening, so look out for different DJs during the week. Use the linking w ords in Exercise 9B to
connect y our ideas.

M a rc e lo 's ( I t a li a n ) , L o w e r E a st
S tr e e t, 0 2 6 5 9 7 9 9 9 4
Marcelo's is a large restaurant that is
good at catering for big parties. They
serve a wide variety of Italian food,
and all pizzas and pasta dishes are
reasonably priced. The restaurant itself
is decorated in an elegant Mediterranean
style and has such an authentic Italian
atmosphere, complete with soft Italian
music in the background, that you could
easily forget which country you're in.
They do a two-for-one deal on selected
meis throughout the week so be
sure to check which nights these are
available.
10.3 WHEN YOU TRAVEL,...

F U N C T IO N | giving advice/warnings V O C A B U L A R Y | airports L E A R N T O | make generalisations

VO C ABU LAR Y | airp orts

1 A Discuss the questions.
I D o you ever travel by plae?
1 D o you enjoy it?
Ten things NOT to do in an airport
3 W hat do you like/dislike about air travel? 1 Pick the wrong terminal - Most airports have more
than one terminal, so check which terminal you need
B Complete the questions/statem ents you before your taxi drops you off and drives away.
m ight hear in an a irp o rt w ith the w o rds in
the box. 2 Annoy the check-in desk - They may be taking a
long time, but getting annoyed with them will get you
proceed aisl card passport nowhere.
prior'ity X-ray hand gate
check boards 3 Make jokes about bombs or drugs - You might end
up in jail instead of enjoying your holiday.
I Can I see yo u r___________ ?
4 Take more than one bag - If it says one bag only for
1 Y o u r________ number is 42.
hand luggage, then you can't bring your handbag and
3 In a few moments we will be calling all shopping bags, too.
passengers w ith ____________ boarding.
4 W ould you like a n __________ seat o r a 5 Go crazy on liquids - 100 mi is the limit. No extra
window seat? bottles of suncream, shampoo and hair conditioner.
5 Y o u rflig h t______ at 09.30.
6 Waste peoples time - Take off your jewellery, watch
6 Please have your boarding____ ready
and belt before you go through the X-ray machine,
fo r inspection.
so people don't have to wait while you go through the
7 How many bags do you have t o ___________ machine again and again.
in?
8 Do you have any___________luggage? 7 Leave things in the trays - Don't wait until you get
9 Please______ to gate number 30. to the departure gate before you remember that you left
your phone, iPod, keys and passport in the tray.
10 Put your hand luggage through the
machine. 8 Use the airport internet terminis - They are slow
and expensive, and you'll soon wish you hadn't bothered.
C Put the phrases in the order you m ight hear
them in an airpo rt. 9 Shop because youre bored - You got cheap flights
and a budget hotel, so why waste money on things you
F U N C T IO N | giving advice/warnings don't need, like giant-sized chocolate bars?

2 A W o rk in pairs. W rite a list o f three things 1 0 Leave the toilet stop until its time to board -
you must and mustnt do in an a irpo rt. You'll keep the other passengers waiting, and then have
to make that embarrassing walk down the aisl when you
B Read the article. Does it m ention your ideas? finally board.
C W o rk in pairs and discuss. Do you agree w ith
the advice? Have you ever experienced any o f
these problems?
 10.3
3 A @ 10.4 Listen and match conversations 1- 4 w ith LEAR N T O m a ke gen era lisa tio ns
situations a )-d ).
a) crim e in a d ty 6A Look at how the speakers make generalisations.
Cross ou t the alternative which is n o t possible.
b) the journey to Heathrow airport
I W atch out fo r the taxi drivers who tend to/are tend to /
c) travelling in the north o f the country
have a tendency to hang around outside the airport.
d) arriving at the airport
1 Youd better leave plenty of time, because often/never/
B Listen again. W h a t problems do they ta lk abo ut in usually there are delays on the tube.
each conversation? 3 Be careful when you take trips into the jungle. Sometimes/
Generally/Always there are a lot o f mosquitoes there, so
4 A Match 1-10 w ith a )-j) to complete the warnings/advice. remember to take mosquito nets and insect cream.
I W atch out fo r 4 On the whole/lt doesnt often happen / I t s not very common,
1 Make sure but dont walk around the city obviously carrying money
3 D ont ... (orelse) in a big money belt o r anything.
4 Youd better 5 There isnt really much crime. On the whole/Forthe whole/
Generally, its a pretty safe city.
5 If I were you,
6 Be careful B ( 1 0 .6 Listen and underline the words/phrases the
7 D ont fo rg e tto speakers use.
8 W hatever you do,
( sp ea k
9 You need to
English speakers often make generalisations because they
10 The most im portant thing is
want to soften a statement. Generalisations sound less
a) when you take trips into the jungle. direct and less aggressive. Can you use any o f the phrases in
b) you find out how much the journey is supposed to cost. italics in Exercise 6to taJk about travelling in your country?
c) watch out fo r groups o f young children on the streets.
7 Look at the sentences below. Then make
d) the taxi drivers who tend to hang around outside.
generalisations usingthe prom pts in brackets.
e) ld allow about an hour and a half.
I Men use the internet more than women. (tend)
f) dont drinkthe water.
M en tend to use the internet more than women.
g) leave plenty o f time.
1 I go to bed early in the winter. (whole)
h) get in until youve agreed the price with the driver, or else
3 The beaches are clean and safe, (generally)
you could ...
4 The trains t o the airport are not delayed. (not common)
i) to remember to hold on to your handbag.
5 Criminis targettourists. (tendency)
j) take your malaria tablets.
6 English people complain about the weather. (often)
B () 10.5 Listen and check your answers. Then listen
and repeat the phrases. W hich w ords are stressed?
S P E A K IN G
ni# page 146 L A N G U A G E B A N K

5 Find and correct the mistakes. There is one mistake in 8A W o rk in pairs and role-play the situation. Student A:
each sentence. read the instructions below. Student B: tu rn to page 160.

I The most im portant thing to remember is not going out
alone.
1 If I were you l ll bring w aterproof dothes.
3 Make sure if you wear a helmet and protective dothing
when you ride a bike.
4 Be carefully when youre on the main roads. Theyre
always very busy.
5 Dont forgetting to keep your luggage with you at all times.
6 W hatever you are do, dont buy food from th e Street
sellers. Its terrible.
7 W atch out fo r people try to sell you fake watches.
8 Youll better leave your valuables in the hotel.
Student A: you are a to u rist. You w a nt to go on a to u r in
the Australian O utback. A sk the Tourist Inform ation fo r
advice, e.g. A re there any animals to be careful of? W hat
special c lo th e s /e q u ip m e n td o y o u need?
I'd like some Information about going into the Outback. First
o f a llw h a t animals do I need to be careful o f ? ...
B Change roles and role-play the fo llo w in g situation.
Student A : you w o rk in a diving centre. A customer would
like to go snorkelling on the reef. Give h im /h e r some
advice usingthe prom pts below:
I most im portant thing / wear T-shirt / dont get sunburn
Suncream / washes off in the sea
1 whatever do / not / touch the coral / break pieces off
3 watch out / stingrays - they can give you nasty sting
4 careful - strong currents - make sure / you can swim to
shore/the boat
5 make sure / take underwater camera - take photos
10.4 THE GREAT MELT
DVD PREVIEW
1 Read about the BBC documentary. W h y d o you
th in k life gets d iffic u lt fo r the polar bears?
OS Natures Great
Events: The Great Melt
his BBC nature documentary, narrated
T by Sir David Attenborough, shows how
life changes when the Arctic ice m elts in the
summer. This is the greatest seasonal change
on the planet. D uring the long winter, the
sun never rises, and temperatures plum m et to
minus 40 degrees. W hen the ice m elts in the
summer, the landscape changes completely
and life gets difficult for the polar bears.
[ DVDVIEW
2 W atch the programme and answer th e questions.
1 W h y is the melting ce a problem for the polar bears?
2 Is the problem worse than it was in the past?
3 A Complete the sentences using the w o rds in the
box below.
ice flicker rises drown summer sea islands
1 The Northern Lights_____ across the sky.
2 Polar bears are in their element, hunting fo r seis on
th e fro z e n _____ .
3 In February, the sun_____ fo r the first tim e in fo u r
months.
4 A t the height o f _____ , even the permanent ice-caps
are touched by the power of the sun.
5 O ver 2.5 million square miles o f ice have melted
away, uncoveringthousands o f _____ , surrounded
by open ocean.
6 A m other bear and her adoleseent cub rest on a
fragment o f _____ ,
7 If future melts are as extreme as this one, bears like
these may either starve o r _____ , lost at sea.
B W atch the programme again to check your answers.
4 W o rk in groups and discuss.
1 D o you think man can do anything to improve the
situation? What?
2 D o you think televisin programmes like this help to
change the situation? How?
*
I
speak an endangered place
5A 10.7 You are going to give short
presentations about Places to see before
they disappear. First, listen to someone
elses presentation. W hich question below
does he not answer?
I W hat is the place?
1 W h y is it in danger?
3 W h y should you go there/see it?
4 H ow much does it cost to go there?
5 W hat can be done to change the situation?
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you
hear.
keyphrases
One o f the most beautiful places ... (is
under threat)
One of the most endangered places is/has...
One o f the biggest problems ...
Something that everyone should have the
chance to see is ...
The problem is th a t...
Fortunately/Unfortunately, ...
Interestingly/Hopefully, ...
Many/Much of the ... have/has been
W e have an opportunity to ...
Inthe past, ... but now ...
... before its to o late.
6 A W ork on your own and plan a three-m inute presentation.
Do some research if necessary, or tu rn to page 163 fo r ideas. Use
the prompts below and the key phrases to help.
W hat is the place?
W h y is it in danger?
W h y should you go there/see it?
W hat can be done to change the situation?
B W ork in pairs and take turns.
Student A: practise your presentation. Use your notes, but try not
to read all the inform ation. Try to look up when youre talking.
Student B: help your partner im prove their presentation. Ti me the
presentation. Was it long enough? Give him /her feedback about
his/her style and language.
Then change roles, and practise your presentations again.
C Give your presentation to the whole class. Wbtch the other
students presentations. Which places would you like to visit?
writeback em ail fo r actio n
7 A Read the email and answer the questions. W here is Little
Green Street? W h a t is the problem?
Little Green Street is an od cobbled Street just outside the
centre of London. It is only 2.5m wide, and the houses here
were built more than 225 years ago. The Street, with its
pretty, painted houses, and cobblestones, survived World
W ar II. But now it is under threat from a developerw ho plans
to build a car park and houses on the land nea rto it. The
houses on Little Green St are protected by law (nobody can
get permission to demolish them), but the Street itself is not.
In order to build his car park the developer plans to send
heavy work lorries and machinery up and down this little od
Street. We are in no doubt that the lorries would destroy the
Street, and possibly the houses along with it. If you would like
to join us in our protest against these plans, please sign your
ame at the bottom o fth e email. Thankyou.
B W rite an email calling fo r action to protect one o f th e places
talked about in Exercise 6. Use the email above and th e key
phrases to help.
10.5 LOOKBACK
T H E E N V IR O N M E N T
1 A Complete the words/phrases in
bold with the missing letters.
1 I only eat o______ c food because
it s grow n w ith o u t using chemicals.
2 I buy p__-_ r______ d food because
I dont have tim e fo r cooking.
3 I dont use e ___ g_-s_____ g light
bulbs because theyne expensive.
4 My house isnt in__I____d ve ry
well, so its always coid in the winter.
5 I try to r__ y____glass, plstic and
paper, but nothing else.
6 lm caneful to turn the Computer
and T V off at night, and not leave
them o_ s___ d__
7 I buy a lo t o f s____ dh____dothes
- I like them and the yre cheap.
8 I thin k p_____ s s__ food is great
because you can always make a
quick meal at home.
B W rite tw o statements that are
true for you using the w o rd s /
phrases in bold. Compare your
sentences with a partner.
R E P O R T E D SPEECH
2 Rewrite the reported
conversation using direct speech.
Samantha introduced me (Franco)
to Tom w ho said he was pleased
to meet me. I replied that it was a
pleasune to meet him, too, and that
I hoped Tom was enjoying his stay
in Miln. He said he thought Miln
was a beautiful city, and he had very
much enjoyed his stay there. He said
that he had met lots o f wonderful
people and eaten some delicious
food. I asked Tom if he had had the
chance to do any sightseeing. Tom
told me that unfortunately he hadnt
had very much tim e at all, but that
he had enjoyed seeing the cathedral.
I asked Tom rf he planned to visit
Italy again soon. He replied that he
would have loved to, but that Italy
was a long way from Queensland. I
said that was true, and then invited
Tom to come and join us fo r a
coffee before he had to leave fo r
the airport. Tom accepted.
S am a ntha : Franco, this is Tom.
Tom: Pleased to m eet you, Franco.
F ranco: I t s ...
3 A W ork in pairs. Take turns to ask
and answer questions 1 -5 . Make a
note of your partners answers.
1 W h a t are yo u r plans fo r yo u r next
holiday?
2 W h e re did you g ro w up? Is it
different there now?
3 W h a t do you usually do on a
Saturday aftemoon?
4 W h a t are you going to do later?
5 W h a t tw o promises can you make
concerning y ou r English studies?
B W o rk w ith another student. Tell
them w hat you learned about your
partner using reported speech.
R E P O R T IN G VERBS
4 W o rk in pairs and take turns.
Student A: choose a word from
the box. Dont say the w ord, but
say something in the manner of
the w ord. Student B: listen and
guess which word your partner is
describing.
explain refuse promise
w arn invite suggest offer
A : l f you do that again, lm leaving.
B : warn?
A :T h a ts right.
V ERB PATTERNS
5A Circle the correct alternative.
1 He promised to give/giving me
back the money.
2 I refused to answer/answering.
3 She invited us to stay/for staying.
4 H es offered pay/to pay.
5 In the end, everyone agreed it to
b e /that it was the best thing to do.
6 They explained wanting/that they
wanted ou r address.
B W o rk in pairs and discuss. W hen
was the last time:
you promised to do something?
you agreed w ith someones idea?
someone explained something to
you?
you wam ed someone about
something?
someone offered to do something
fo r you?
G IV IN G A D V IC E /W A R N IN G S
6A Complete the advice/warnings
using the words in brackets to help.
1 ___________, dont tell the teacher.
(whatever)
2 __________ buy a phrase book.
(forget)
3 ___________you get ft before you
do it. (make)
4 __________ w ear that od shirt,
___________youll never get the
job. (else)
5 I f __________ , ld buy her some
flow ers. (were)
6 __________ you dont oversleep
and miss the plae, (careful)
7 Y o u __________ lo o k fo r a hotel
on the internet (better)
8 __________ ask yo u r manager
w h o can approve it. (need)
B Match the advice/warnings
above with situations a )- h ).
a) I havent done m y hom ew ork.
b) I fo rg o t my m others birthday.
c) I arrive in N e w Y ork late at night.
I dont know where lm going to
stay.
d) My plae leaves at 6a.m., but I
dont have an alarm.
e) ld like to have a holiday but
l m n o t sure w ho I have to get
permission from .
f ) lm planning to run a marathn,
but I havent done any training.
g) I cant speak the language.
h) lve g o t a jo b interview, but I d o n t
have any den dothes to wear.
C W o rk in pairs. Take turns to
give each other advice using the
situations above.
S V ID E O PO D C A ST
Download th e video
podcast and view
people talking about
w h at they th in k are
th e biggest problems
facing th e world at
th e m om ent.
IRREGULARVERBS
VERB PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE
be was been leave left left
beat beat beaten lend lent lent
become became become let let let
begin began begun lie lay lain
bend bent bent light lit lit
bet bet bet lose lost lost
bite bit bitten make made made
bleed bled bled mean meant meant
blow blew blown meet met met
break broke broken mistake mistook mistaken
bring brought brought pay paid paid
broadcast broadcast broadcast put put put
build built built read / r i: d / read /r e d / read /r e d /
burn bum ed/bumt burned/burnt ride rod ridden
burst burst burst ring rang rung
buy bought bought rise rose risen
catch caught caught run ran run
choose chose chosen say said said
come carne come see saw seen
cost cost cost sell sold sold
cut cut cut send sent sent
deal dealt dealt set set set
dig dug dug shake shook shaken
do did done shine shone shone
draw drew drawn shoot shot shot
dream dreamed/dreamt dreamed/dreamt show showed shown
drink drank drunk shrink shrank shrunk
drive drove driven shut shut shut
eat ate eaten sing sang sung
fall fell fallen sink sank sunk
feel felt felt sit sat sat
feed fed fed sleep slept slept
fight fought fought slide slid slid
find found found smell smelled/smelt smelled/smelt
fly flew flown speak spoke spoken
forbid forbade forbidden spell spelt spelt
forget forgot forgotten spend spent spent
forgive forgave forgiven spill spilled/spilt spilled/spilt
freeze froze frozen split split split
get got got spread spread spread
give gave given stand stood stood
g went been/gone steal stole stolen
grow grew grown stick stuck stuck
hang hung hung sting stung stung
have had had swim swam swum
hear heard heard take took taken
hide hid hidden teach taught taught
hit hit hit tear tore tom
hold held held tell told told
hurt hurt hurt think thought thought
keep kept kept throw threw thrown
know knew known understand understood understood
lay laid laid wake woke woken
lead led led wear wore worn
leap leapt leapt win won won
learn learned/learnt learned/leamt write wrote written
 LANGUAGE BANK

question forms subject questions

object questions W hen the wh- question word isthe subject o f the question:
Object questions use the w ord order: question w ord + we dont use an auxiliary verb (do, did, etc.).
auxiliary verb + subject + infinitive.
* we use the same w ord order as in an affirmative sentence.
question auxiliary
subject verb question word verb object
word verb
W ho wants ice cream?
W here do you work?
W hat happened?
W hat did she say?
W ho ate the cheese?
W hen are they coming?

questions w ith prepositions

yes/no questions
W hen we use a verb + preposition expression (but not m ulti-
Yes/No questions dont use a question word. The answer to
word verbs) such as look for, depend on, write about, etc., we
the question is Yes o r No.
usuaJIy keep the verb and preposition together.
auxiliary verb subject verb
W hat did you ta lk about? W ho are you lo o k in g for?
Does he smoke?
In very forma] English we sometimes move the preposition to
Did we win? the front o f the sentence. Compare:
Have they arrived? W hat does it depend on? O n what does it depend?

review of verb tenses past continuous

present simple
+ 1was living there during the 90s.
+ He looks happy. - 1wasnt living there during the 90s.
- He doesnt look happy. ? Were you living there?
? Does he look happy? Use the past continuous to taik about an action o r situation
Use the present simple to talk about something that is in progress at a particular tim e in the past. This action was
always o r gene rail y true, habits, routines, with be and other not finished at that time.
state verbs (see below).
state verbs and dynamic verbs
present continuous
State verbs are not usually used in the continuous form .
+ W e re staying here. The most common state verbs are:
- W e arent staying here. attitude verbs: love, hate, like, want, prefer
1.2 ? thinking verbs: believe, know, remember, understand, mean,
Are we staying here?
imagine
Use the present continuous to talk about an activity
happening at the tim e o f speaking o r atem porary activity sense verbs: see, hear, sound, appear, seem
happening around now. It may be happening at the moment, belonging verbs: own, possess, behng to, have, contain,
but may be not. include
past simple Some state verbs can be used in the continuous form when
they describe actions, e.g. see, have, think.
+ They worked hard.
l m seeingPhil tonight (see = meet)
- They didnt work hard.
We Ve having a party. (have = organise)
? Dd they work hard?
/ m th in k in g o f going to un/vers/ty. (think = consider)
Use the past simple to talk about finished actions, events o r
situations in the past.

talking about yourself

introducing a question introducing an opinion
Could 1ask a question? For me (the most im portant thing is) ...
1.3 There are a couple o f things ld like to ask about. Id have to say ...
Can 1ask you about that? In my opinio n,...
1have a query. One thing ld like to say is th a t...
1 W rite questions fo r the answers in italics. 2 Put the w ords in brackets in the correct places to
1 W here ? make questions.
1 live n Madrid. 1 the President? (killed, who)
2 W ho ?
Nick won the game. 2 were you thinking? (what, about)

No, he doesnt eat meat. 3 to the od theatre? (happened, what)

4 W hat ?
They are sleeping. 4 W here your great-grandparents come? (from , did)
5 W hat ?
lm writing about my first holiday. 5 your ancestors from here? (come, did)

W e arrived yesterday. 6 she here fo r a long time? (worked, has)

7 W ho ?
We ate the chocolate. 7 is all that noise? (who, making)
8 Did ?
Yes, we liked the film. 8 house you looking for? (are, which)

1 Underline the correct alternatives.
Like most translators, I 1m speoking/speak several
languages. A t the moment, I 2m attending/attend
a conference. I 2was doing/did some w o rk fo r an
internet company when I 4wos heong/heord about this
conference. I 5was arriving /arrvedthree days ago and
lm going to stay until Monday, when it ends.
My best friend is called Gina. W e 6aren t speaking/don t
speak to each other every day, but w ere very cise. I
7was meetng/met her on my first morning at university.
I Bwas looking/lookedfor the library when she carne up
to me and asked, Excuse me, 9do you know/are you
knowing where the library is? W e 1were finding/found
it together!
Put the verbs in brackets in to th e correct tense.
Sit down and watch the game! W e ____ _ (win)
2- 1. Ronaldo scored tw o minutes ago.
John wasnt here last summer. H e _____ _ (travel)
around Africa.
Fifty years ago, my favourite w r ite r ____ -
I didnt do the hom ework because I _______ __ (not
listen) when the teacher told us what to do.
D V D s ___(not work) very well on my laptop,
so I use the TV and DVD player.
W h a ts that smell? Can you turn off the oven? I think the
fo o d ___________ (burn).
___________ (see) that film last n'ight? W hat did you think?
8 Everyone knows that smoking _
cncer.

1 Find and correct the mista tes in the conversation below. There are six mista kes.
I A: There are a couple of things ld like ask about.
B: Go ahead.
A: Firstly, which o f your films do you think is the best?
B: ld having to say Millennium Dreamer. For me, its my best film and it was
my first comed y.
A: Can I ask you around that? Youve never done comedy before. W h y not?
B: I dont know. I suppose people think lm a serious actor.
A: Could I ask question about your image? Is it accurate? Are you really the strong
silent type in real life?
B: No. One of thing ld like t o say is that these images are invented by the media. By
my opinion, good actors are never just one thing. T ha ts w h y theyre actors.
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

present perfect/past simple recent events

tim e up to now Use the present perfect to taJk about events which happened a
short tim e ago. W e often use the adverbs just, yet and already.
+ lv e been to Marrakesh.
Ive ju s tfin is h e d his book. It was brilliant.
- He hasnt been here.
W eve alrea dy eaten.
7 H ave you trie d it?
Have yon done your homework yei?
Use the present perfect fo r actions which have
W eve seen a lot o f Jude recently.
happened in your life before now. These are often
general experiences. It isnt im portant exactly when present perfect o r past simple?
these things happened. Use the past simple to talk about a spec'ific event which happened
He s played n an Indie band f r a coupfe o f years. at a specifictime.
I haventtra v e lle d to other countries. I Ve been to Sweden. (A t some time in my life up t o now. W e
W e often use the adverbs ever and never with the dont know when.)
present perfect. We w e n tto Stockholm in 2002. (N o t W eVe been to Stockholm
We Ve never been to China. Have you ever been to in 2002. This is a spec'rfic occasion and date, so we use the past
the Opera? simple.)

n a r r a tiv e te n s e s past perfect

past simple
+ I hadfmished m yw ork.
Use the past simple fo r states and actions in the past.
- They hadnt had time.
W e often specify the time when they happened.
7 Had they been there before?
I le ft university in 1996. He d id n t k n o w the way to
Sals house. Use the past perfect to make it d ea rthat one action happened
past continuous before the other.

Use the past continuous to talk about the background
information fo r a story. Use the past simple t o talk
about the main events.
As I was w a lkin g through the park, the sun was
sh ining and the birds w ere sin ging Suddenly, I
heard a loud noise.
Often the past continuous action is interrupted by
another action (in the past simple).
I was having a bath when the phone rang.
W e can use conjunctions like as and while t o talk about
tw o actions which were happening at the same time.
W h ile I was reading the paper; I watched the women
buying vegetables in the m arket
For more information on state and dynamic verbs
section I. 2, page 148.
PAST NOW
I lost my wallet. I didnt have any money.
________ X _________________ X ________________ |
past perfect past sim ple present
I d id n t have any money because I had lo s t my wallet
W hen before o r after is used in the sentence, its already clear
which action comes before the other, so we can use the past
simple instead o f the past perfect.
She h ad live d in London for five years b efore she moved to
New York. She lived in London for five years before she moved
to New York.
W e often use the past perfect with thinking verbs like remember,
realise, think, discover, find out, etc.
When I got to the school, I realised l d left m y books at home.

t e llin g a s t o r y

beg in n in g th e sto ry This happened when ... questions to keep a sto ry going So, what happened?
Inthe beginning, ... W hat did you do?
d escrib in g w h a t h ap p en ed W ell, ... W hat happened next?
Anyway, ... ReaJIy?
S o ,... responses to sh o w in te re s t I dont believe it!
Before long,... Oh no / Oh dear.
And then, all o f a sudden ... H ow embarrassing!
The next thing I knew ,... Thats really funny.
e n d i ng t h e sto ry In the end, ... You must be joking.
Finally,... Yes, I know.

1 Tick the correct sentences, a) or b).
1 a) lve been to India last year.
b) I went to India last year.
2 a) I finished my studies in 2005.
b) lve finished my studies in 2005.
3 a) Did you have lunch yet?
b) Have you had lunch yet?
4 a) Did you ever see Metallica play live?
b) Have you ever seen Metallica play live?
5 a) Is this the first tim e youve tried judo?
b) Is this the first tim e you tried judo?
6 a) Its the most beautiful place lve ever been to.
b) Its the most beautiful place I ever went to.
1 Underline the correct alternativesto complete the story.
I remember when Marvin Gaye 1died/had died. I 2had
been /was going to one o f his concerts a few months
before. In fact, he 2hadnt played/wasnt playing very well
and I was disappointed. I also remember when JFK was
shot. I 4had lived/was living with my parents in N ew York
and I Sstuded/was studylng at the time. I remember the
cleaning lady kcarne/was coming into the room, and said
2.2 to me, Hey, President Lincoln has been shot. I 7replied/
was replying, I know that. No, she said. President
Lincoln has been shot! So I said, W hat do you mean?
And she said, O h no, I mean ... President, you know,
w h ats his ame, the one now. President Kennedys been
shot. So then I Bwas turning/turned on the radio.
1 Complete the conversation w ith th e w o rds and
phrases in the box.
In the end dont believe it The next thing I knew
So, this happened when So, what happened W ell
really funny Anyway You must be joking
A: W ell, 1_____ I was working in a photographic store.
B:2____ ?
A 3____ , one day, a woman carne in and asked if we could
fix th e problem she had with a photograph. 4_____, I
asked her what the problem was.
B: OK.
A: 5____ , she had taken this od photo out of her bag
which showed an od man sitting behind a cow, milking it.
LB2
2 Use the prom pts to make short conversations.
1 A: you / be / here / before? (ever)
B: no / not
2 A: you / see / the film The Reader?
B: no / not / see (yet)
3 A: he / be / to Budapest?
B: yes / go / last sum me r
4 A: you / finish / that book? (yet)
B: yes / start / the next one (aJready)
5 A: you / see / Maria?
B: yes, she / leave / a message fo r you
6 A: he / decide / what job / want to do? (yet)
B: no / have / not
2 Find and correct the mistakes. One sentence is correct.
1 I was leaving the room when I had heard someone
shouting.
2 I couldnt open the doo r because I left my keys at home.
3 W e drove through the tunnel when the car broke down.
4 As soon as the film started I realised I seen it before.
5 I never been to Egypt before, so I was really excited to
see the pyramids.
6 By the time we arrived at the party, everybody else is
leaving.
7 W e had waited fo r nearly an hour before the waiter to o k
our order.
8 I looked through some od photographs when I found
this one o f you.
6 , when I asked her what she wanted us to d o to
the photo, she said, Can you move the cow? M ovethe
cow? I asked. Yes, she replied. I w a n tto see what my
grandfather looked like. She pointed t o th e feet sticking
out from under the cow.
B: Oh no. 7______.
A: No, seriously. She wanted us to move the cow, so that
she could see her grandfathers face.
B: I 8_____ ! So, what happened next?
A: 9_____ , when I told her we couldnt do it, she got quite
angry, and left the shop saying, Then l ll have to take it
to someone else.
B: Thats 10______.
ESI
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

t h e f u t u r e (p la n s ) will
be going to
+ W e ll meet you at the station.
+ l m going to start university next year. - 1wont see you tom orrow .
- He isnt going to get a job this year. ? W ill you want a taxi?
? W here are you going to stay? W hen there is no plan or arrangement
W hen using be going to use the word order: subject + am /are/is + going to + (when we make a decisin at the tim e of
infinitive. Use be going to to talk about future plans or intentions. W hen the speaking), we often use will.
verb is go o r come, we often use the present continuous. lm tired. I think T il g o to bed.
(subject + will + infinitive)
We Ve g o in g to (go to) Spain. We Ve g o in g to Spain.
For use o f be going to and will fo r
l m g o in g to com e and see you later. l m com ing to see you later.
prediction, see section 3.2 below.
present continuous
might
+ l m starting my course in September.
+ 1might go out later.
- W e re not going away fo r very long.
- W e might not be able to fnish
? W hat tim e are you leaving in the morning? all this w o rk tom orrow .
The present continuous is formed: subject + am /are/is (not) + verb + -ing. Use might (+ infinitive) to taJk about plans,
Use the present continuous to talk about future plans, when arrangements when we are unsure what the plan is.
have already been made. W e usually spec'rfy a future tim e such as next week,
I m ig h t s tay at home and watch a DVD.
on Friday, etc., unless it is already dear that we are taJking about the future.
(But l m not sure. I might go out.)
W ere flying to Greece on Frday. (W eve already bought the tickets.)
spoken grammar
Shes staying in a hotel near th e a irp o rt (The hotel is aJready booked.)
W e do not usually use might + infinitive in
In some cases it doesnt matter if i t s the present continuous o r be going to. the question form . It seems old-fashioned
I m p la yin g football on Saturday. I m g o in g to pa y football o n Saturday. and formal. D o y o u th in k you might see

t h e f u t u r e ( p r e d ic tio n s ) Probably comes after to be when we be ffceV0

will
Use will to make predictions.
Smartphones w ill organise our Uves.
Shes so talented that lm sure she l l
becom e famous.
W e often use I think and I hope with will.
I th in k John w ill become a doctor.
She hopes she w ill work in the theatre.
be going to
Use be going to to make predictions when
there is present evidence.
We only have two cars. It s g o in g to be
difficult to take eleven people tomorrow.
W e use probably to make the prediction less
certain. Probably usually comes after will.
The dollar w ill p robab ly g e t stronger this year.
use it with be going to. Use be likely to to make predictions
E-readers are p ro b a b ly g o in g to when something is probable. The
become cheaper. negative is be unlikely to o r not be
may and might likely to.
Use may o r might to make predictions Regina is lik e ly to be late because she
which are less certain. The negative works until seven.
form s are may not and might not We Ve unlikely to reach Paris before
Some o f our workers m ay lose their lunch because o f all the traffic.
jobs because o f the restructuring. A re you lik e ly to be hungry later?
We m ig h t n o tg o away this year Likely/Unlikely are adjectives.
because we dont have any money.
W ill we start at 5.00? I t s unlikely.
could
spoken grammar
Use could to make predictions which
Might is more common than may in
are less certain.
spoken English. M ay is a little bit more
Global warming could de s tro y large formal.
pars o f Asia in the next thirty years.

d e a lin g w i t h m is u n d e rs ta n d in g s
saying you didnt hear something 1didnt catch any o f that.
Youve lost me.
saying you dont understand someones opinion
1dont get what youre saying.
asking someone to explain something moreclearly W hat exactly do you mean?
Do you mean to say ...?
asking someone to repeat something Can you say that again?
Could you repeat the last part/nam e/thingyou said?
 LB3

1 Complete the conversation. Use the prom pts in 2 Find and correct the mistakes. There is one mistake in
brackets where necessary. each sentence.
A: W here 1_____ you going? 1 W ill you going out this weekend?
B: lm 2_____ to Pauls house. W e 3_____ going to watch 1 lm sorry 1cant come. 1playing tennis after w o rk
thefootbaJI. 3 1dont feel very well. 1think 1 stay at home.
A: OK. W h o 4_____ ? (play) 4 W hat you going to do?
3.1 B: Real Madrid versus Barcelona. 5 W e go fo r a picnic, so 1hope it doesnt rain.
A: 1see. And what tim e are you 5_____ home? (come) 6 Is that the phone? Dont w o rry - lm going t o get it.
B: 1dont know. 7 They might going to a concert.
A: H ow 6_____ getting home? 8 lm sorry we cant come, but w ere t o visit my mother
B: lm not sure. 17_____ his dad to drive me home, or this weekend.
10_____ catch the bus. (ask/might)

1 Rewrite the sentences below using th e w ords 2 Put the pairs o f w o rds in the box in to the correct place to
in brackets. complete the sentences.
I W e probably w o nt win the cup this year. (might)
W e_____________________________________ . will be arent going w o nt know might not
likely to mayarrive is going not likely
1 I may be late, (likely)
l m _____________________________________ .
I Jenny be able to meet us tonight because she has t o w o rk late.
3 That company will dose in July. (going)
That company____________________________, 1 Several o f our workers are lose their jobs this year because of

4 He probably w ont cali after 10.00. (unlikely) the economic recession.

H e ______________________________________ . 3 In tw enty years time, cars able to fly.

5 lm not going to give up exercise. (wont) 4 The predicted storm at any moment.
I ________________________________________ . 5 The children to stay with me because lm busy.
6 W e might have a problem with the flight. (may)
There____________________________________ . 6 I my exam results until August.

7 SheII get angry when she sees this. (going) 7 Its that w e ll arrive before 6.00 because there are train delays.
She_____________________________________ . 8 Watch out! That painting to fall off the waJI!
8 Are you going to visit us? (will)

9 I would love it if he comes to the party. (hope)

10 It is thought prices will rise if they complete the

development. (could)
Pnces____________________________________ .

1 Match 1 - 7 w ith a )-g ) to make sentences and questions.

I I didnt catch a) youre saying.
1 Youve lost b) you mean?
3 I dont get what c) that again?
4 W hat exactly do d) to say ...?
5 Could you repeat the e) any o f that.
6 Do you mean f) last ame?
7 Can you say g) me.
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

m u st, have to , s h o u ld ( o b lig a tio n ) Don't have to and mustnt have different meanings.
must, have to Mustnt means it is not allowed. Dont/Doesnt have to
means it is not necessary, but you can do it if you want.
I m u st get up at 5 tom orrow .
You m ustnt smoke cigarettes anywhere in the building.
They have to start w o rk early. (It is not permitted and it s dangerous.)
W e m ust start on time. You d o n t have to work after 6. (Its not necessary.)
She has to get there early. Must can only be used to talk about present o r future
You m u stn t do that! obligation. To talk about a past obligation, use had to.
W e d o n t ha ve to worry. We had to g e t up early to catch the plae.
They m u stn t be late. spoken grammar
He doesnt have to bring anything. Have /Has got to means the same as have/has to in the
context o f obligation and is used a lot in spoken English.
Do l/we/you h ave to bring ...?
l ve g o t to g e t some money from the bank. Shes g o t to
(M u s t you go so early?)*
get another job.
D o es he/she/it have to go?
shauld/shauldnt
* Question form s w ith must are not very common, and sound
quite formal. W e usuaJIy use Do I have to ...?instead. + l/Y o u /H e /S h e / should see this film.
Use must and have to to talk about obligadons. These things are - It/W e /T h e y shouldnt smoke in th e house.
necessary o r important. Must \s often used fo r a persona] obligation 7 Do you think we should ...?*
(something we have decided fo r ourselves that we must do).
* Should w e ... is more formal, and not very common.
I m ust give up eating chocolate.
Use should to talk about weak obligations (not as strong
Must is aJso used in written rules. as must o r have to). Often it is used fo r things which you
All applicants mustprovide p roof o f identity. think are a good idea (advice), e.g. You s h o u ld come to
Have to is used fo r externa] obligation. work in sm art clothes. Use shouldnt to talk about things
which are not a good idea, e.g. You shou ldnt go to bed
We have to wear a uniform. (Its a company rule.)
so late. Ought to has the same meaning as should, but is
Often you can use must o r have to with the same meaning, but in
not usually used in the negative o r questions, e.g. You
spoken English have to is more common.
ought to cali her. = You should cali her.

used to, would D o not use used to to talk about things that happened only
usedto once, o r fo r a specific number of tim es/length o f tim e. Use
the past simple for this.
+ used to live in France.
l/Y o u /H e /S h e / /VIy family m oved to America last year. N O T M y -family -
It/W eAThey
- d id n t use to see my parents. We w e n t to Italy twice on holiday. N O T W e-used-to-go-to-
7 Did they use tovisit? Italy twice on holiday.
Use used to to talk about past habits/states, which have often I stu d ie d at university for three years. N O T I use-to-stuy-
changed or are not true now. You can also use the past simple.
As a child, I used to love eating sweets. As a child I ate a spoken grammar
lot o f sweets. Never used to is more common in spoken English than didnt
W e can also use would to talk about past habits, but not to use to.
talk about past states. We never used to see them, except for during August
I w o u ld g o to the sweet shop every day. (habit) In spoken English, we often leave out the verb o r phrase
As a child, I was happy. As a child I used to be very after used to
happy. (state) N O T As a child, I would be happy. (state) Do you smoke? No, I used to, but I dont any more.

reaching agreement
givin g o p in io n s suggestions co m m e n tin g on o th e r opinions

I (really) feel th a t ... W hat about ...? Thats a good idea. 1(dont) see what you mean,
The way I see things,... 1suggest we focus on ... Thats a good point. lm not sure that 1agree,
The way I see i t , ... 1think we should think a b o u t... Thats fine by me. acta] ly.

1suggest we think about ... Thats O K by me. lm not sure th a t ... is a

good idea.
How about if / W h y dont we (cali it)...? Exactly!
 LB4

1 Underline the correct alternative to com plete the text. 2 Match 1 - 8 w ith a )-h ) to make sentences.
I Its a good job but we ...
The worst jobs in the world? 1 I love Saturday mornings, because I dont have
If you like travelling to exotic to
places, perhaps you 1should/ I think you should
shouldnt try this job. Helge Zieler
The doctor told me that I
is a mosquito researcher. In order
You mustnt
to study the biting habits of the
mosquito which spreads malaria You dont have to
in Brazil, Helge 2has to/doesnt have Francois is very lucky. His father is very rich, so
to sit inside a mosquito net while he
hundreds o f mosquito es bite him. 8 I reaJIy must
Every time he sees a mosquito
land on his body, he 3must/have to a) have to work hard.
suck it into a tube in his mouth, b) should do more exercise.
and then blcw it into a container. O n a good evening, Helge can catch c) come to work dressed in jeans. You haveto
500 mosquitoes in three hours. But to do this, he receives 3,000 hites (an look smart.
average of seventeen bites per minute for 180 minutes). H e ^mustnt/must d) doesnt haveto w ork at all.
forget his anti-malaria table ts. O nce he caught malaria and it took him
e) give up smoking. Its not good fo r my health.
two years to recover.
f) get up for w o rk I can stay in bed until 10a.m.
You 5shouldn*t/don*t have to drive too fast on the roads, espedally when
g) send the forms in until September, but its a
youre driving in the countryside. Why? Because more than 400 million
good ideato send them early.
animals are killed on the roads every year. Joanne Keene knows, because
h) think about whether you really want to apply
she 6has to/shouldnt remove them. Car drivers 7dont have to/must pick the
fo r the job.
animals up, so Joanne drives around in a huge truck full o f dead cats and
raccoons. Its a hard job, she says, because we work very long hours. We
^mustnt/must be on cali 24 hours a day.

1 Cross ou t the alternative which is
not possible.
I I used to play/played/play a lot of
tennis when I was younger.
1 A fte r school I would take/used to
take/take the bus home.
3 He never used to play/would p la y /
played the guitar, but he doesnt play
4.2 any more.
4 I didnt use to enjoy/didnt enjoy/
wouldn't enjoy school, but I worked
hard anyway.
5 T m used to have/would have/had
long hair.
6 I studied/used to study/didnt use to
study French fo r five years.
2 Make sentences w ith used to or w o u ld using the w o rds in brackets.
Sometimes both may be possible.
I In Ancient Greece, people _ _ (think) the world was fat, but Aristotle
thought it was round.
1 In the olden days, people_____ (not have) cars, so they rod horses.
3 _____ people reaJIy_____ (enjy) watching gladiator fights in Ancient Rome?
4 In the sixteenth century, ladies_____ (put) a white powder containing lead
on their faces. It was poisonous.
5 Two hundred years ago, th e y _____ (not use) anaesthetics to perform
operations.
6 Before i ron was invented, soldiers_____ (fight) using bronze swords, but
they werent very strong and often changed shape in battle.
7 The Romans_____ (make) themselves sick so that they could eat more
during their huge banquets.
8 W h y _____people_____ (eat) garlic in Ancient Egypt? It was to cure toothache.

1 Using the w ords in italics, rew rite the second sentence so it has the same m eaning as th e first.
1 Lets begin. 4 1agree with that idea.
1 think we should begin I ts me.

1 1suggest we look at the emails first. 5 From my point o f view, it works very well.
Why ? The way things. it works very well.

3 1dont understand. 6 1agree with what you have just said.

1 you mean. Thats point

ES
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

comparatives and superlatives ways o f comparing

one-syllable adjectives and two-syllable adjectives ending in -y Here are some common expressions used for making
comparisons: Its exactly/about the same as Its
adjective comparative superlative notes
very similar to It's not as ... as.
cheap cheaper the cheapest + -e r/the +-est
I t s exactly th e sam e as the one we had last year.
fast faster thefastest I t s v e ry sim ila r to somewhere I stayed last year.
easy easier the easiest -y changes t o -i H e s n o t as ta ll as I expected.

friendly friend lier the friendlest + -er/the +-est Its a lot/m uch/far more + adjective: I t s far m ore
b e a u tifu l than I imagined.
big bigger the biggest adjective ending in
Its a little/a little bit/slightly: I t s s lig h tly sm aller than
*CVC double final
the last fat I lived in.
consonant
using superlatives
large larger the largest adjective ending in
-e, add - r/th e + -st Here are some common expressions used with
superlatives: by fa r the m ost..., one o f the m ost... the
two-syllable and longer adjectives
second (third/fourth) m ost...
adjective comparative superlative notes I t s b y fa r the m ost delicious mea/ l ve ever eaten.
important more/less the m o s t/ + more/less ... than, Its one o f the m ost beautiful places in the world.
important least o r the most/the least W e often use superlatives with a phrase beginning
than im portant ... in th e ... in th e ...
irregular adjectives Shes by far the best student in the class.

adjective comparative superlative I t s one o f the tallest buildings in the world.

good better the best

bad worse the worst
far further/farth er the furthest/farthest
*CVC - consonant, vowel, consonant

q u e s tio n tags Use question tags to check

To make question tags, add auxiliary verb + pronoun a tth e end o f the question. information that you think is true.
For a positive sentence, use a negative tag: You p la y tennis, d o n t you? For a Also use question tags to sound less
negative sentence use a positive tag: They werent here, w ere they? direct (a way to sound polite).
Use contractions in the tag, not the full verb: H es nice, isnt he? N O T H e-s nker is If we are sure o f the information, the
not he? N.B. Use a comma before the question tag and a question mark after it. intonation falls on the question tag.
Youre coming tom o rrow , arent you?
positive verb + negative tag negative verb + positive tag
(expect the answer yes.)
present Youre twenty, arent you? She doesnt swim, does she?
If we are really not sure, the
past They carne back, didnt they? You didnt see Tim, did you? intonation rises on the question tag.
present perfect Youve lost it, havent you? He hasnt seen us, has he?
Shes from Europe, isnt she? (maybe
future Ill be back by 10.00, w ont 1? W e w o nt lose, will we? she isnt)

D o lite re q u e s ts watch out!

Couldyou tell me ...?and Do you know...? are not direct
request responses
questions; the word order is the same as fo r statements.
Could you carry this bag fo r me? Yes, of course.
Could you tell me what tme it is? N O T Could-yo-tell-
Could you bring your laptop with you? lm afraid 1cant/P m
sorry, 1cant.
Do you know what tme the shops open? N O T Do you
Could you tell me the way to the hotel? Yes, 1can. Its ...
Could you tell me what tim e it is? Let me have a look. Would you mind ...+ -ing
Do you know what time the shops open? lm not sure. Would you mind watering my plants when I go away?
Do you know how to get there?
Would you mind coming a little bit earlier? O f course not. Would you mind ... ? is followed by a negative response.

Would you mind booking us a table? O K. /Su re. Would you mind helping me? No, o f course n o t (lm
happy to help you) N O T Yes, o f course (I would mind
helping you = l'm not happy to help you)
 LB 5

1 Complete the sentences w ith the comparative or 2 Rewrite the sentences using the w ords in bold, so th a t
superlative form o f the adjectives in brackets. they have the same meaning.
1 W e usually fly to Italy instead o f going in the car, because I My brother is slightly taller than I am. bit
it s _____ , (quick)
2 They had to tra v e l______ than they wanted to find a 2 The journey to the coast to o k much longer than we had
hotel, (far) expected. far
3 W hen I was a teenager, I was m uch_____ than I am
now. (not confident)
3 I t s easily the most expensive restaurant lve ever been
4 Hes one o f _____ children in the class. (naughty) to. by
5 Exams are m uch_____ now than they were when I was
at school. (easy)
4 Your shoes and my shoes are almost the same, similar
6 Sweden is _____ than Norway. (big)
7 K2 is the second_____ mountain in the world. (high)
5 People here are much healthier now that they have den
8 This book is slightly_____ to understand than his last water, lot
book. The plot is very complicated. (difficult)
9 He used to be a teacher, but hes decided to become a
firefighter. Its a m uch_____ job. (dangerous)
10 Its b y fa r _____ film lve ever seen. (good)

1 Match 1- 8 w ith a )-h ) to make tag questions. 2 Find and correct the mistakes. There is one mistake in
1 Clive was an engineer, a) have they? each question.
2 Youre from Ethiopia, b) w o nt he? 1 You werent happy, werent you?

3 Shania isnt an actress,
4 They havent been here before,
5 Hell be home soon,
5.2 6 You w o rk here,
7 She hasnt met you,
8 They w ont finish on time,
c) has she? 2 Itll probably rain, doesnt it?
d) arent you? 3 She researched her roots, didnt her?
e) is she? 4 They always asktricky questions, they dont?
f) will they? 5 1take after my dad, doesnt he?
g) wasnt he? 6 Youve met Kevins fiance, have not you?
h) dont you? 7 1put my fo o t in it yesterday, havent 1?
8 My m entor will give me a hand, he w ont?
9 You had a lot on your mind, doesnt you?
10 Phil and Luke are on holiday, are not they?

1 Find the mista tes and correct them. There is an extra w ord o r tw o in
each line.
1 A: Excuse me, could you is hold the doo r for me?
B: Yes, I do o f course.
2 A: Do you know when the next train does to leaves?
B: lm not O Ksure.
3 A: W ould you to mind staying behind after the meeting?
B: Its Sure. T hats fine.
4 A: Could is possible you tell me what Tim s phone number is?
B: Let me have a to look.

5 A: W ould you mind to looking after my bag while I go t o the bathroom?

B: No, o f course not mind.
6 A: Could you tell fo r me the way to the station?
B: Yes, so I can.

m
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

zero and firs t conditionals Use the first conditional to taJk about possible
Z ero and first conditionais are sometimes called rea] conditionaJs situations in the future and their consequences. If you
because they taJk about situations which are always true, o r events are sure about the result, use will/wont If youre not
which are possible o r probable in the future. sure, use could/might
zero conditional W e can change the order of the sentence, but
if/when is aJways followed by the present simple.
if/w h e n + present simple + present simple
Ifm y train arrives on time, lll meet you at ten
If/W hen You* heat water to 100 Centigrade, it boils. oclock. O r l ll meet you at ten ochck ifm y train
* Here you is a general subject meaning anyone o r people in general. arrives on time. N O T i f my train willarrive on tme.

Use the zero conditional to talk about a general situation, o r In first conditional sentences, i f and when have
something which is always true (a fact). different meanings. Use i/when you are not sure if the
situation will happen: I f I pass my exams, l l l be very
I f plants d o n t have water, they die. Ice m elts i f you h e a tit. ( You
happy. Use when fo r a situation which you know will
here refersto anyone, o r people generally, not you specifically.)
happen: W hen I pass my exams, l ll have a party.
If/W hen can come at the begin ni ng o r in the middle o f the sentence.
Unless has the meaning of if not or except in this
I f lm not in the office by 8a.m.t my boss gets angry. M y boss gets situation.
angry i f lm not in the office by 8a. m.
l ll go straight to the restaurant, unless you cali me
//"and when have the same meaning in zero conditional sentences. In first (I will go straight to the restaurant, if you dont
this case i f means when this happens o r every ti me this happens. caJI me first.)
W hen lm feeling stressed, I eat chocolate. I f lm feeling stressed, I Note the difference between zero and first
eat chocolate. conditional in the sentences below.
first conditional Ify o u s/t in tfie sun, you getsunburn. (Zero
if/w h e n + present simple + w ill/c o u ld / m ight + verb conditional for a general situation / fact. You means
anyone, or people in general.)
If you give me your l ll cali you when w ere ready.
Ify o u s/t in tfie sun, youl l g e t sunbum. (First
phone number,
conditional for a specific situation. lm talking to you
W hen you go into the kitchen, you ll see the keys on the table. (personally) about what will happen today.)

second conditional Use I f I were you ... to give advice: I f l w ere you,
l d change teams.
tf+ past simple + wauld clause
Instead o f would, we can use could o r should:
If 1lived to be 100, 1would probably be very tired.
I f you got really fit, you co u ld probably play
he was the President, hed make a lot of changes. again.
we bought the house, w ed need to sell our car. It is common to use other expressions in the
Use the second conditional to talk about an unreal o r imaginary would dause: would be able to, would need to and
situation and its consequences. would have to.
In spoken English, would is contracted in the positive and negative form . I f I lost m y job, l d need to find another one!
I d be there i f I had time. I f she had enough food, she d feed us all. We w o uld have to cancel the game i f it rained.
Would is not usually contracted in the question form. I f you bought a larger quantity, we d be able to
I f you passed your exam, w o u ld you go to university? W o u ld you offer you a better deai.
help me i f I paid you?

giving news responding to W o w ! Thats fantastic/great news.

good news lve got some good news (fo r you). good news
Congratulations!
lm really pleased to tell you ... Youre joking!
Youll never guess what. You lucky thing!
bad news Bad news, l'm afraid. W ell done.
lm sorry to haveto tell you, b u t ... Have you?/Did you?
lm afraid/Unfortunately, ... responding to Thats a shame.
lm afraid lve got some bad news ... bad news
Thats terrible/aw ful.
Theres something lve got to tell you. Thats reaJIy annoying.
good or bad news You know ...? W ell, ... lm really sorry to hear that.
Iv e /W e ve got som ethingtotell you.

H
 LB6

1 Complete the sentences w ith the correct form o f th e verbs in 2 Underline the correct alternative.
brackets. 1 You cant come to the confe re nce unless/if/
1 If I _______ (pass) my exams, my teacher________ (be) very surprised. when youre invited.
2 W hen w e ________ (visit) my mother, she usually_________(look 2 lm not talking to you unless/if/when you
after) the children. caJm down first.
3 W hen G aby________ (leave) her job in the summer, she_________ 3 TheyII arrive as soon as dinner is/will b e /
(worry) about what to do next. wont be ready.
4 If I ________(not find) any cheap tickets, w e ________ (not go) to Malta. 4 TheyII cancel the flight if/unless/when the
5 If y o u ________ (not water) plants, th e y _________(die). weather is bad.

6 I ________ (be) surprised if M artha____________(come) t o the party. 5 If you eat all o f that chocolate mousse, you
She said she wasnt feeling well. ll feel/feel/wont feel ill.

7 If y o u ________ (get) lost, do you usually_________ (ask) someone 6 W e II organise a taxi when we know/will
fo r directions? know/might know what tim e the concert
starts.
8 T h e y________ (not come) un less y o u _________(invite) them.
7 W hen I see a spider, I always scream/might
9 If i t ________ (be) a nice day, I _________ (like) t o go fo r a run in the
scream/will scream.
morning.
8 lll get some money as soon as the bank will
10 I _____ (listen) to classical music when I ______(want) to relax.
open/opens/might open.

1 Complete the sentences w ith the correct form o f the 2 W rite answers to the questions using the prom pts.
verbs in brackets. Use contractions where possible. Use contractions.
1 If I _____ (sell) my house now, i t ______(no t/b e ) w o rth 1 A: Can we walk to the game?
very much. B: No. (be/late)
2 _____(your parents/come) if I ______(organise) a party? I f we walked to the game. wed be late_______ .
3 H e _____ (n o t/b e ) able to study here i f _____ (n o t/ 2 A: W h y doesnt the team enter the competition?
pass) that exam.
B: (it/lose)
4 If y o u _____ (lose) your passport,_____ (need) t o visit
I f the team________________________________ .
the consulate.
3 A: Can I borrow his car?
5 T h e y_____ (be) healthier i f _____ (n o t/e a t) so much
junkfood. B: No. (get/angry)
6.2
6 If y o u _____ (write) a novel, w h a t_____ (cali) it? I f you____________________________________ .

7 If the students______(not/have) internet access,_____ 4 A: W h y dont we cali her now?

(find) it difficult. B: No. (we/wake her up)
8 W e _____ (n o t/w o rk ) there if the boss_____ (n o t/ I f we_____________________________________ .
give) us a lot o f freedom. 5 A: W h y cant we start the project again?
9 W h e re _____ (she/live) i f ______(have) to move t o a B: (waste/money)
different country?
I f we_____________________________________.
10 If h e _____ (can) study on Tuesdays,_______(not/need)
to come on Wednesday.
6 A: Can we extend our holiday?
B: No. (miss/school)
I f we_____________________________________ .

1 Complete the conversations.

1 A: Youll never_____ what. 3 A Theres _____ I ve got to tell you.
B: What? B: W hat is it?
A: lm moving to Australia. A lve decided to leave my job at the university.
B: Youre _____ ! B: l m _____ to hear that. W h a ts the problem?
A: No, l m leaving in March. 4 A l m _____ were going to be late.
B: Y o u _____ thing. B: Why? W h a ts happened?
2 A: lve passed my exams! A The flights been delayed.
B: _____ you? Congratulations! B: Oh, th a ts a _____ . T ha ts really_____ .
A: Yes, I got the results this morning.
 LANGUAGE BANK

p re s e n t p e rfe ct sim p le vs c o n tin u o u s Use the present perfect continuous to emphasise the
present perfect continuous length o r duration o f an activity.
/V e been doingyoga for years. (but lm still not very
+ 1 've/have been reading a book.
good at it)
She s/has playing the piano.
H e s been p la y in g football since he was three.
- You havent listening to me. As with other continuous forms, do not use the
7 Have you going there fo r a long time? present perfect continuous w ith State verbs (e.g. fove,
Use the present perfect simple o r continuous for actions/ hate, enjoy, know, etc.). W ith these verbs, use the
activities which started in the past and continu until now. present perfect simple.

/ Ve stu d ie d Germn for six years. I Ve been s tu d y in g Germn I v e k n o w n him for ages. N O T lve been knowing
for stx years. him fo r ages.

Often, there is little change in meaning between the tw o tenses W e often use for, since and How fang have yo u ...?
(especially fo r verbs such as Uve, work, teach, study). with the present perfect simple and continuous.

I Ve live d here for years. I Ve been liv in g here for years. H o w lo n g have you been waiting for? Shes been
working here since 2010.

p re s e n t and past ability Expressions to talk about ability at a particular moment

modal verbs to talk about ability W e can use be able to to talk about one particular situation.

present past We are able to offer you a special discount on the fridge
today. She didnt answer her phone so I wasnt able to
+ 1can cook 1could run fast.
speak to her.
- 1cant drive. He couldnt do maths. Use manage to to show that an action is/was difficult.
7 Can you speak Could you cook when
present past
Spanish? you were younger?
W e can also use be able to to talk about ability.
+ 1usuaJIy manage to W e managed to book
finish m y work on time. a great hotel.
present past
- 1dont always manage She didnt manage to
+ Shes able to w rite Aged three, 1was able to speak to m y parents pass the exam.
well. to read. every week
Hes not ableto Aged tw o, he wasnt 7 Do you manage to Did you manage to
-
drive. ableto walk. see the grandchildren finish washing the
7 regularly? dishes?
Is he ableto speak Were you able to get a
French? job?

clarifying o p in io n s
giving opinions giving examples
The reason I say this s that he For example, she forgot her
didnt ask our permission. keys yesterday.
For me, there are tw o options Let me give you an example:
here. there was a festival last week.
In my view, we should stop For one thing, I dont like caviar.
sellingthe product.
I do think we should talk to
them first.
I must say I agree w ith Robert.
 LB 7

1 Complete the sentences w ith the present perfect sim ple o r 2 Underline the correct alternative to
continuous fo rm o f the verbs n the box. W here both form s are complete the sentences.
possible, choose the present perfect continuous. I Hi Tariq. I havent seen/been seeingyou fo r

do sit (not) listen hate (not) watch I have been knowing/known Justin since we
study teach (not) know read live wait were at school.
3 Yes, w e ve met/been meeting each other before.
I lm tired. I _____ in boring meetings all day.
4 I Ve been playing/did played the guitar fo r as
1 T h e y f o r their exams since five o clock this morning.
long as I can remember.
_

3 lm glad youre here. W e _____ fo r you all day.

4 I cant listen to jazz. I _____always_________it.
5 H e _____________ karate fo r nearly tw enty years.
6 Y o u _____ to me. You havent heard what I said.
7 Shes got a new job. She_____economics at the university since June.
8 H ow long_____ y o u _____ in the UK? W hen did you move here?
5 My brother has been travelling/have been
travelled around the world fo r the last tw o
years.
6 He has always been enjoying/enjoyedtravelling.
7 Excuse me. I Ve been waiting/have wait fo r this
phone cali all morning.

9 I _____ TV. I _____ m ybook. 8 I have studying/have been studying Mandarn fo r

more than ten years, and I still find it difficult.
10 W e _ _ each other fo r very long.

1 Find and correct the mistakes.
There are five mistakes in the text.
Johnny isnt able make full sentences
but he can to say several words such
as Mama and Dada, which he couldnt
a month ago. He able t o understand
various commands like N o ! and
Come here and he recognises his
ame. Hes becoming more mobile;
yesterday he managed crawl from
7.2 the living room to the kitchen. Hes
also getting better with his hands. He
can hold a pen and he sometimes
manages to drawing simple pictures.
2 Rewrite the sentences using the w ords in brackets. W rite three w ords
(contractions are one w o rd).
I Sheknows how to ride a motorbike.
_____________________ a motorbike. (can)
1 lm not a bleto play any instruments.
_____________________ any instruments. (cant)
3 Seyi and Denia couldnt come last night.
They_____________________ come last night. (able)
4 W ere you able to take any photos?
_____________________ to take any photos? (manage)
5 Can youmake pizza?
_____________________ to make pizza? (able)
6 I can usuaJIy sleep for eight hours even on a plae.
Usually I _____________________ for eight hours even on a plae, (manage)
7 W ere you a fast runner when you were a child?
_____________________ fast when you were a child? (could)
8 I havent finished my homework.
I _____________________ fnish my homework. (managed)

1 Underline the correct alternative.

I Jackie has been so nice. For example, /For me, she to o k us
to the cinema.
1 You all think that new restaurant is great, but fo r one
thing/in my wevvthe food isnt that good.
3 Ibrahim said the concert was disappointing, and I must
say/the reason I say I agree.
4 Shakespeare borrowed most o f his stories. Let me give
you an example:/1 must say the plot of King Lear is taken
from a much older story.
5 I like that laptop. For one thing/1 do think its a bit heavy,
though.
6 People love the Rolling Stones, but fo r me,/the reason I
say this is Led Zeppelin is the greatest rock band.
7 Dogs are the best pets. For another/ The reason I say this is
because they are so faithful.
8 You should buy that mobile. For one thing, it looks
fantastic. For another,/For example, it s cheap.

EQ
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

articles
Use a/a n (indefinite article):
the first time something is mentioned. I saw a
mouse in the k/tchen.
before singular nouns. Shes watching a film.
with jobs. lm a doctor. H es an artist
Use the (definite article):
when there is only one o f something. I see th e sun
when something has been mentioned before. The
mouse (that I was talking about) was huge!
with seas, oceans, rivers and country ames that are
plural o r use extra words like Kingdom, e.g. the River
Danube, the Pacific Ocean, the United Kingdom
before the ames of some areas, e.g. the south o f
France, the coast o f Italy
with superlatives. Ali was the greatest boxer.
with some defining expressions, e.g. the first, the only
in some phrases with prepositions, e.g. in the
morning, at the end, by the next day
with dates in spoken English, e.g. the fifth o f june
Use no article (zero article):
totaJkgeneraJIy about things or people. Doctors
make more money than nurses.
with most ames of towns, cities, and countries.
before plural nouns. I boughtsix bottles o f water.
in some phrases with prepositions, e.g. on Monday,
at work, for lunch, on foot
with sports. I like tennis. He plays football.
quantifiers
Use some and anywhen talking about a limited amount/number 1
(not a large o r smaJI amount/number). W e often use some in positive
sentences. In this instance severa/can aJso be used. I have som e cise
friends. I have severa! cise friends.
W e also use some in questions, espeda] ly i n requests and offers. Can
you give me som e sugar? Do you want som e help?
W e often use any in negatives and questions. / dont have an y children.
Use much and many in questions and negatives. Much is used with large
amounts o f an uncountable noun: How much tme do we have? Many is
used with large numbers of a countable noun: / dont have m any friends.
A ll means everything/everyone. W e can use it with or without of.
A ll the people here are friendly. A ll o fth e people here are friendly.
W e use a lot, lots of, and plenty o f with large amounts/numbers. W e
usuaily use these in positive sentences. Plenty o f means more than
enough (so there wont be a problem). / spend a lo t o f tme in fbris.
7boand too much/many mean more than necessary. W e use much
with uncountable nouns. W e use many With countable nouns. Thisf/m is
to o long. Theres to o much sa/t on this meat.
Enough means as much as we need. W e use it in positive and negative
sentences and questions. I dont want this task because / have enough
to do. There isnt enough time. Do you have enough sugar?
Nene and no can mean zero. W e use none o f+ noun/pronoun. W e
use no + noun (without article or possessive adjective). N o ne o f the
cinemas showed tiie film. There are no reasons for this.
A few means a smaJI number. W e use it with countable nouns. W e
usually use it in positive sentences. She knew a fe w actors.
A little and a b it o f mean a smaJI amount. W e use them with
uncountable nouns. W e usuaily use them in positive sentences. I asked
for a little water. I need a b it o f help.

relative clauses
defining relative clauses
Use relative clauses to taJk about what a person,
place o r thing is o r does.
Use relative pronounsto join the main dause and
the relative dause:
who fo r people H es the man who sold me the coat
where fo r places This is the town where I was born.
which for things That Computer which you showed
me is very cheap.
when for times This was the moment w h en M r
Afloran knew he was in traub/e.
wfrasefor possessions (it means of which o r of who1)
This is Sarah, whose husband you met yeste/day.
W e can use that instead o f which o r who. Are you the lady w h o /th a t I
spoke to on the phone? Is that the book w h ic h /th a t you lent me?
W e can leave out who, which and that when these words are not the
subject of the relative dause. Compare: Shes the girl (w ho) I saw
yesterday. (The subject o f the relative dause is I (not who). So w e can
om it who.) w ith Shes the girl w ho speaks French. (The subject o f the
relative dause is who. So we cannot om it who.)
non-defining relative clauses
Use non-defining relative clauses to add extra non-essential information
about a place, person o r thing. The sentence is grammatically correct
without the non-defining relative clause. Use a comma before the non-
defining relative clause. Use a comma o r a full-stop after it. W e cannot
omit the relative pronoun (who, which that, etc.) They spoke to Tara,
w ho was in a good mood. W e cannot use that instead o f which o r who.
I saw his latest film, which was terrible.

being a good guest

asking fo r advice
Is it O K If 1 (do this)?
W hat should 1do (in this situation)?
Do 1need to (take off my shoes)?
Did 1do something wrong?
apologsng
Yes, o f course. / No, youd better not.
Sorry about that. I didnt know
If 1were you, ld ... (you were in a meeting).
Yes, you should. / No, it s not necessary. My apologies. I didnt realise
Its OK. W e can sort it out. / Dont w o rry about it. (you were busy).

Isthis a bad time? No. Come in. / Can you come back later?

1 Find and correct the mistakes. There is one mistake
w ith quantifiers or articles in each sentence.
1 W h y dont you come and join us? There are plenty the
seats.
2 Bobbys girlfriend is engineer.
3 Thousands o f people were at the game, so there was lot
o f noise.
4 Yesterday we saw a doctor about my illness. Fortunately,
a doctor said it was nothing serious.
5 Laila was hungry so she ate a bit bread.
6 The women live longer than men.
7 W e went to the party but there werent much people
there.
8 W e looked up and saw an aero plae in sky.
9 I cant buy it because I only have a few money left.
10 My wife andI have lived in United States fo r several years.
1 Complete the sentences w ith who, which,
where, when or whose.
1 I met a m an____ house had burned
down.
2 This was the m om ent_____ we knew we
would win.
3 I spent several months in Rome,_____ is
my favourite city.
4 The village,_____ Teresa grew up poor but
happy, was very small.
5 The g irl_____ sold you the carpet is from
Morocco.
6 That blog,_____ he writes every day, is one
o f the most popular in the country.
7 Jill married a guy____ she met on a dating
site.
8 I dont want to be w ith som eone_____
whole life is spent surfingthe net.
1 Put the w ords in the correct order to make
conversations.
1 A: do / to / hand / I / everyones / shake / need / ?
B: no, / necessary / not / its
2 A: / is / if / it / I / into / take / meeting / coffee /
O K /th e /?
B: yes, / course / of
3 A: I / t o / realise / didnt / I / send / by / the /
information / had / email.
B: Its OK. we / out / it / sort / can
LB8
2 Complete the story w ith the w ords in th e box.
a an the (x3) much many few little lot
1_____ od man reaches his I 20th birthday. 2______
journalist comes to interview him. W hat is the secret
o f your long life? he asks. W ell, says 3_____ od man,
I dont have 4_____ problems, I dont drink 5_____
alcohol, I eat a 6_____ o f good food, and I spend a
7_____ tim e every day relaxing. But do you want to
know my real secret? I never disagree w ith anyone.
Thats ridiculous! says 0
_____ journalist. There must be
another secret.
A 9_____ moments later, 10______od man says, OK,
youre right.
2 Rewrite the sentences using relative clauses. Use th e w o rds in
talles and the w ords in the box,
that who (x 2) which (x 2) where when whose
W h a ts this programme? Did you want to watch it?
Is this the programme_________th o t you wanted to watch
Last year I met a translator. She spoke six languages.
Last year I met a translator___________________________
It was six oclock on the f'rfth o f August. A t that moment, the world
changed forever.
It was six oclock on the fifth o f August__________________________
They gave Jodie an apple. She ate it quickly.
They gave Jodie an apple,_____________________________________
You see that apartment? Felipe lived there.
Thats the apartment___________________
She spent a month in Manchester. She loved it.
She spent a month in Manchester,____________
The bosss office is next to mine. Hes always shouting!
The boss,_______________________________________
8 My boyfriend is coming to visit me. He lives in Barcelona.
M y boyfriend,_____________________________________
4 A: did / wrong / something / do / I / ?
B: dont / it / about / w o rry
5 A: what / I / late / do / if / should / am / I / ?
B: if / you / I / were, / ld / an / train / earlier / catch
6 A: / sorry / that / about. I / you / know / here / were
/ didnt
B: N o problem.
7 A: is / a / bad / tim e / this / ?
B: fine. / it s / No,
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

W e can start sentences and questions with the i f o r would dause.

th ird conditional
They w o u ld rt have been late i f they had caught the bus.
//dause would dause
Ifth e y had caught the bus, they w o u ld rt have been late.
if + had + past participle would have + past participle
W h a t w o uld you have done i f I h a d rt called? I f l h a d rt
If 1had seen my friend, 1would have spoken to her. called, what w o u ld y o u have done?
Use the third conditional to talk about hypothetical o r Note: W hen the sentence starts w ith f, we use a comma after the
imaginary situations in the past. It describes an un real o r (/dause.
im possi ble situation, e.g. Real situation = I woke up late.
In w ritten and spoken English, we use contractions with third
Hypothetical situation (third conditional): I f I had heard
conditional sentences except in very forma] documents.
my alarm dock, I w o u ld rt have woken up late. (I
didnt hear my aJarm dock. I woke up late.) Shedhave told us i f sh e d heard anything. We w o u ld r t have
left early i f w e d known you were coming.
The defendant would not have been caught i f he had stayed in
his home. (formal)

active vs passive when the identity of the doer of the

th e passive action is not important. This cheese is
made in Italy. (Its not im portant who
active passive actually makes it.)
present simple The shop doesnt Credit cards arent accepted here. if the doer of the action is obvious. The
accept credit cards. thief was arrested. (The plice are the
only people who could arrest the thief.)
present continuous Is anyone using th a t Is th a t C om puter being used at the
C om puter at the moment? If we want to say who does/did the
moment? action, we use by. The microwave oven
was invented by Percy Learon Spencer.
past simple Someone told us to W e were told to be here at 8.00.
W e sometimes use the passive to
be here at 8.00.
emphasise a particular part o f the
present perfect N o one has asked W e havent been asked about the sentence. Compare:
us about the date. date. Frank Lloyd Wrght designed the
Guggenheim Museum o f Art in New
w ill Someone w ill give I ll be given a car on my next
York, with The Guggenheim /Vluseum o f
me a car on my birthday.
A rt in New York was designed by Frank
next birthday.
Uoyd W rght
Use the active voice to talk about the things people do, e.g. Sam ate the In the second sentence, the emphasis is
chicken. on Frank Lloyd Wright.
To make the passive, use subject + be + past partid pie. Use the passive voice: The passive is often used in newspaper
to talk about what happens to things o r people. Khaled has been given a reports and other forma] writing.
prze.
when we dont know the doer (the person o r thing that does the action). The
film star was mu/dered.

expressing uncertainty
sayingyou dont know saying you are not sure, but you have an idea
1have no idea* l m not a hundred percent certain* but it
1havent a clue* might be ...
l m fairly sure* it s ...
*These are both informal. *Sure and certain mean the same thing. W e
can use either o f them in these expressions.

saying you know what it isnt saying you used to know

Its definitely n o t ... 1cant remember.
lm sure it isnt ... lve forgotten.

1 Match 1 - 8 w ith a )-h ) to make sentences.
1 If we had arrived earlier,
2 I wouldnt have told her
3 If he hadnt fallen asleep,
4 W e would have called you
5 If ld done all my homework,
6 John would have brought a present
7 If the teacher hadnt helped him,
8 I would have bought that Computer
a) he would have failed the exam.
b) if hed known it was your birthday.
c) he wouldnt have crashed the car.
d) we wouldnt have missed the plae.
e) if it had been on sale.
f) if ld known it was a secret.
g) I would have passed the course.
h) if w ed had your number.
1 Underline the correct alternative.
1 O h no! My wallet has being stolen/has been stolen/has
stolen*.
2 W ere those documents be sent/send/sent by email o r by
post?
3 N o t many houses are been built/are being built/are being
build a tth e moment.
4 That piano isnt been played/hasnt be played/hasn't been
played fo r years.
5 Cars that are parked illegally will be removed/being
9.2
removed/ to be removed.
6 Are those toys make/be made/made by hand?
7 W e werent employed/not were employed/weren t errploy
by the government until 1998.
8 W e cant use the photocopier because it s being
repaired/repairng/be repaired right now.
1 Underline the correct alternative to com plete the
sentences.
1 W h a ts m y PIN number? /'m forgetting/l forgotten/lve
forgotten.
2 Can you smoke in the restaurant? l m sure isnt/1 sure it
isnt Am sure it isnt legaJ.
3 W hat is this drink? Its definitely am not/defmitely n o t/
definite not orange juice.
4 How od is he? lm surely fair/fairsure/fairiy sure hes
twenty.
LB9
2 Rewrite the sentences using the th ird conditional.
1 Maya was late fo r the meeting. Her car broke down.
I f Mayas car hadnJt ______________________ .
2 She felt ill so she didnt come to the concert.
She would_____________________________ .
3 I didnt get the job. I wasnt qualified.
I f I had______________________________ .
4 They didnt buy the house. They didnt have enough
money.
They would______________________________ .
5 W e lost the game. O ur best player was injured.
I f our best player hadnt _________________________
6 You didnt tell me you were coming so I didnt cook a
meal.
I would_____________________________ .
2 Complete the sentences w ith the active or passive
form o f the verbs in brackets. Use the verb tense in
italics.
1 The magazine_____ (read) mainly by teenagers. I t ______
(publish) every month. present simple
2 Most o f his programmes_____ (not film) in Europe; he
usually_____ (w ork) in Asia present simple
3 The b o o k _____ (write) by an ex-soldier. I t _____
(describe) the war in Vietnam. past simple
4 My last com pany_____ (make) dothes. I t ______(buy)
by a multinational company caJIed Zed. past simple
5 The buildings_____ (clean) and the waJIs______(paint).
present perfect
6 I _____ (give) a new office but I ______(not move) my
things in there yet. present perfect
1 Today this dish_____ (not cook) in the oven. Instead,
w e _____ (use) the grill. present continuous
8 English_( not spoken) everywhere in future. Lots o f
people______________ (not speak) it. future (will)
5 W h a ts Marias second ame? I havent the clue/have a
clue/haven t a clue.
6 W h a ts the w o rld s biggest building? I have no idea/have
not idea/am no dea.
7 W here do the Smiths live? I not remember/cant to
remember/cant remember.
8 W hen does the game start? lm not a hundredpercent
certain/certain hundred percent/the hundred percent
certain but it might be at 2.00.
 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

reported speech Sometimes there is no need to change the

tenses (no backsh'rft). This is the case when
direct speech (actual words) reported speech
the reporting verb is in the present tense.
1always buy organic food. He said (that) he aJways bought organic food.
Til meet you at the airport. He says
l m going to see my mother She told me she was going to see her mother he l l m eet us at the airport.
tom orrow . the next day. If the information we are reporting is still
Tve passed my exams. He said he had passed his exams. true in the present, we do not need to
change the tenses but if the reporting verb
W e saw her at the station. They said they had seen her at the station.
is in the past, we can.
T il meet you here. He said he would meet me there.
Its a great film. She said that it's a
1cant hear you. She said she couldnt hear me. great film. (This is still true now.) or She said
W e might be late. They said they might be late. that it was a great film. (Implies shes seen
it and thought it was good at the time.)
1must leave at midday. He said he had to leave at midday.
reported questions
Use reported speech to report what someone said earlier. A fte r a past tense
reporting verb, e.g. said, told, etc., the original verb often moves one tense back Reported questions have the same tense
(this is sometimes called backsh'rfting). and w ord changes as reported statements.
To report a yes/no question, use
There may be other changes to pronouns, possessive adjectives, and to
f/whether after the reporting verb.
references o f tim e o r place.
Do you live in Per? She asked me i f l
Til go. She said she w o u ld go.
lived in Pera o r She asked me w h eth er I
Its my car. H e said it was his car.
lived in Pera
W e ll see you tom o rrow . They said they would see us the n e x t day.
To report a Wh- question, use the
Til be here. She said she w o u ld be there. question word.
Must changes to had to, but mustn't doesnt change. W here is the restaurant? She asked
W e mustnt be late. They said th e y m u s trtb e late. N O T -Theysaid-they me w here the restaurant was.
In reported questions, the w ord order is
Could, would and might also dont change in reported speech. the same as fo r statements. W e do not
W e might see you later. They said (that) th e y m ig h t see us later. use an auxiliary do/does/did.
Say and tell are the most common reporting verbs. Note the different verb patterns. Do you like eating sushi? She asked
He to ld m e that hed be late. She said (to me) that she wanted to stay. me i f llik e e a tin g sushi.

verb patterns
Many different structures can follow a verb in English. Some
verbs are followed by an -ing form, and some are folbwed by the
infinitive.
I can t stand listening to opera. He tearned to speak
Mandarn when he moved to China.
verb + infinitive with to: agree, ask, tell, expect, learn, manage,
help, decide, offer, promise, want, refuse, need
We managed to g e tto the theatre on tme. They agreed to
give us cheap tickets.
verb + -ing. like, love, hate, cant stand, (be) keen on, look forward
to, miss, enjoy, fancy, give up, practise
I miss spendingtim e with my friends and family. We look
forw ard to seeingyou.
Reporting verbs use many different verb patterns, so its
important to learn the patterns. Some verbs can use more
than one structure, e.g. suggsst
He suggested th a t we meet at6p.m. She suggested having
/unch in the cafetera.
verb + infinitive with to: offer, promise, refuse, agree
They offered to give us a liftto the station. They prom ised
to phone when they arrive.
verb + object + infinitive with to: invite, warn, tell, ask
They invited us to stay for the weekend. He warned them
n o t to te ll anyone.
verb + -ing: suggest, recommend
They suggested trying another restaurant He
recommended eating at Cafe Fish.
verb + th a t explain, warn (someone), promise (someone), suggest
She explained th a t she had to leave the meeting. He
prom ised th a t he would take me out tonight

giving advice/warnings
advice
Make sure you ... / If 1were you, ld ...
D ont forget to ... / You need to ...
The most im portant thing is t o ...
warnings
W atch out fo r ... / Be careful t o / o f ...
D ont ... (orelse ...) /Y o u d b e tte r...
W hatever you do, dont ...

EES
 LB 10

1 Complete the reported statem ents using tense changes
(backshift).
1 W e re going to have a baby.
He said (that)__________ going to have a baby.
2 Tve lived here for more than twenty years.
She_____that she had lived______ for more than twenty years.
3 W e grew these carrots in our garden.
They told us that they_____grown the carrots in ______ garden.
4 I have to go to the d entist to mo rrow.
He said (that) he_____to goto the dentist the_____ day.
5 Tve lost my passport.
She said that_____had lost_____ passport
6 Tm feeling a bit stressed.
She____me that she_____feeling a bit stressed.
7 W e d never been to the US before.
They said that__________ never been to the US before.
2 Using the w ords in italics, rew rite the sentences as
reported speech.
1 I think that La Tascas is my favourite restaurant.
She said that__________________________________ .
2 Tm going to meet M r Susuki this afternoon.
He told m e___________________________________ .
3 MajacaJIedme yesterday.
He said th a t__________________________________ .
4 W e ll meet you here tom o rrow .
They told us that_______________________________ .
W e havent received your application.
We told her that____________________
I might see you at the party, Matt.
She told M a tt__________________
Tve already sent you an email explainingthe
situation.

8 I cant stay long because I have to go to a meeting.

She said that she______ stay hng because she______ to goto a 8 I cant type very fast.
meeting. She told her boss that__

1 Complete the reported statem ents below w ith the verbs in th e box and 2 Find and correct the mista tes.
any other necessary words. There are mistakes in six o f the
sentences.
refuse agreepro mise suggest offer warn invite explain 1 The company has agreed that
pay fo r the trip.
1 Tm afraid l'm not going to pay fo r this meal.
2 They recommended going t o a
He refused to pay for the meal. different hotel.
2 You need to show your passport to immigration, she said to him. 3 I suggested to that she look fo r
another
She_______________________________________________________________ he_his passport job.
to immigration.
3 If you book your tickets in advance, youll get tw o fo r the price o f one, she told us. 4 She suggested to cali an
She________________________________________________our tickets in advance. ambulance.

4 Til pick you up on the way to the station. 5 W e offered helping, but there
was nothing we could do.
H e ___________________pick me up on the way to the station.
6 The manager refused let us leave
5 W h y dont you all come fo r lunch on Sunday?
the hotel before we met his wife.
_ for lunch on Sunday.
She__________________ us____________________________
7 W e promised to sending her a
6 Til definitely cook something fo r dinner. postcard.
H e __________________ something for dinner. 8 I explained that there had been a
7 Be careful to hold on to your bags at the station. delay.
She___________________on to our bags at the station.
8 Yes. Its a good idea to have the meeting on Tuesday.
H e __________________ the meeting on Tuesday.

1 M ate sentences giving advice/warnings using the prompts.

1 forget / set / alarm. 5 make sure / apply fo r a visa
2 you / need / buy / ticket / before / get on the train 6 whatever / do / dont / leave valuable items / the room
3 if I / you / cali them / before you leave 7 im portant / thing / check / flight times
4 watch out / speed cameras. There / lots on the road. 8 forget / take your mobile phone

E
 VOCABULARY BANK

FAMILY

sister-in-law niece nephew grandparents on my m others side ex-husband stepfather stepdaughter

Grandpa G randma

C O L L O C A T IO N S with take, get, do and go

1 A d d the w o rds/expressions in italics to the correct places in each w ord web.

I your best, exerdse, nothing for you, the deaning 3 a look, the blame, sugar, ages

a hobby medicine
(action) (swaJIow)

well ten minutes

(good effort) (use time)

the washing up a photo

(something at home) (action)

you good responsibility

(be affected) (accepting something)

1 fired, aprize, exdted, food poisoning 4 on holiday, crazy, together, badly

a good salary blind

(earn) (become)

a job (change your well

(happen)
w o rk situation)
flu /a coid by bus
(become iII) (travel)

depressed with
(become) (At)
 VB

PREPOSITIONS of place
1 Match descriptions 1 -5 w ith
pictures A -E .
I They drove along the motorway, and
over the bridge.
1 They went around the cty.
3 They drove through the main square,
past the post office and turned left by
the station.
4 The hotel is near the city centre, between
the National Museum and the cathedraJ.
5 The house is n e x tto the supermarket,
opposite the cinema.

NEW S
1 Read the te x t and match the w ords/phrases in bold w ith definitions 1-13 below.

I continued t o ___________
w o security guards w ere kidm pped and held hostage for

T
1 a group of criminis who w o rk together
twelve hours by a ga n g o f a rm ed robbers, w h o a ttem p ted
3 to o k someone away because they have
done something llega]_____ to raid a security depot. T h e robbers held th e guards at
4 thieves carrying weapons___________ g u n p o in t and fbrced them to hand over keys and security inform ation.
5 an attack by criminis on a bank, shop, T hey then p ro ce ed ed to fifl a lorry w ith m ore than .53 m illion in
etc., to steal money o r valuable things notes. A nother ^150 million was left behind because there was n o m ore
room in the getaw ay vehicle. Luckily, o n e o f the guards m anaged to
6 (doing something) while threatening to raise the alarm , and the plice arrived and arrested th e gang before
shoot som eone___________
they could escape. E ye w itnesses said that they saw at least eight m e n
7 people whose job it is to protect people
being arrested.
o r a place, o r to make sure that a person
does not escape___________
8 leave a place o r dangerous situation when
someone is trying to catch y o u _____
9 people who saw the crim e___________
10 tr ie d _________
I I warn people that something bad is
happening_________________
11 made someone do th is _____
13 a vehicle fo r the escape___________

ES
 VOCABULARY BANK

C O M M U N IC A T IO N
1 A Underline the phrases in sentences 1 - 8 which involve B Match the underlined phrases in
communicating. Exercise 1A w ith phrases a ) -h ) below.
1 She tried to get hold o f you but your mobile was dead. a) ta lk to

2 lm going to have a chat with Tom about his appearance. b) disagree

3 The film director got in touch with him through his agent. c) contact you get hold o f you

4 I dont get what you mean. d) apologised

5 She goes on and on about her problems - i t s so boring! e) understand

6 lm so pleased w eve stayed in touch all these years. f) maintained contact

7 W e said sorry fo r the mess. g) contacted

8 They sometimes have arguments about money. h) taiks to o much

m is m a
1 A Match pictures A - F w ith the idiom s in the box.

be in tw o minds let your hair down breakthe ice travel light

learn (something) by heart go window shopping

B Complete the sentences w ith the idiom s above.

1 Tom orrow theres a test on this poem. I have t o _____ it
___________ ,
2 lm ________________ . I dont know if I want the black
one o r the red one.
3 Everyone was nervous, sojackietold a few jokes to
_________________.
4 He always___________ , He only takes one suitcase even
for long trips.
5 lve got no money at the moment but we can g o _____
_____ if you want.
6 Youve been working non-stop. W h y dont you go out
and_______________________ ?

C W h a t do you th in k the idiom s mean? Use a dictionary to help you.


PERSONAL QUALITIES
1 A Complete the sentences w ith the
adjectives in the box.
reliable sensible easy-going
aggressive clever/bright honest
lazy punctual moody
independent
1 She is ve ry _________ , She works well by
herself.
2 You never know what to expect. Shes
very_________ , so one minute shes happy,
and the next minute, shes shouting at you.
3 Shes ve ry _________ . l'm sure she will
know what to do if theres a difficult
situation.
4 Hes extrem ely_________ , He is never
late fo r appointments.
5 My new manager is v e ry _________ , She
doesnt mind what tim e we get t o work,
what we wear. She never looks stressed.
6 He always tells the truth. Hes very
7 She likes to do as l'ittle w o rk as possible.
Shes a b it _________ ,
8 Hes v e ry_________ . He learns very
quickly.
9 You know that you can trust and depend
on him. Hes hardworking and very
10 He nearly attacked one o f his employees
when he arrived late fo r the meeting. Hes
v e ry_________ .
B Look at the adjectives in the box again.
Do they describe positive or negative
characteristics? Do you have any o f these
characteristics?
VB
W O R K IN G LIFE
1 Match descrip tio n s1 -3 w ith jo b s A - C .
* I w o rk as a ______fo r a large
C orporation. I usually w o rk nine-to-five,
but som etim es I have t o w o rk late. My
jo b involves checking and responding to
emails, answering phone enquiries and
organising my bosss diary. A W in d o w c le a n e r
l m an_____ . I tend to w o rk long
hours. l m responsible fo r a small
team o f people. I spend a lot o f my
tim e attending meetings, and deallng
w ith problems. I advise clients on their
accounts and w rite updates and reports
fo r the website.
l m a _____ . Lots o f people wouldnt
like what I do, because its an outdoor
job, and its a physical job, but I love
it. I w o rk fo r myself, so I can be very
independent, and I w o rk flexible hours,
which is good fo r me. Its a very sociable
job, too. I taJkto people all day long. I
couldnt do an office job. I would die o f
boredom!
B W o rk in pairs. W h a t do the phrases in bold mean?
C O N F U S IN G W O R D S
1 A Choose the correct option fro m the w o rds in bold to com plete the
pairs o f sentences.
1 actual ly currently
a) I expected the first week in my new job to be awful, b u t_______ it was fne.
b) I a m _______ working in London, but before I was working in Paris.
2 career course
a) Shes doing a Spanish_______ at the moment, and shes really enjoying it.
b) Ted spent most o f his_______ as ateacher.
3 b o rro w - lend
a) Do you think you could_______ me a pen?
b) I had t o _______ some money from a friend.
4 argument discussion
a) W e had an interesting________ about the Prime Minister and we all
agreed he should resign.
b) I had a n ________ with my mother. Shes always telling me what to do!
5 miss lose
a) H urry up, o r w e l l _______ the bus.
b) W h y do I always_______ m y car keys?
B C heckyour answers in a dictionary.
M
 VOCABULARY BANK

TECHNO LO G Y
1 Match w ords/phrases 1-10
w ith pictures A - J .
I p lu g itin
1 press the button
3 have an injection
4 have an operation
5 run out o f petrol
6 break down
7 (not) get a connection
8 re s ta r t/re b o o t th e C om puter
9 do an experiment
10 switch it o n /o ff

W O R D -B U IL D IN G nouns (suffixes)

1 A Look at the table which shows six diffe re n t sufxes used to fo rm

nouns from verbs and adjectives.

-atian education relaxaton imagination immigration

-ion pollution instruction depression competiton
-ment entertainment improvement employment agreement
-ng running smoking laughing eating
-ness weakness loneliness happiness kind ness
-ity creativity stupidity sensitivity responsibility

B Cover the table and complete sentences 1-10 w ith th e correct fo rm o f

the verbs/adjectives in brackets.
I I think a bit o f __________ (compete) in schools is a good thing.
1 There has been a g reat__________ (improve) in his w o rk recently.
3 DeaJing with problem clients is not m y __________ (responsible).
4 __________ (lonely) is one o f the w orst aspects o f getting od.
5 He suffers fro m ___________ (depress).
6 Try to use y o u r____________(imagine).
7 I couldnt believe my o w n __________ (stupid)!
8 There is live___________ (entertain) from 8p.m.
9 I was amazed by his______________ (kind).
10 I didnt hear the last___________ (instruct).

EM O TIO NS
1 Complete definitions 1 -1 0 w ith the
correct fo rm o f the adjectives in th e box.
exciting/excited terrifying/terrified
astonishing/astonished tiring/tired
fascinating/fascinated
d sappoi nti ng/ di sap poi nt ed
disgusti ng/d isgusted
frustrad ng/frustrated
depressing/depressed
i nte resti ng/ i nte rested
I you want to know more about it and you
give it your attention: I was__________ in
what he had to say.
1 being happy, interested and hopeful
because something good has happened,
o r is going to happen: The kids are getting
really__________ about the trip.
3 very surprising: It's __________ that you
didnt know about this!
4 making you feel that you want t o sleep o r
rest: It was a fong,__________ journey.
5 extremely interesting: Istanbulisa
city.
6 unhappy because something you hoped
fo r did not happen: I was__________ that
I hadntwon.
7 making you feel sad: Its a very
book. I didnt like it at all.
8 extremely unpleasant and making you feel
sick: Whats that smell? I t s _________ !
9 feeling annoyed, upset o r impatient
because you cannot control/change a
situation: He gets__________ when
people dont understand what hes saying.
10 very frightened: l m absolutely__________
o f spiders!
VB
M U L T I-W O R D VERBS
1 A Match the phrasal verbs in sentences 1-10 w ith m e a n in g s a -j.
verb + o ff
I I called him on the phone but we got cut off.
1 They had to cali o ff the football match because o f the weather.
3 I have to do this w ork. I cant put it o ff any longer.
verb + out
4 ld like to check out some other options.
5 H es wearing a pink jacket so hell stand out from the crowd.
6 I cant work out what to do about the problem.
verb + after
7 My neighbour is looking after my cats when we go away.
8 He takes after his father. They are both verygood-looking.
verb + in
9 Can you print out and then fill in the form and send it backto me?
10 Saskia, please let me in!
a) delay doing something
b) the phone suddenly stopped working.
c) look/behave like an older member o f the family
d) get more information about something
e) allow someone t o come in
f) decide that a planned event w o nt happen
g) be easy to see/notice
h) take care of something o r someone
i) w rite the necessary information in an official document
j) decide/plan something to solve a problem
B La bel pictures A - F w ith the words i n bold above.
m
 VOCABULARY BANK

SUCCESS
1 A Match expressions 1-10 w ith definitions a ) - j) .
1 be on a shortlist b)
2 come first a)
3 be nominated
4 be awarded
5 win a medal
6 win an award I 1_______ first. I won a 4_
7 be on the winning team I was the 2_______ best student! I 5____
A s in all my exams!
8 be a runner up I won the bronze 3_
9 get an A
10 win a prize
a) win
b) be named in a list (chosen from a larger group) to be
considered fo r a prize o r job
c) be officiaJIy suggested as a possible prize winner (o r
candidate fo r an im portant job)
d) be given an official prize/m oney
e) receive a prize/m oney because of an achievement
I was 6________ fo r Best My book was on a
f) receive a valuable piece o f metal because of success in a A c to r but I didnt win. The 8_______ fo r Book of the
competition (or bravery, e.g. in war) Oscar was 7________ to Year, but it didnt win. Ive
g) be part o f a group that wins agame/com petition Rick Rooney. never won an 9_______
h) come in second place in a competition, race, etc.
i) get something because you are successful in a
competition, race, etc.
j) get the highest grade fo r a piece o f academic w o rk

B Look at the situations opposite and com plete the

captions w ith the w ords in the box.

awarded winning medal award got prize

nominated runner up shortlist carne
I was on the _team!

VERB PHRASES with prepositions

1 A In each sentence the same preposition is missing B Match the verb phrases in Exercise 1A w ith definitions
tw ice. Complete the sentences w ith the prepositions in a )-k ).
the box. a) create a te x t write about
b) look after
to on in fo r about with c) refuse to change your mind
d) be involved in
1 I couldnt co p e _____ my boss any more so I decided to
p a rt_____ the company. e) be employed by

2 The journalist w ro te _____ the farm workers, w ho were f) cause something to happen (tw o phrases)
protesting_____ their low saJary. g) spend time and effort doing something
3 Always stick_____ what you believe in; this will lead h) leave
_____ true happiness. i) continu
4 She w o rk e d _____ a rich family, and her job was to care j) deal w ith a difficult problem o r situation successfully
_____ the sickgrandmother.
k) show publicly that you think something is wrong
5 The scientists started w o rkin g _____ a project, but
without any money they couldnt g o _____ ,
6 Aged ten, she to o k p a rt_____ a play and this resulted
_____ her love o f the theatre.
 VB

G E TT IN G O N
1 A Match 1 - 6 w ith a ) - f ) to complete the sentences. B Underline the w o rds/phrases in 1 - 6 which match
My neighbour: definitions a ) -f) .
1 is very helpful. For exam pie, a) comes to my house (informaJIy)
2 sometimes borrows my tools b) not friendly
3 pops over most days, because c) uses my possessions
4 lends me sugar o r milk d) gives me things (which I will later return)

5 is really unfriendly. She e) helps a lot

6 is always gossiping f) talking about other people (usually bad things)

a) but he never gives them back!

b) he fixed my car last year.
c) doesnt even say good morning.
d) she likes to chat.
e) a b o u t people who live in the Street.
f) if I need it.

B Put the key w ords in the correct places. W hich

COM POUND NOUNS
compound nouns are w ritte n as one word? Use a
1 A Put the w ords next to the correct key w ord to make dictionary to check.
compound nouns. W hich compound nouns are w ritte n as
one word? Use a dictionary to check. book machine phone room shoes

racket office barrier cream code shop 1 running

machine player lab tan court cup learner
card glasses sports

high-heeled
racket
I tennis 2 cheque

picture

text
2 coffee
3 bed

dining

changing
3 post

4 sewing

washing

4 language drinks

5 mobile

pay
5 sun
cell

m
HISTORY
1 Use one w o rd fro m each ro w in the table to com plete sentences 1-12.

noun verb adjective person

invasin invade invader

colonisation /c o 1o ny colonise coloniser

democracy democratise democratic democrat
liberation liberate liberator
discovery discover discoverer
leadership lead leader
politics political politician
development develop developing developer
invention invent inventive inventor
foundation found founding founder
independence independent

1 1066 is the date o f the Norm an invasin o f Britain.

2 Edward Gibbon was a great_________ . He wrote The History o f the Decline and Fall o f the Romn Empire.
3 India was a _________ o f Great Britain until 1947.
4 South Africas fir s t_________ elections, in which black people could vote, to o k place in 1994.
5 In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, W illiam W ilberforce led a movement t o _________ slaves.
6 Alexander Fleming is known fo r his_________ o f penicillin.
7 Fidel Castro was the _ _ of the Cuban revolution o f 1959.
8 The Kennedys and the Bush family are known fo r their involvement in Am erican_____
9 The W orld Bank lends money t o _________ countries, particularly in Asia and Africa.
10 In 19 0 1 W lh e lm Rontgen won the Nobel Prize in Physics fo r his _ _of theX-ray.
I I Bill Gates is th e _________ of Microsoft.
12 Angola gained its ___________ from Portugal in 1975.

C O L L O C A T IO N S with come, give, have and make

1 Put the w o rds/expressions in talles in to the correct places in each w o rd web.

I across the mountain, with instructons, to dinner, nearer 3 a coid, a chance, ideas, 100 caloes

closer 2 10 pages
(move towards) (contai n)

(thoughts)

(illness)

(opportunity)

2 a prize, permission, orders, me a headache 4 a living, an agreement, a film, an effort

advice a list
(tell someone something)

(present)

(allow)

(cause feelings)
 VB

THE E N V IR O N M E N T W O R D -B U IL D IN G (prefixes)

1 A Complete the te x t w ith w o rd s /p h rases from the box w ith the same 1 Look at the prefixes in the tab le and
meaning as the w o rd s /p h rases in brackets. complete sentences 1-12 w ith a suitable
fo rm o f the w ords in brackets.
pollution aerosol cans protect industrial waste
factory smoke natural resources destroys the environment in - invisible
harmful environmentally-friendly car exhaust fumes A? i nappropriate
destruction o f the rainforest naccurate
i nadequate
inability
Many people are w orried about the State o f
im - immature
the planet, and the effects o f 1global warming
(an increase in world temperatures, caused by impossible
an increase in carbn impolite
dioxide around the immobile
Earth). A growing human
immoral
population is putting pressure on the Earths
2___________ , (things that exist in nature ir- irresponsible
and can be used by people, for example oil, irregular
trees, etc.) like food and water. Also, a lo t of irrelevant
hum an activity is 3_____ (causes damage), irrationaJ
either because it causes 4_____ (dirty air, water
or land), or because i t 5_________________ ex- ex-girlfriend
(damages the air, water and land so badly that it ex-Prime Minister
m ight not recover). Some of the m ost com mon ex-husband
causes o f darnage are: ex-boss
6___________ (chemicals and unwanted
ex-wife
materials w hich factories throw away)
7____________ and 8__________________
1 The number is not correct. Its
_ (which contain CFCs a
. (accurate)
chemical which damages the ozone layer)
10________________________w hich 2 Let me introduce you to m y __________f
Amelia, (wife)
increases the am ount o f carbn dioxide in the
atmosphere. 3 I cant do it. Its __________! (possible)
Enviro nme n talis ts try to 1 the 4 Its difficult to travel because the buses
environment (keep it safe from harm) by and trains are v e ry __________. (regular)
encouraging people to change the way they 5 You can t leave w ithout sayi ng good bye.
live (recycling more, using 12___________ Its __________. (polite)
o r green products w hich do not damage the 6 She behaves like a child. Shes very
environment, wasting less, etc.) and persuading . (mature)
governments to take environmental issues more
7 You cant come to the office dressed like
seriously.
that. Its _________ . (appropriate)
8 He left his laptop on the train. Hes very
. (responsible)
B Complete the table w ith words from the text in Exercise 1A.
9 I used to w o rk fo r him. Hes my
noun verb
10 There is no good reason fo r it. Its
l destroy
com pletely__________. (rational)
protection 2 I I It doesnt do the job. Its _________
3 pollute (adequate)
4 12 She refused to move at all. She was
damage
__________, (mobile)
waste 5

m
 COMMUNICATION BANK

Q O
4C Look at your drawing. Does it include these things? 8A Student B: read yo u r instructions below.
You want to do a course at a famous business school
which is well-known fo r its practical courses. It will give you
contacts in the business world. Think about these things:
the business you want to start
relevant w o rk experience you have with another
company

Student A will interview you for the course. He/She w ill ask
about your:
reason for doing the course
w o rk experience
expectations of the course
plans fo r the future

Prepare your answers and think o f some questions to ask

about the school.

E n
a
2A Read and check your answers.
8B Read the te x t and check your answers.
F a c t o r fic tio n :

Fiction: the film The tasfSomura/does tell the story of

S te lla m a g a z in e co m m issian ed YouGov, a re s e a rc h the samurai rebellion, but the character Nathan Algren did not
ag en cy, to in te rv ie w o v er 1,000 w o m en in th e UK
a b o u t w h a t th e y really th in k . H e re a re so m e of th e exist.
results.
80% of w o m en say th a t lo sin g th e ir h e a lth is th e ir 2 Fiction: in truth, we know very little about William
g re a te s t con c ern , follow ed b y p u ttin g o n w e ig h t Shakespeare's personal life, or what provided his inspiration.
(52%) a n d lo sin g th e ir jobs (24% ). It seem s th a t B ritish
w o m en a re n 't to o h a p p y w ith th e ir bodies: 23% of
w o m en a re on a d ie t n o w a n d 58% h a v e gone on a
3 Partlytrueiwhilst Gladiator did take a few liberties with

diet in th e past. O n ly 4 % of w o m e n do m o re th a n 7
h o u rs' exercise p e r w e e k , w h ile 21% do no ex e rc ise at
all.
T h e b ig g e st ch a lle n g e for m o d e rn w o m en is b a l a n d n g
h o m e a n d w o rk life (82% ), follow ed b y b rin g in g u p
h a p p y c h ild ren (56%) a n d fin d in g tim e for th e m se lv e s
(52%).
history, it's true that the Emperor was killed by a gladiator in
the Romn baths.
4 Partly true:the film fiiaveteortdoes tell the story of how
William Wallace fought to free Scotland, but kllts were not
wom in Scotland until 300 years later.And there are many

A s fo r th e ir lo v e lives, 9% of w o m e n a g e d 4 5 -5 4 m e t other historical inaccuracies.

th e ir h u s b a n d s th ro u g h th e in te rn e t, a n d 4 9 % of
w o m en b eliev e th a t th e b e st a g e to get married is
b e tw e e n 25 a n d 29.
5 Partly true: the film Apollo 73was praised for its
accuracy. Much of the dialogue was taken diredly from
A n d w h a t ab o u t th e re latio n sh ip s b e tw e e n m e n
recordings. However, the pilot's exact words were.'OK,
a n d w om en? 59% th in k fath ers sh o u ld take m o re
responslblllty for th e ir children. T h e se w o m e n a re Houston.we've had a problem here'.
also less th a n c o n te n t w ith th e ir h u s b a n d s ' efforts a t
h om e: 51 % s a y th e y cu rre n tly do o v er 75% of th e
housework. D espite this, o v er 70% of w o m e n w o u ld
p re fe r to h av e a m a le boss th a n a fem ale.
A n d th e ir h eroes? T he w o m a n th e y m o st ad m ire is e x
EQ
prim e M in iste r M a rg a re t T h a tc h e r (7%), fo llo w e d b y Student A
th e Q u e e n (5%).
7 A Check Student Bs answers to your questions.
I Canberra; 2 India; 3 Paraguay
 CB

E n E n
Student B 7A W ork ou t your score. Ad d up the number o f points (0,1 or 2) fo r
each answer. Use your total to find ou t if you w o rk like a m illionaire.
2B Read the texts below and make notes
w ith the follow ing prompts.
Question 1: a) 0 b) 1 c) 2
What? Question 2: a) 1 b) 2 c) 0
Where? Question 3: a) 0 b) 1 c) 2
When? Question 4: a) 1 b) 2 c) 0
W h y was it important? Question 5: a) 0 b) 1 c) 2

Galileo explores the heavens
W hen Galileo be carne the first person
to look at the sky through a telescope,
it changed our view o f the universe.
His discaveries about the Sun, M oon and
other planets completely disagreed with
older theories. He then wrote a book,
1wo World Systems, puhlished in Italy in
1630, which led to his problems with the
Romn Catholic Church. At his trial,
Galileo was found guilty and it was only
in the twentieth century that the Vatican
finally agreed with him. If Galileo hadnt
defended his theories, he would have
been a free man, but we wouldnt have
understood the science of our universe.
The steam engine
F or m ost o f human history we
were n ot very different from other
animals, w hich also have language, act
as a group, and have oiganisational
systems. But the steam engine gave
us the abihty to do things faster and to
do things that other animals couldnt.
This development, which took place in
Britain in the 18th century, was n o t one
invention, but many. Different people
were involved at different stages:Thomas
Newcomen, James Watt and George
Stephenson.The steam engine allowed
us to transform the way we use energy.
It changed so many things, including
transportation, manufacturing and
communication. Life would have been
totally different if we hadnt invented it.
Key:
Score 8 -1 0 You w o rk like a m illio naire!
You are very ambitious and enjoy your work. Keep going. Sooner or later
all your hard work will pay off and you can live like a millionaire, too.
Score 6 -7 You have m illio n a ire potential!
You understand hard work, and rf you make ity o u r top priority, you
could be a millionaire, too. Keep focused on your goal.
Score 0 -5 You dont w o rk like a m illionaire!
The clearest characteristics of self-made millionaires is that they
work hard and they enjoy their work. You seem to prefer a work-life
balance, where work and money are not your top priorities.
En
9B Read the vocabulary notes and check your answers.
rem em ber remitid
If you rem em ber something, a fact or event from the past, or
something you earlier decided to do, comes back into your mind:
He suddenly remembered he had to go to the bank.
If someone reminds you to do something, o r something reminds you of
something, they make you remember it:
Remind me o cali him later today.
forget leave
If you want to talk about the place where you have left something, use
the verb leave, not the verb forget. Compare:
Yveforgotten my book and vejorgotten my keys.
Yve leji my keys in the car
listen hear
If you hear something, you know that sound has been made, and can
often recognise w hat it is:
D id you hear that noise?
If you listen to something or someone, you pay attention to the words,
so uncs and music that they are making:
I am could you repeat the question? I wasnt listening.
fun funny
Use fun to talk about events and activities that are enjoyable, such as
games and parties:
Lets go to the beach and have somejun.
Funny is an adjective that describes someone o r something that makes
you laugh:
Bobs jokes are reallyjunny.
earn win
Use earn to talk about getting money by working:
She earns about $50,000 a year.
Use w in to say that someone gets a prize in a game o r competition.
Brian wonjirst prize in the skating competition.

M
 COMMUNICATION BANK
E n
10A Student B: make Have you ever...?questions using
the prompts.
1 win an award/com petition/som e money
2 eat something very unusuaJ
3 break a bone in your body
4 lock yourself out o f the house
5 ride a horse/donkey/cam el/m otorbike
6climb a mountain/run more than 2 km
m constellations of stars. This is because the surface o f the
8C Check your answers.
1 False. Compare: I said the wrong thing. (formal) I p u t
m y fo o t in i t (informal) N ot everyone will want them.
(formal) They are not everyones cup oftea .
2 True. I hate sm all talk. I ju st want to talk about the
im portant business. W e cant say: I hate ta lk-small.
3 True. They dont have much time. Theyre w o rk in g
against th e clo ck (present continuous) Tomorrow we
have a lot o f things to do. W ere g o in g to w o rk against
th e clock. (be going to fo r future plans)
4 True. W hats on y o u r m in d ? = W hat are you thinking?
o r i t s an issue c/ose to m y h e a rt = I feel passionate
about it.
3.3
1 B Read the end o f the story.
he waiter said, M r Carson has already paid your
T bil.The producer thought this was incredibly
generous. So the next morning he called Carson
and said, That was so nice o f you. How generous you
are! Carson started to laugh and said, I didnt know that
all those people outside were with you. I thought it was
ju st the people at the table!
The bil? A bout ten thousand dollars.
E n
Student B
7A Look at the notes and describe a big moment in history.
Think about the questions on page 105 to help you.
The rise of the C o m p u te r
1981 - IBM launched the first personal C o m puter. Microsoft
wrote the software.
By 1984 IBM was selling three million PCs a year. Apple
launched a rival, the Macintosh, which used a mouse and
icons.
1985 - Microsoft launched W n d o w s and used some o f the
same tools.
El
1 B Check your answers.
1 N obody has ever done it, but in theory, yes it is possible.
2 Any heavy meal can make you dream more (because you
spend more tim e in REM sleep). But cheese doesnt cause
more dreams (good o r bad) than any other food.
3 Because the heavier you are, the more difficult it is to
push you out of the ring (which is how you win a sumo
wrestling match).
4 No. Wasps do drink nctar from flow ers but they dont
use it t o make honey.
5 Yes. If you travel, youll notice that you can see different
Earth is curved.
6 W hen we cut an onion, it releases a substance called
lachrymatory-factor synthase. W hen a very small amount
goes in your eye it irritates the eye. W e then produce
tears (we cry) to wash the substance away.
eq
5B Check your answers.
I Michelangelo; 2 Al Gore; 3 F W de Klerk; 4 Gael Garcia
Bernal; 5 Sony and Philips in a joint project; 6J R RToIkien;
7 Spain (in 2 0 10); 8Jurassic Park
10.3
8A Student B: read the instructions below.
You w o rk in the Tourist Inform ation centre. A customer
w o uld lite to visit the Australian O utback. Give h im /h e r
some advice, using the prom pts below:
1 whatever do / dont approach dingoes - they can bite.
2
Remember / th ro w away any leftover food.
watch out / snakes - some are poisonous. If see one /
move slowly away.
3 flies - If I were you / buy fly net to fix onto your hat
4 not forget / wear / hat / suncream / take plenty of
water / drink
5 dont wear high heels / new, expensive dothes - land is
rough and rocky
B Change roles and role-play the fo llo w in g situation.
Student B: you are a tourist. You w a n t to go snorkelling
on the reef. Ask the dive instructor fo r advice, e.g.
Are there any special clothes you should wear? W hat
equipm ent do you need?
Id like some information about going diving. First o f all,
what clothing do I need to wear?
9.3
Student B
7A Check Student A s answers to your questions.
I Uruguay; 2 The body of a 5,000-year-old man; 3 1999
 CB

E n
6 B W hich do you th in k is the best form o f
transport, A - E fo r each challenge? W hy?
Compare your ideas w ith other students.
i, l m Ja m e s M ay. l m a c a r
EH
4 B Student B: read the te x t below to see if your ideas were mentioned.
The human Computer
Daniel Tammet says he was born on a blue day, 31st January 1979. He

H jo u rn a lis t a n d B B C p re sen ter.

W e lc o m e t o m y B ig Ideas. I n this
ch a lle n g e, w e re g o in g to e x p lo re s o m e o f
t h e w ays o f g e ttin g fro m A to B u sin g a
knows t was blue because Wednesdays are always blue, like the number
nine orthe sound of people arguing.
As a chld, Daniel was diagnosed as autistic He couldn't makefriends.
He was too different from the other children. Aged eight, he was able to
ra n g e o f tra n s p o r t o p tio n s. calclate 82 x 82 x 82 x 82 in his head, but he couldn'ttie his own shoe
laces, or ride a bicycle.
M o s d y w e re lo o k in g a t tra n s p o rt
avadabLe to d a y b u t t h e r e s a c o u p le th a t The thing that makes Daniel special isthat he has an incredible ability
with numbers. He imagines them as shapes and colours ('289 is an ugly
are j u s t a r o u n d th e c o m e r, so w e l l
number, he says) and is able to do extremely difficult mathematical
p re te n d w e re a fe w years i n to th e fu tu re .
calculations. On the TV programme that made him famous in the UK, he
C hallenges managed to recite 22,514 numbers from pi perfectly. Ifyou tell Daniel your
birth date, he can tell you what day of the weekyou were born on, and
1 Challenge: Get to Scotland - easily
what day o f the week it will be on your 65th birthday.
l m i n L o n d o n a n d n e e d to g e t to
Daniel counts everything. He eats exactly forty-fve grams of porridge for
S co d an d . I n e e d to g e t th e re as q u ic k ly as
breakfast each morning and he brushes his teeth for exactly two minutes.
1 c a n .T h e o n ly p ro b le m is l m to o tire d to
He doesn't like walking on the beach near his home because there are too
actually d riv e a n y th in g . I w a n t t o p u t m y
many pebbles to count.
fe e t u p a n d d o th e cro ssw o rd o n t h e way.
Danieles other great love, besides numbers (which he calis'his friends'), is
Transport:_____
leaming languages. He speaksten, and he managed to learn Icelandic in
a weekfora TV programme in Iceland. He now runs a language teaching
2 Challenge: Get to con cert in H yde
business on the internet and in 2007 published a book, Born on o Blue Day.
Park - w ithout sitting in traffic
O K , f o r th is c h a lle n g e I v e g o t t o g e t
to a classical m u s ic c o n c e r t i n H y d e
P a rk (C e n tra l L o n d o n ). I f I fly, FU n e e d
tra n s p o r t f r o m th e a irp o r t. G o t a n y
g o o d ideas?
Transport:_____

3 Challenge: Go to see elephants in

A frica - quickly
D o y o u e v e r w a n t to e x p e r ie n c e th e
w o n d e rs o f th e w o r ld ? M e , to o . R i g h t
n o w I w a n t t o s e e e le p h a n ts , m a y b e
e v e n f e e d a fe w a n d l m n o t ta lk in g
a b o u t a trip to a z o o h e re in G reat
* porridge - a type of cereal
B rita in . I w a n t t o s e e t h e m i n t h e ir
n a tu ra l e n v iro n m e n t. G e t m e t o A frica. * pebbles - small stones
A n d g e t m e th e re , a n d b a c k a g a in , fast.
* pi - a mathematical expression represented by the Greek letter je
Transport:_____

4 Challenge: See M oulin R ou ge in

Paris - efficiently
I fa n cy a n expensive n ig h t o u t, le ts g o to
Paris to see th e M o u lin R o u g e . B u t, I w a n t
to b e g re e n , so I w a n t to g e t th ere u sin g
th e m o s t ene rg y -e ffic ie n t w a y possible.
Transport:_____
C Read the text again and answer the questions.
I H ow was his behaviour different to the other childrens?
1 W hat special talents does he have?
3 H ow did the public learn about his special talents?
4 W hat country/countries has he been to and what did he do there?
5 W hat has he published?

5 Challenge :Get ou t o f here - quickly 6 W hat is his jo b now?

O h d e a r I v e u p s e t s o m e o n e . I n e e d to
D Tell your partner about your text. Use questions 1 -6 to help.
g e t o u t o f h e r e qu ick ly .
Transport:_____

ESI
 COMMUNICATION BANK

10.1 EQ
Group B Student B
6A Look at the photo and read the fact file below. Then 7 You are going to ask Student A the questions below.
discuss the questions. First, add tw o more questions o f your ow n. The answers
can be found on page 160.
The carbn problem
History
D id y o u k n o w .. .? 1 Whuih foctba.ll tecum w/i the first \Jorld Cup iy\
Transport is re s p o n s ib le fo r 25 p e rc e n to fth e UK's IZO? \tJa.s it BrCLzilj \rqertt'wix or UruquJX.\j?
carbn fo o tp rin t, and th a t doesn't include flyin g. 3. \hx.t u/os disc^ojered y1 the Alps rnouyrtcdyi
In the UK, there are more cars than th e num ber o f
---- \/os it the body of o.
households. In California, there are more cars than
the num ber o f people living there. S000-ye3LrG d-masj the body of o. hory
Currently cars are used fo r 18 percent o f trips under e\ephourt or a. VJord \ifajr II aeroplayie?
a mile and fo r 62 percent o f trips o f between one
3 VJhew did the Uropeayi Uwicw iytroduxie the
and tw o miles. 38 percent o f car trips aretaken by
one person alone, and 34 percent are sha red by tw o euro? \nJos it 979, 999 or 999?
people.
Lighting and household appllances like washing 5
machines are responsible fo r around 35 percent o f
the carbn pollutio n fro m your hom e, and m ost o f
your electricity bilis. If every household in th e UK 3 .3
put a solar panel on th e ir roof, we w ould produce
more electricity than we need as a nation. B Change roles and role-play the situation.
Student A Student B

I D o you think every family needs to have access to a car?

W h y /W h y not?
1 W hat do you think should be done to reduce the number
o f miles people drive in ca rs/fly in aeroplanes?
3 D o you think people should generate their own electricity
using w ind/solar power, etc., o r should governments
choose options like nuclear power?
4 W hat laws/schemes would you introduce to deal w ith
these problems?
 CB

E n
Student A 6A Choose one o f the places below. Then plan a three-
m inute report. Use the prom pts and key phrases on page
7A Look at the notes and describe a big moment
125 to help.
in history. Think about the questions on page IOS to
help you.

Twenty-frst-century natural disasters

Boxing Day Tsunami, 2004, killed 230,000 in eleven
iThe Taj Mahal
The Taj Mahal receives
countries. Badly affected India, Thailand, Indonesia
3 - 4 million tourists
and Sri Lanka. Underwater earthquake measured
each year, but the
approximately 9.2 on the Richter scale (second largest crowds and the a ir
recorded in history). pollution are eating
Hurricane Katrina, 2005, killed 1,836, affected manly away at the white It may have been forbidden
poor blacks in New Orleans, USA. stone facade. Now once but nowadays nearly seven
Earthquake in LAquila, Central Italy, 2009, killed over there are plans to million visitors come to see
cise the Taj Mahal to the ancient emperor's palaces
300 people.
the public, leaving its in Beijing, China everyyear.
famous domes visible Now traffic pollution is a real
only from a distance. problem which is damaging
the palaces. A huge restoration
is planned, but should the
E n government stop people
i i Choose one o f the jo b advertisem ents below and visiting?
w rite your covering letter.

Mount Kilimanjaro,
Fashion designer wanted:
We are looking for a graphic designer w ith a
Tanzania
background in the fashion trade. You should have
The famous snows of Kilimanjaro
relevant experience and be up-to-date w ith fashion are melting and may soon
trends. Strong hand illustration as well as Computer be gone. A combination of
design is essential. Please submit a copy o f your CV evaporation, too little snowfall,
w ith relevant samples of work. and intemal heat from the
dormant volcano have reduced
the mountain's ice and snow
Teaching assistant, Bah amas cover by 90 percent from historie
Primary school is looking for a teaching assistant to levels and it contines to retreat
start ASAP. The school is a short walk from the beach. about lm (3.25 ft.) per year.
No formal qualifications are necessary; however, a
genuine love for the jo b is required. Please forward
TThe Pyramids of Giza
CVs o r contact m e for further information.
Unrestricted development
Travel w riter required. around the area, and the
Travel w riter wanted to jo in our small team. The way in which the City of
successful applicant will travel around the world, i Grand Canyon,
Cairo grows doser and
staying in luxury hotels, and dining in fine restaurants. co ser to the pyramids, Arizona
H e/She will need to send a weekly update, including threatens both the
a short review. N o previous experience required, pyramids and the Great Why might it disappear? There
but good communication skills and a love of travel Sphinx. There are now are more requests each year to
essential. plans to run a multi- mine near the Grand Canyon.
lane motorway around The number of mining claims
the city of Cairo, which increased from ten in 2003
could create further to more than 1,100 in 2008,
problems. bringing with them the risk
of stream and groundwater
contamination from cyanide
and other chemicals. Should
permission for the mining claims
be stopped because of the threat?